You are on page 1of 589

Disclaimer

Being an O & A levels Physics teacher, I have a long and distinguished experience.

I have been associated with reputed and renowned educational institutions where I have
always tried to provide the best input to my students with the aid of modern, innovative
teaching techniques and methods.

The content of this workbook is based on internet, IGCSE, O levels and extract of my
lectures.

I have tried my level best to prepare this workbook to enable students to score good grades
in O levels and IGSCE examination.

However, there might be some human or typing errors. In case of any, please inform me at:
Whatsapp : + 92 333 2101054
Mobile: 0 333 2101054
Email: rashidmanzoor3372@gmail.com

Please post your valuable feedback, comments or suggestion at


http://education.ant-pk.com/feedback/

Thank you,

Rashid Manzoor
MSc - Physics

WhatsApp: 0333 2 10 10 54
Website: http://pride-academy.com
http://education.ant-pk.com

Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/sir.rashid.manzoor Twitter:


https://twitter.com/RashidManzoor12
Youtube: http://www.youtube.com/RashidManzoor-PrideAcademy

======= (Page 1 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Muqeet Faisal - Bay View Academy (2020)
"Physics was extremely boring in grade 9 and I always
thought it was not my cup of tea until fortunately
Student's
someone advice me to study from Sir Rashid. Sir,
encouraged me since day 1 and made sure I completed
all my assignments keeping a thorough check on
Comments
myself. The thing I love most about him is the amount
of activities he makes his students do and the energy
he has possesses while teaching to make physics
interesting unlike other teachers. I started from a C
grade, ended with an A in my eleventh grade result and
hoping for an A* in my CAIE. My journey with him has Hasham - Army Public School (2019)
been completely phenomenal. Thank you Sir Rashid"
"Sir i got an A* in physics, thanks a lot for teaching us. And
thanks for your efforts of making us learn. May god bless you
Akasha Younus - Army Public School (2018) with Jannah .. Ameen"
"Thank you so much Sir Rashid for teaching us so well
and thanks for all the guidance I am so grateful for A* i Duaa Zehra - Army Public School (2018)
scored because of your hardwork. Thank you so much "Sir Rashid! I had started the year as a rookie in physics with
for being such a great Physics teacher and thanks for no real love for or much interest in the subject , but the way
showing how teaching and learning can be fun .Also, you taught the subject, the passion you put into teaching
thanks for making your students realize what teaching would not only help me in getting A* in physics but also made
in reality means. God bless you .. Ameen" me love physics to the point that it is my FAVOURITE subject
Areeba Sajid - Army Public School (2019) now. THANKYOU FOR PHENOMENAL SUPPORT AND
MOTIVATION THROUGH OUT THE YEAR Needeless to
"Allhumdulliallah sir got an A* in Physics thanks to your
say, I'll be grateful to you for whatever you've done."
hardwork and continuous encouragement. Physics was
never my strength and honestly I didn't enjoy it much
Deedan - Army Public School (2019)
but you made sure to make the lectures interesting and
"Thank you soo much sir for teaching me physics. thanks for
that we understood everything. Your books were
your physics workbooks they really help me alot. and yes
definitely helpful! Thank you"
thanks alot for providing us extra knowledge and also
providing us the knowledge of our religion islam. insha allah i
Mahnoor Arif - Army Public School (2016)
will bring a* in physics. again thanks alot sir for teaching and
"Sir Rashid's charisma,enthusiasm and knowledge
providing me the best knowledge of physics."
steer the students in the right direction. His words and
actions still linger in my memory even years after i left
Haris Javed - Army Public School (2019)
school and impressed upon me the importance of self-
"A book cant remember its readers but readers surely
reliance because " you cannot teach a man anything;
remember their favorites. and i will too."
you can only help him discover it in himself" galileo."

Zohaib Owais Awan - Army Public School (2019)


Mariya Najeeb - Aisha Bawani Academy (2016)
"Sir rashid has been gifted with his teaching skills and in my
"Sir rashid, i have the utter most respect for you. I'm
observation, always able to pick a student with poor physics.
grateful for all the lessons you've taught us, all the
in my personal o-level experience i had hated physics but this
activities you made us do. I loved attending your
person made this subject so attracted to me that it's my
classes. you are the reason that even today i love
favourite."
physics, you played a vital role in not only our academic
upbringing but in our moral education as well. you didn't
M. Ubaid Khan - Army Public School (2019)
teach us physics just to pass an exam, you made us
"You are the best i could ever have. you are inventive,
have fun with it and love it. the reason i got an a in my
passionate , creative and a great teacher but most
cies is that you made my basic concept crystal clear.
importantly you are my teacher!!!!!! i would never be able to
i'm grateful to allah that he blessed me with a teacher
thankyou enough."
like you."

======= (Page 2 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Abdullah Asif - Army Public School (2019)
"Physics was very difficult but when i met you as my
teacher it became really interesting"

Umm-E-Hani - Army Public School (2020)


"Sir! it was a great time with you. you are the best example
of the quote " teacher is your second parent". i enjoyed
learning physics with fun. you taught me how to live. i
remember all your advices of appreciating your parents,
helping others etc and they help me alot. honestly, listening
to you for 5 mins used to solve half of my problems. FAISAL MUQEET M. SHEHZAD QURESHI
BAY VIEW ACADEMY ARMY PUBLIC SCHOOL
thankyou for being supportive, understanding, loving,
helpful and the best mentor. the way of your teaching is
amazing. your class was the only one in which i used to
study seriously. even sometimes i came to school just for
physics class. for you every student was equal. if all
teachers were like you, there would be "no child left
behind". i wish i can be a person like"

Amish Noor - Army Public School (2020) JAIWANTI EMAN ANWAR


ARMY PUBLIC SCHOOL ARMY PUBLIC SCHOOL
"I used to hate physics but when u became our
teacher,your unique style of teaching gained my interest in
this subject" High Achievers
Faiza Fahim & Fasih - Army Public School (2020) "You
are the best teacher ever i had seen before. you are the
ideal for us. We wish we have a teacher just like you in our
whole life. you are differ from others in encouraging and
building of your ccc in all students."

Muhammad Rayan - Army Public School (2020)


"Sir u are an amazing teacher u make learning so much MUHAMMAD OMER KUSHAL CHANDANI
ARMY PUBLIC SCHOOL ARMY PUBLIC SCHOOL
fun and progressive. physics wasn't really my fav subject
but u made it my favourite subject . you not only helped us
in phy but also other subjects told us to get extra subject so
we have choices in future ur sincerity towards your
students can be seen"

M.bilal Latif - Army Public School (2020)


"Sir you are an excellent teacher with strong ambitions and
assiduous for all students. you always try your level best to HAMZA HASAN ELLAHE SYED WASAY UDDIN
motivate the students to work on their weak points so they ARMY PUBLIC SCHOOL ARMY PUBLIC SCHOOL
can improve. sir you are best physics teacher ever"

Alina Arif - Army Public School (2019)


"Thank you Sir Rashid. This A* couldn't have been achieved
without your hard work and guidance. Will always remember
you in prayers."

Abdul Basit Khan - Army Public School (2020)


AYSHA SUHAIL TUAHA MANZOOR
"Sir Rashid is the one that i look upto the most in our
IGCSE - QATAR DA PUBLIC SCHOOL
school. he helped us not only as a teacher but as a father
figure and for that i am forever grateful"

======= (Page 3 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Checklist

Topic You should be able to:

THEME THERMAL PHYSICS

10. Temperature

or
Principles of • explain how a physical property which varies with
thermometry temperature may be used for the measurement of
temperature.

zo
• state examples of such properties.
• explain the need for fixed points.
• state what is meant by the ice point and steam point.

an
• discuss the features
sensitivity,
range,

Practical thermometers •
M
linearity of thermometers.
describe the structure and action of liquid-in-glass
thermometers (including clinical).
• describe the structure and action of a thermocouple
thermometer.
• explain the use of a thermocouple thermometer for
measuring high temperatures and those which vary rapidly.
hid

11. Thermal properties of matter


Specific heat capacity • describe a rise in temperature of a body as an increase in its
as

internal energy (random thermal energy).


• define the terms heat capacity.
• define the term specific heat capacity.
R

• calculate heat transferred using the equation


thermal energy = mass × specific heat capacity
× change in temperature.
Melting and boiling • describe melting/solidification and boiling/condensation as a
transfer of energy without a change in temperature.
• state the meaning of melting point.
ir

• state the meaning of boiling point.


• explain the difference between boiling and evaporation.
S

• define the term latent heat.


• define the term specific latent heat.
• explain latent heat by writing about molecules.
• calculate heat transferred in a change of state using the
equation
thermal energy = mass × specific latent heat.

======= (Page 4 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Topic You should be able to:

THEME THERMAL PHYSICS

10. Thermal properties of matter

Evaporation • describe evaporation in terms of the escape of more


energetic molecules from the surface of a liquid.
• describe how evaporation is affected by
temperature,
surface area,
draught over the surface.
• explain that evaporation causes cooling.

or
Melting and boiling • describe melting/solidification and boiling/condensation as a
transfer of energy without a change in temperature.
• state the meaning of melting point.

zo
• state the meaning of boiling point.
• explain the difference between boiling and evaporation.
• define the term latent heat.

an
• define the term specific latent heat.
• explain latent heat by writing about molecules.
• calculate heat transferred in a change of state using the

Thermal expansion of •
M
equation
thermal energy = mass × specific latent heat.
describe in words the thermal expansion of solids, liquids
solids, liquids and gases and gases.
• describe the relative order of magnitude of the expansion of
solids, liquids and gases.
• list and explain some of the everyday applications and
hid

consequences of thermal expansion.


• describe in words how a change of temperature affects the
volume of a gas at constant pressure.
as

12. Kinetic model of matter


States of matter • state the properties of solids, liquids and gases.
R

Molecular model • describe in words the molecular structure of solids, liquids


and gases.
• link the properties of solids, liquids and gases to:
the forces between the molecules,
the distances between molecules,
the motion of the molecules.
ir

• describe how changing the temperature affects the motion


of molecules.
S

• explain the pressure of a gas in terms of the motion of its


molecules.
10. Kinetic model of matter

Evaporation • describe evaporation in terms of the escape of more


energetic molecules from the surface of a liquid.
• describe how evaporation is affected by
temperature,
surface area,
draught over the surface.
• explain that evaporation causes cooling.

======= (Page 5 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Summery
Thermal Physics
Simple Kinetic Theory of Matter:
The three states of matter are solid, liquid and gas.

or
Solid

Solids have strong atomic bonding and high viscosity, resulting in high density, highly incompressible

zo
and hence, an inflexible shape. The atoms/molecules in a solid are closely packed together and
occupy minimum space, usually in a regular pattern.

an
Due to strong intermolecular attractive and repulsive forces, motion is limited to random vibrations
of the particles about their mean closely packed lattice positions.

Liquid
M
Liquids have a definite volume but no fixed shape. The particles of a liquid are arranged in small
clusters and condensed like those of a solid. These particles vibrate randomly near their mean
positions, but their low viscosity and cluster‐form enables them to change shape.
hid

 When a liquid is poured into a container, it takes the shape of the container.
 The strong attractive forces between the particles are responsible for limiting the liquid particles
as

near the surface of the liquid from escaping.

Gas
R

Gas has no definite volume and shape. Gases consist of weakly‐bonded particles with no structure
or long‐range periodicity and they move vigorously and randomly at high speeds.

 Gases expand to fill any available space


ir

 The particles in gases are far apart and have negligible attractive or repulsive forces and therefore,
are easily compressible.
S

The different state of matter has different properties. This difference could be explained based on
how individual atoms or molecules are held together in a matter.

======= (Page 6 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Physical! states:
incre.as ng energy

1-'
"
0
0
..
0

"

Solld liquid Gas P,asma


The molecules lhat The morecules -it1at The moleourecs that At the, very high

or
make up a sol dare make up a liquid make up a gas Hy temperatures o-r
arrang&e11 In regular, · ow easlly aroundl i:n &JI d m,etioos at stars. atoms lose
repeating patterns. one another. lhey great speeds. They lhe· electrons. lhe
They are held · rmly are k&pt from llying are so rar apart at m I ,ture al electrons

zo
in plac-e oot can ,i!J;)�mt oy attractive he a.ttrar;;1:l11e farces arn::l, nuc1e 1hat
vibrate _ ithln a tore� betvve-en them. behiveen them are results ls the plasrne1
limited area. Liquids asrume r,nsJgni ieant state of matter.

an
the shape of
their con alners.
'® �O i 1 E�yo!�dt i;:rlt<1nr11c;i, in.�,

Molecular Model
M
Properties Solid Liquid Gas
Intermolecular Very Strong Very strong but Negligible
Forces weaker than that
in solid
Intermolecular About 10-•m About 10-•m About 10.am
hid

Distance Molecules are Molecules are Molecules are


closely packed, slightly further very far apart, and
and therefore apart than in a therefore free to
gives the solid a solid, and take the take up any space
rigid shape shape of the which is available
as

container which to them


holds the liquid
Motion Vibrate about Free to move High speed,
R

fixed position, about between independent


held together by clusters but motion in random
strong confined within manner
intermolecular the containing
forces vessel due to
attractive forces
between them
ir
S

======= (Page 7 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Brownian motion
Brownian motion provides clear evidence for the kinetic
molecular model of matter in that matter is comprised of
tiny particles that are in continuous random motion, with
a range of speeds n all directions and kinetic energies.

In the simulation is seen that the bigger particles are seen


moving about in a random manner.

Reason:

or
 The observed irregular motion of the bigger particles is due to the

zo
bombardment of air molecules. The air molecules are too small to be
seen. The bigger particles are continually bombarded unevenly on
different sides by air molecules. This results in the irregular movement

an
of the smoke particles.
 The random motion of the bigger motion demonstrates that air
molecules move randomly in all directions with a range of speeds and
M
kinetic energies.

As temperature increase , the Brownian motion of the bigger particles is more


frantic. They will move about more vigorously.
hid
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 8 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Pressure in Gases
A gas, made up of many particles called molecules that are in continuous random motion, colliding
with one another and with the walls of the container. As the gas molecules strike and bounce off the
walls, they exert a force on the walls. All these small forces add up so that a large number of collisions
produces a total average force on the walls that is measurable. The force per unit area is the pressure.
Hence, the pressure of a gas is due to the collisions of gas molecules with the walls of the container.

The pressure of a gas depends on the frequency of collision with the container walls and the size

or
and number of molecules in the gas.

zo
Internal Energy

an
 Every particle in a body has potential energy, due to their state and position, and, kinetic energy,
due to their motion. Collectively, the sum of these energies is called the internal energy of the
body. M
 Potential energy of particles in a body tends to be small and does not change very much, a change
in internal energy is generally due to a change in kinetic energy.
 The temperature of an object gives a measure of how hot or cold it is, but it is not a measure of
how much internal energy the object contains.

Thermal Energy
hid

 When a body is heated, its associated atoms or molecules start to move faster. (Their kinetic energy
is increased) So, in microscopic level, heat energy is stored in the form of kinetic energy in the atoms
as

or molecules.
 The kinetic energy of the atoms or molecules is described as random thermal energy, to avoid
R

confusion with the kinetic energy of the body as a whole. (Distinguish between internal kinetic
energy and external kinetic energy)
 When the sum of kinetic energies in the particles increases, thermal energy, and hence, internal
energy increases, temperature being a gross measure of the state of the body increases.
 To increase the internal energy (kinetic energy) of an object by a certain amount, the amount of heat
energy to be supplied depends on its type of material, rise in temperature and mass. (Capacity of
ir

absorbing or releasing heat varies from substance to substance).


S

======= (Page 9 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Transfer of Thermal Energy:
Thermal energy is a form of internal energy. Thermal energy is possessed by all material matter and
manifest as the random motion of atoms and small particles. The amount of thermal energy depends
on the temperature of the matter.

Temperature

A simplified definition for temperature:


“Temperature is a measure of the degree of hotness or coldness of a body.”

or
Thermal energy may be transferred from one region to another as a result of a difference in
temperature via thermal conduction, convection and radiation. (Will elaborate more on these 3

zo
mechanisms later) Thermal energy flows from a higher temperature object to a lower temperature
object. However, this heat exchange will cease when both objects reach thermal equilibrium (same
temperature).

an
Temperature is not the equivalent of the total energy contained in a body. The total energy contained
M
in a body is comprised of other forms of energy as well.

Thermal Equilibrium
Two objects, in thermal contact, are said to be in thermal equilibrium with each other if there is no
net heat flow between them.
hid

 In thermal contact, the hotter body becomes cooler while the cooler body becomes hotter until
a point is reached where no more change occurs.
as

 The two objects are said to be at the same temperature if they are in thermal equilibrium.

Note: Objects does not have to be touching one another to be in thermal contact! Two objects are
R

said to be in thermal contact when they can exchange heat energy between them. For instance, Earth
is in thermal contact with the Sun, even though the Earth is obviously not touching the surface of the
Sun. Hence, real systems (not idealized) are always in thermal contact.

Thermal contact does not mean thermal equilibrium. The Earth is in thermal contact with the Sun,
ir

but is definitely not in thermal equilibrium.


S

======= (Page 10 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Conduction is the transfer of thermal energy from
one place to another without any flow of the material
medium.

 Metals are good thermal conductors. Non‐


metals (plastics) are poor thermal
conductors. (they are thermal insulators)
 Conduction typically requires the objects to
be in physical contact with one another.

Mechanisms of conduction:

or
1. Atomic Collisions

zo
 In solids, atoms or molecules vibrate about their fixed position. In a hotter region, atoms or
molecules vibrate more vigorously or have more kinetic energy than those in the colder region.

an
 These molecules collide with their neighbours and transfer some of their kinetic energy to
them. The neighbours collide with their neighbours. In this way, heat is conducted to colder
regions and raised the temperature.
 This is a very slow process.
M
 Solids conduct heat better than liquids and gases due to their closely packed molecules.

2. Free Electron Diffusion

 On top of atomic collisions, most metals are known as thermal conductors due to their huge
hid

number of free electrons available for thermal conduction. The migration of fast‐moving
electrons is known as free electron diffusion.
 In solid thermal insulators, the absence of free electrons restricts thermal conduction to the
vibrations of atoms and molecules within the crystal lattices.
as

 This is a very quick process.


R

Applications of conduction:

Cooking pans are often made with metals because of their good thermal conduction property. In
contrast, the handles of the cooking utensils are made up of insulators to protect the hands from
ir

scalding.
S

Sawdust is used to cover the ice cubes from melting.

======= (Page 11 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Convection
Convection is the transfer of thermal energy from one place to another
by means of bulk fluid movement in the material medium.

In fluids, thermal energy transfer is mainly through thermal convection.


In solids, since its substance cannot flow, there can be no thermal
convection.

or
zo
Mechanism:

an
In convection, the movement occurs as a result of gravity. The
hot part of the fluid expands, becomes less dense and rises. It
is displaced by the colder, denser part of the fluid, which in
M
turn is heated up. This fluid movement or convection current
allows heat to be transported.

Applications of Convection:

In a refrigerator, convection is used to circulate cold air around the food. Air is cooled by freezer
hid

compartment at the top of refrigerator. As it sinks, it is replaced by warmer air rising from below.
The circulating air carries away heat energy from all the food in the fridge.
as

Radiation
R

Radiation is the transfer of thermal energy from one


place to another by means of electromagnetic
radiation, without the need of an intervening
material medium.
ir

All matter radiate thermal energy in all directions in


amounts determined by their temperature, where
S

the energy is carried by photons, such as the infrared,


visible and X‐ray portions of the electromagnetic.
These photons warm up anything that absorbs them. Radiation is the only process that does not
need a medium to transfer the energy.

======= (Page 12 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Factors affecting the rate of radiation:

Colour and texture of surface


Black, matt surfaces are good in both absorbing and emitting radiation.
Shiny or polished white surfaces are poor absorbers because they act better as reflectors, and hence,
poor emitters.
Surface temperature
The hotter the object, the more energy it radiates
Surface area

or
The grater the area, the more energy it radiates.

zo
Applications of radiation

an
The greenhouse effect provides a means to grow plants that need a warm environment in cold
countries. Short infrared radiation from the sun passes easily though the glass panels of a
M
greenhouse, and is absorbed by the plants and soil inside. The plants in turn also radiate energy, but
with a much longer wavelength. This radiation is reflected by the glass panels. Thus the temperature
inside the greenhouse increases until it reaches a thermal equilibrium suitable for plants to grow.

A layer of aluminum sheet is placed below the roof tiles to keep the air temperature inside the
building steady. In the day, the aluminum sheet reflects the radiation and keeps the building cooler.
hid

In the night, it reduces emitting radiation from the inside and keeps the interior warm.
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 13 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Measurement of Temperature:

Thermometry (temperature measurement) is essential to a wide range of activities, including


manufacturing, scientific research, and medical practice. The ability to measure temperature
accurately was only developed recently.

 Temperature (like mass, length, time) is a chosen fundamental quantity. Therefore, arbitrarily
chosen units (such as degrees Celsius, degrees Fahrenheit or Kelvin) are used to measure
temperature.
 Temperature is measured quantitatively by constructing a thermometer which makes use of a
physical property of matter that varies continuously with temperature – thermometric property.

or
Thermometric Property

zo
An instrument, a thermometer, is required to measure temperature objectively. The thermometer
makes use of a physical property of a thermometric substance which changes continuously with

an
temperature. The physical property is referred to as thermometric property.

The following table shows some of the thermometric properties of matter that are used in the
M
various thermometers:

THERMOMETRIC PROPERTY THERMOMETER

Volume expansion of a gas Gas thermometer


hid

Volume expansion of a liquid Laboratory or clinical thermometer

Volume expansion of a solid Bi‐metallic strip thermometer


as

Pressure change of a fixed mass of gas Constant – volume gas thermometer

Changes in e.m.f. Thermocouple


R

Changes in electrical resistance Resistance thermometer or thermistor

A good thermometric property of matter should vary:


ir

 continuously with temperature


 uniquely over the range of temperature to be measured
S

 It’s variation should be measurable.

Volume as Thermometric Property

Most solids or liquids or gases expand and contract their volume when the temperature around them
changes.

======= (Page 14 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Example: Consider a box resting on a horizontal surface. It contains internal energy due to the
molecules that make up the box having potential energy and kinetic energy. The potential energy
and kinetic energy referred to are both internal. You can visualize internal potential energy as the
energy to assemble the box and internal kinetic energy as the energy the molecules possess (the
molecules in the box are vibrating constantly due to thermal energy).

When the box is pushed along the horizontal surface, the box acquires external kinetic energy. This
external kinetic energy has nothing to do with the internal kinetic energy.

or
An instrument, a thermometer, is required to measure temperature objectively. The thermometer
makes use of a physical property of a thermometric substance which changes continuously with

zo
temperature. The physical property is referred to as thermometric property.

an
The following table shows some of the thermometric properties of matter that are used in the
various thermometers:

THERMOMETRIC PROPERTY
Volume expansion of a gas
M THERMOMETER
Gas thermometer
Volume expansion of a liquid Laboratory or clinical thermometer
Volume expansion of a solid Bi‐metallic strip thermometer
hid

Pressure change of a fixed mass of gas Constant – volume gas thermometer


Changes in e.m.f. Thermocouple
Changes in electrical resistance Resistance thermometer or thermistor
as
R

A good thermometric property of matter should vary:

 continuously with temperature


 uniquely over the range of temperature to be measured
ir

 It’s variation should be measurable.


S

Volume as Thermometric Property

Most solids or liquids or gases expand and contract their volume when the temperature around them
changes.

======= (Page 15 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Mercury is the only elemental metal that is liquid at ordinary temperatures. Gases such as nitrogen
or simply air are also suitable substances for use in volumetric gas thermometers. Typically, these
gas thermometers work best at measuring very low temperatures.

Bimetallic strip
Solid strips of different materials such as copper and aluminum
can be made to stick together (bi‐metallic strip). When the
temperature of its surroundings changes, the different materials
expand at different amounts, causing the bimetallic strip to bend,
providing an indication to the change in temperature.

or
Advantages & Disadvantages of Mercury as thermometric substance

zo
ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES
It is a good conductor of heat (High thermal Poisonous
conductivity)

an
Does not wet (cling to the sides) of the tube Small thermal expansion
High boiling point (357∘C357∘C) Expensive
Uniform expansion

Respond quickly to temperature changes


M High freezing point, −39∘C−39∘C (Cannot be
used in places that are very cold)

Visible meniscus

Advantages & Disadvantages of Alcohol as thermometric substance


hid

ADVANTAGES DISADVANTAGES
Safe liquid Wets the tube
Low freezing point (−115∘C−115∘C) Low boiling point (78∘C78∘C)
as

Large expansivity Does not react quickly to temperature


changes
Cheap Needs to be dyed since it is colourless
R

Non‐uniform expansion

Advantages & Disadvantages of Using Mercury or Alcohol in Thermometers

MERCURY ALCOHOL
ir

Silver Colorless, usually dyed red


High thermal conductivity Low thermal conductivity
S

Uniform expansion Non‐uniform expansion


Does not wet glass Wets glass
Poisonous liquid Safe liquid
Expensive Cheap
Very dense liquid Less dense liquid
Small thermal expansion Large thermal expansion

======= (Page 16 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Defining a Temperature Scale

A thermometer is useless without a temperature scale (the markings on the thermometer). In order
to define a temperature scale, the following steps are required:

1. Choose a thermometric substance with a suitable thermometric properties.


2. Select two fixed points which are easily obtainable and reproducible. (Fixed points are explained
in more details below.)
3. Divide the temperature range between the two fixed points into equal divisions.

or
Fixed Points

zo
 Fixed points are used in calibrating thermometers. To calibrate a thermometer is to mark a
thermometer so that you can use it to measure temperature accurately. A fixed point is a standard

an
degree of hotness or coldness such as the melting point of ice or boiling point of water.
 This method of using two fixed points to calibrate a thermometer assumes that temperature changes
linearly with the thermometric property. This means that the physical property (that is chosen)
M
changes evenly and regularly with temperature and if we draw a graph of temperature against the
thermometric property, we should get a straight‐line graph.

 Steam point (upper fixed point) – The temperature at which pure water
boils at one atmospheric pressure and is assigned the value of 100 °C.
 Ice point (lower fixed point) – The temperature at which pure ice melts
hid

at one atmospheric pressure and is assigned the value of 0 °C.

Determination of ice point


as

1. The bulb of the thermometer is immersed into a container filled with


pure melting ice. In order to ensure that the contact between the bulb
R

and ice is good, ice shavings can be used.


2. When the level indicated by the thermometric substance remains steady after some time, a mark
will be made at that point. This mark will corresponds to the ice point (lower fixed point) and is
assigned the value of 0 °C.
ir

Determination of steam point


S

1. The bulb of the thermometer should be placed into a container filled with pure boiling water
OR placed just above the container (such that it is in contact with the emerging steam). It is important
to ensure that the pressure of the environment/room is the same as the atmospheric pressure
outside of the environment/room. Different atmospheric conditions will result in the thermometer
showing different/wrong temperature readings.

======= (Page 17 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


2. When the level indicated by the thermometric substance remains steady after some time, a mark
will be made at that point. This mark will corresponds to the steam point (upper fixed point) and is
assigned the value of 100 °C.

For the Centigrade scale, the distance between the ice point and the steam point is divided into 100
equal parts. Each mark on the thermometer is a measure of 1 °C.

Calculation of temperature on Centigrade scale:

 Use an unmarked mercury thermometer


 Place the thermometer just above pure boiling water (upper fixed point) and record its length of

or
mercury thread, l100°, from a reference level (such as base of the reservoir). Repeat the same for the
pure melting ice (lower fixed point) and record its length of mercury thread, l0°.
 Now place the same thermometer in an unknown temperature, θ°C and record its length of mercury

zo
thread, lθ°.
 The temperature θ°C can be calculated by simple proportion:

an
θ∘C=(Xθ∘–X0∘)/(X100∘ –X0∘ )×100


∘C=(lθ∘–l0∘)/(l100∘ –l0∘ )×100 M
Note: X is the thermometric property which varies uniformly with temperature. In the case of
a laboratory thermometer or clinical thermometer, X will be the length of the mercury thread.

Kelvin (Absolute) Scale


hid

The figure above shows the comparison between the Celcius scale
(centigrade scale) and the Kelvin scale.
as

The unit for the Kelvin scale is the Kelvin (K), which is the SI unit for
temperature. 1 K is defined as the 1273.161273.16 of the temperature
of the triple point of water.
R

The triple point of water is the temperature at which saturated water


vapour, pure water and ice all coexist in equilibrium (at 0.01 °C).
The intervals on both Kelvin and Celsius scales are the same, such that a difference of 1 K is equivalent
to a difference of 1 °C. You can convert temperature from Celcius scale (centigrade scale) to Kelvin
scale and vice versa by using: θ/∘C=T/K−273.15
ir
S

TEMPERATURE KELVIN SCALE CELCIUS SCALE


Absolute Zero 0K −273∘C
Ice Point 273 K 0∘C
Steam Point 373 K 100∘C
Note that absolute zero is defined as the coldest possible temperature whereby all the particle
motion stops.

======= (Page 18 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Laboratory thermometer

or
Structure:

 The thermometer is made relatively small so that it is portable and cheap.

zo
 The liquid is contained in a thin‐walled glass bulb. The bulb is made relatively larger than its bore to
contain more of the liquid, so as to improve sensitivity.
The narrow bore of the capillary tube is uniform. The round glass stem around the capillary tube is

an

made thick. It acts as a magnifying glass.


Sensitivity: M
Small expansion of the liquid in the liquid bulb will cause a big change in the length of the liquid
thread in the capillary tube as it is made narrow. The narrower the bore, the higher the sensitivity.

Range:
hid

 The range is limited by the freezing and boiling points of liquid.


For mercury thermometer: ‐39 to 357°C
For alcohol‐in‐glass thermometer: ‐115 to 78°C
as

 In colder countries, most of its liquid‐in‐glass thermometers use alcohol and not mercury.
 The range can be increased by lengthening the bore.
 Range is the converse of sensitivity, i.e., the longer the range, the lower is its sensitivity. Factors
R

that increase range would at the same time reduce its sensitivity.

Linearity:

 Mercury expands quite uniformly over a good range of temperatures.


ir

 Alcohol expands non‐linearly over different range of temperatures.


S

Responsiveness:

 As the liquid is contained in a thin‐walled, small glass bulb, it will be more responsive (faster
response) to heat.
 Mercury reacts quickly to the temperature changes whereas alcohol reacts slowly.
 It takes several tens of seconds to record one reading.

======= (Page 19 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Clinical Thermometer

or
Clinical thermometer is a slight modification of mercury thermometer. It is specially designed to
measure the human body temperature.

zo
Structure:

an
 It is smaller in size than the laboratory thermometer.
 It has a constriction in the fine capillary tube. This constriction prevents the mercury from contracting
and flowing back when it is removed from human body (temperature of surroundings being lower).


M
This enables the recording of the maximum temperature of the body without need for haste.
The mercury thread needs to be shaken back into the bulb before the thermometer is used again.

Sensitivity, Linearity, Responsiveness of clinical thermometers are the same as that of laboratory
thermometers.
hid

Range:

 The scale ranges between 35°C to 42°C.


 This range is centered on the normal body temperature of 36.9°C.
as

 Short range enables the scale to be divided into smaller intervals for greater accuracy (0.1°C).
R

Heat Capacity:
Internal Energy

Consider a box resting on a horizontal surface. It contains internal energy due to the molecules that
ir

make up the box having potential energy and kinetic energy. The potential energy and kinetic energy
referred to are both internal. You can visualise internal potential energy as the energy to assemble
S

the box and internal kinetic energy as the energy the molecules possess (the molecules in the box
are vibrating constantly due to thermal energy).

When the box is pushed along the horizontal surface, the box acquires external kinetic energy. This
external kinetic energy has nothing to do with the internal kinetic energy. In Work, energy and
power, the kinetic energy that is referred to is the external kinetic energy.

======= (Page 20 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Heat Capacity
Heat Capacity, C, of a body is defined as the amount of heat (Q) required to raise its temperature
(θ) by one degree, without going through a change of state.

 Amount of heat needed to raise the temperature of an object depends on the mass of the object.
 Heat capacity also depends on the material of the object. Some materials are harder to heat up than
others. The molecules in a liquid such as water require more energy to move faster than copper

or
atoms in a solid. So, in order to record 1°C increase in temperature, liquids would require more heat
energy than solids.
 SI. unit of heat capacity is joule per kelvin (J K‐1) or joule per degree Celsius (J °C‐1).

zo
C=QΔθC=QΔθ , where

an
C = heat capacity (JK‐1, J°C‐1)
Q = heat or thermal energy absorbed or released (J)
Δθ = change in temperature (K or °C)
Worked Example:
M
In a simple experiment, 100 g of water requires 12 600 J of heat to raise it from 30 °C to 60 °C.
i) Find the heat capacity of 100 g of water.
hid

ii) Find the heat capacity of 1000 g of water.


iii) Find the heat needed to raise 1000 g of water from 30 °C to 40 °C.
Specific Heat Capacity
as

Specific heat capacity, c, of a body is defined as the amount of heat (Q) required to raise the
R

temperature (θ) of a unit mass of it by one degree, without going through a change in state.

 When the mass of an object is greater, the object will contain more atoms or molecules than a less
massive object made up of the same material. Hence, when the temperature of the objects are
raised, the more massive object will require a larger thermal energy than the less massive object.
(Analogy: The more massive object has more “mouths” to feed) It is thus more common to consider
ir

the heat capacity per unit mass or specific heat capacity of the body. SI unit of specific heat capacity
S

is joule per kilogram per kelvin (J kg‐1 K‐1) or joule per kilogram per degree Celsius (J kg‐1 °C‐1)

Q=mcΔθQ=mcΔθ, where
c = specific heat capacity (J kg‐1 K‐1, J kg‐1 °C‐1)
m = mass of substance (kg)

======= (Page 21 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Q = heat or thermal energy absorbed or released (J)
Δθ = change in temperature (K or °C)

Specific heat capacity of gases is higher than that of liquids and much higher than that of liquids and
much higher than that of solids. The substances with higher specific heat capacity cool or warm very
slowly compared to substances with lower specific heat capacity.

With gases, the molar heat capacity (the heat capacity of one mole of a gas at constant pressure or
constant volume) is generally more useful than the specific heat capacity, which is based on mass.

or
Worked Example:

An electric heating coil supplies 50 W of power to a metal block of mass 0.60 kg and raises the

zo
temperature of the block from 20 °C to 45 °C in 90 s. Calculate the specific heat capacity of the metal.
What assumption did you make to arrive at your answer?

an
Change of State
M
When a pure solid is heated, its temperature rises until it starts to melt. At its melting point, any
additional heat supplied will not change its temperature. When the pure solid becomes a pure liquid
(a change in state), further heating will again raise the temperature of the liquid until it starts to boil.

At its boiling point, any additional heat supplied causes boiling without any temperature rise. When
the pure liquid becomes a pure gas (a change in state), further heating will again raise the
hid

temperature of the gas.

Therefore, at particular temperatures, heating changes the state of the substance. Melting and
as

boiling are such processes. Similarly, at almost the same particular temperatures for the same
substance, cooling can also change its states. Condensing and freezing are such processes. The
R

properties of the molecules of the substances vary with the amount of thermal energy they possess.

Important: During the changing of state, the temperature of the gas/liquid/solid is constant.
ir
S

======= (Page 22 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Melting point is affected by purity of sample and pressure on the sample.

When impurities are mixed with a pure substance, the melting point is affected. This change in the
melting point has its usefulness:

 In cold countries, water in pipe lines tend to freeze in winter season, where the ambient temperature
drops to below 0∘C0∘C. Freezing causes the water in the pipe to expand (recall that water expands
when it freezes) and this might cause the pipe to burst. The common method to prevent this is to
add antifreeze. With the addition of antifreeze, the melting point of the water + antifreeze mixture
will drop to below 0∘C0∘C and hopefully, below the ambient temperature.
 Adding salt to water can reduce its melting point to as low as ‐18 °C. Salt is put onto the roads in cold

or
countries during the winter season.

zo
Mostly substance increases their melting point when a pressure is applied in their solid state.

 Normal solids such as iron, copper undergoes expansion when they melt. When pressure is applied

an
on the surface of a normal solid, the expansion is suppressed and melting is delayed. Thus, the
melting point of a normal solid is raised by the application of pressure.
 Abnormal solids, like ice and bismuth, contract on melting into liquids. When pressure is applied on
M
the surface of such a solid, the change into the liquid is assisted by the increase in pressure. Thus,
the melting point of ice is lowered by the application of pressure.

Even though the examples above are metals, the change in melting point due to application of
pressure occurs for non‐metals as well. An example will be ice. With the addition of pressure, the
melting point of ice will be lowered.
hid

Note: Freezing point of pure water is 0 °C at standard atmospheric pressure. (Melting point of a
substance must be stated together with its purity and surrounding pressure.)
as

Boiling and condensation


R

Boiling is the change of state from a liquid to a gas.


Boiling of a pure substance occurs at a particular
constant temperature called boiling point.
ir

The change of state from a gas to a liquid is


called condensation. A pure substance condenses at a
S

temperature equal to its boiling point.

======= (Page 23 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


From the graph,

 100 °C is the boiling point of the liquid


 Temperature remains constant at 100 °C as the liquid is
boiling
 During the boiling process, liquid and gas exist in
equilibrium.

Step by step of what happens during boiling:

or
1. Heat energy is absorbed by the particles

zo
2. The kinetic energy of the particles increases
3. At boiling point, the particles have enough energy to overcome the attractive forces between the
particles and move away from one another.

an
4. The particles escape from the liquid to form gas

Cause for constant temperature during boiling: The absorbed heat energy is used to overcome the
M
attractive forces between the particles and not the kinetic energy.

Factors That Affect Boiling Point

Adding impurities to a liquid affect its boiling point. E.g. By adding a 100 g of salt to 1000 g of water
hid

increases its boiling point by 1 °C


When the liquid vapourises, volume of the liquid expands. High pressure applied to liquid will oppose
its expansion into gas and thus, opposes boiling. Therefore, the boiling point of the liquids increases
with increasing pressure. A reduction in pressure lowers the boiling point.
as

• In mountains, water boils at lower temperatures as the atmospheric pressure decreases with the
R

elevation.
• Evaporated milk is produced by boiling the milk under reduced pressure. Boiling under reduced
pressure saves energy required to boil and the lowered temperature preserves the vitamins in the
milk better.
• In pressure cookers, when the cooking pressure increases and the boiling point of water inside the
ir

cooker increases. Therefore, higher temperature can be achieved and the food can be cooked more
S

quickly.

Note: The boiling point of pure water is 100 °C at standard atmospheric pressure.

======= (Page 24 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Evaporation

The process in which liquid change into vapour without boiling is called evaporation. It occurs at all
temperatures.

In liquid, the speeds of molecules in random motion are different and keep changing due to the
intermolecular bombardments. When a molecule near the surface of the liquid gets sufficient speed
or energy, it escapes from the liquid surface and leaves behind a liquid with a lower energy content
(= lower temperature).

Evaporation could occur at any temperatures. At higher temperatures, the process speeds up.

or
Rate if evaporation increases with temperature, area of the exposed surface and wind; and,
decreases with humidity of the atmosphere, pressure and boiling point of the liquid.

zo
 At home, wet clothes are dried by evaporation. The water in the clothes is unlikely to reach its boiling

an
point even though the clothes are hung under the hot sun. The drying of clothes is only by the
evaporation process.
M
Difference between boiling and evaporation

The table below illustrates the differences between boiling and evaporation.

BOILING EVAPORATION
hid

A process in which a substance changes its A process in which a substance changes its state
state from the liquid state to the gaseous from the liquid state to the gaseous state without
state boiling
as

Fast Slow

Bubbles are formed No bubbles formed


R

Occurs throughout the liquid Takes place only from the exposed surface of the
liquid

Occurs at a definite temperature – Boiling Occurs at all temperature


ir

point
S

Source of energy needed Energy supplied by surroundings

======= (Page 25 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Specific latent heat
Latent heat

Latent heat of a substance is the amount of energy absorbed or released by the substance during a
change in its physical state that occurs without changing its temperature.

 SI unit of latent heat is the joule (J).


 The latent heat associated with melting a solid or freezing a liquid is called the latent heat of fusion
(Lf); that associated with vapourizing a liquid or a solid or condensing a vapour is called the latent
heat of vaporization (Lv).

or
zo
Specific latent heat of fusion

Specific latent heat of fusion, lf, of a substance is defined as the amount of heat required to change

an
a unit mass of the substance from solid to liquid state, without any change in the temperature.


 Q=mlf  Q=mlf, where
M
SI unit of specific latent heat of fusion, lf, is joule per kilogram (Jkg‐1)

Q = amount of thermal energy absorbed or released


m = mass of substace
lf = specific latent heat of fusion.
hid

Specific latent heat of vapourization

Specific latent heat of vapourization, lv, of a substance is defined as the amount of heat required to
as

change unit mass of the substance from liquid state to gas state without a temperature change.
R

 SI unit of specific latent heat of vapourization, lv, of a substance is joule per kilogram (Jkg‐1)
 Q=mlv  Q=mlv , where
Q = amount of thermal energy absorbed or released
m = mass of substance
lv = specific latent heat of vapourization.
ir

Latent heat in terms of molecular behaviour


S

Latent heat energy is absorbed or given out while a substance undergoes state change. The average
kinetic energy of the molecules does not change so that the temperature remains constant.

 During melting, heat absorbed by the solid is used to break the inter‐molecular bonds between the
molecules of solid substance.
 During vapourization, heat absorbed by the liquid is used to break the inter‐molecular bonds
completely between the molecules of liquid substance.

======= (Page 26 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Formula's
&
Symbols

Kinetic Model of Matter


Ideal Gas Law P = pressure of fixed mass of gas
PV ∞ T V = volume occupies by fixed mass

or
of gas
T = Temperature of gas
P1V1 = P2V2 Subscript 1 = initial state
Subscript 2 = final state

zo
Thermal Properties of Matter
Specific Heat Capacity c = Specific heat capacity (Energy
E = m c ∆T required to raise the temperature of

an
1kg of the object by 1 °C)
m = mass
∆T = change in temperature.
Latent Heat Lfusion = latent heat of fusion (Energy
For melting,
E = m Lfusion

For boiling,
liquid at the constant temp)
Lvaporization = latent heat of
vaporization (Energy required to
M
required to change 1kg of solid to

E = m Lvaporization change 1kg of liquid to gas at the


constant temp)
m = mass
hid
as

Symbols and units of physical quantities


R

You should be able to state where they indicated. (multipliers: M mega, k kilo, c centi, m milli.)

Quantity Symbol Unit


ir

temperature θ, t, T oC
S

heat capacity C J/oC


specific heat capacity c /(kgoC), J/(goC)
latent heat L J
specific latent heat l J/kg, J/g

======= (Page 27 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


or
zo
an
M
hid
as
R

2019
ir
S

======= (Page 28 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


01.
Why can a gas be compressed easily into a smaller volume? MCQ's
A The molecules are far apart.
B The molecules do not attract each other.
C The molecules move randomly.
D The volume of each molecule can be reduced.

or
A B C D
02.
The diagram shows a stone suspended on a string under the surface of a liquid. The stone

zo
experiences a pressure caused by the liquid.
string
What would increase the pressure on the stone?

an
A decreasing the surface area of the stone

M
stone B increasing the mass of the stone

C lowering the stone deeper into the liquid


liquid
D using a liquid with a lower density

03. A B C D
hid

When a liquid evaporates, some molecules escape. The temperature of the remaining liquid
changes.
as

What is the effect on the temperature and from where do the molecules escape?
R

temperature of liquid molecules escape from

A decreases everywhere within the liquid


B decreases the surface only
ir

C increases everywhere within the liquid


D increases the surface only
S

04.
What happens when a metal block is heated?

A Its breadth, height and length all increase. C Its height increases only.
B Its width increases only. D Its length increases only.

A B C D

======= (Page 29 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


05.
A night storage heater contains a large block of material that is heated electrically during the
night. During the day the block cools down, releasing thermal energy into the room.
Which thermal capacity and which night-time temperature increase
will cause the most energy to be stored by the block?

thermal capacity night-time


of block temperature increase

A large large
B large small

or
C small large

zo
D small small

A C D

an
B

06.
M
The diagram shows the changes of state P, Q, R and S that occur in solids, liquids and gases
when they gain or lose thermal energy.

gain thermal energy


What is the name of change R?
P Q
hid

A condensation

solid liquid gas B solidification


C boiling
as

S R
D melting
R

lose thermal energy A B C D

07.
In which does thermal conduction not occur?

A a gas B a liquid C a solid


ir

D a vacuum

08. A B C D
S

The metal surface of a kettle is hot.


What happens to the cool air outside the kettle when it comes into contact with the hot kettle?

A The density of the air decreases and the air falls.


B The density of the air decreases and the air rises.

C The density of the air increases and the air falls.


D The density of the air increases and the air rises.
A B C D

======= (Page 30 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


31.
On a cold day, a metal measuring tape graduated in millimetres is used to measure the distance
between two fence posts. The measuring tape reads 3.000 m.

On a much hotter day, the metal measuring tape is used to measure the length of the same
distance again. The metal measuring tape has a higher temperature than the ground. The
temperature of the ground remains constant.

Which statement is correct?

A The measuring tape reads less than 3.000 m because the graduations are closer together.
B The measuring tape reads less than 3.000 m because the graduations are further apart.
C

or
The measuring tape reads more than 3.000 m because the graduations are closer together.
D The measuring tape reads more than 3.000 m because the graduations are further apart.

zo
A B C D
32.

an
A thermometer has graduations which start at –10 °C and end at 110 °C.

–10 0 M 100 110

°C

What is the lower fixed point and what is the upper fixed point of the Celsius scale?

lower fixed point upper fixed point


hid

/ °C / °C

A –10 100
B –10 110
as

C 0 100
R

D 0 110

33.
Which row describes the process of melting?
ir

change in
S

initial state final state


temperature?

A liquid gas yes


B liquid solid no
C solid gas yes
D solid liquid no

======= (Page 31 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


33.
Four campers are warming their food on a fire.
They use different rods, each of the same dimensions, to hold their food near the fire.

Which material is the best choice to prevent


rod
their hands from getting too hot?
food

A aluminium
fire B copper
C steel

or
D wood

zo
34.
A beaker of water is heated and thermal energy travels through the water by convection.

an
What happens to the density of the water when it is heated and how does the water move?

A
B
M
The density decreases and the heated water moves downwards.
The density decreases and the heated water moves upwards.
C The density increases and the heated water moves downwards.
D The density increases and the heated water moves upwards.
hid

35.
Which statement is correct?
as

A A solid can flow. C A solid has a fixed shape.

B A solid can be compressed easily. D A solid takes the shape of its container.
R

36.
Here are three statements about a liquid-in-glass thermometer with a Celsius scale.

1 The lower fixed point is the temperature at which pure water freezes.
ir

2 The upper fixed point is the temperature at which pure water boils.
S

3 A scale is made by dividing the distance between the fixed points into equal
divisions.

Which statements are correct?

A 1 and 2 only B 2 and 3 only C 1 and 3 only D 1, 2 and 3

======= (Page 32 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


37.
A student investigates the melting point of a pure substance. She heats the substance slowly and
takes readings of its temperature as the substance starts to melt and when it finishes melting.
Which statement is correct?

A The temperature decreases slightly as the substance melts.


B The temperature fluctuates as the substance melts.
C The temperature increases as the substance melts.
D The temperature stays the same as the substance melts.

or
38.

zo
A person holds an empty glass beaker and pours hot water into it.
Why does it take a few seconds before his hand starts to feel hot?
A Glass is a poor conductor of heat.

an
B Water is a poor conductor of heat.
C Glass is a better conductor of heat than water.
M
D Water is a better conductor of heat than glass.

39.
The metal surface of a kettle is hot.
hid

What happens to the cool air outside the kettle when it comes into contact with the hot kettle?

A The density of the air decreases and the air falls.


as

B The density of the air decreases and the air rises.


C The density of the air increases and the air falls.
R

D The density of the air increases and the air rises.

40.
ir

100 g of water at 25 °C is poured into an insulating cup. 50 g of ice at 0 °C is added to the water.
The water is stirred until the temperature of the water has fallen to 0 °C.
S

18 g of ice remains unmelted.

The specific heat capacity of water is 4.2 J / g °C.

Which value does this experiment give for the specific latent heat of fusion of ice?

A 210 J / g B 330 J / g C 580 J / g D 770 J / g

======= (Page 33 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


41.
In which does thermal conduction not occur?

A a gas B a liquid C a solid D a vacuum

42.
Two metal cans are identical, except that one has a shiny silver outer surface and the other has a
dull black outer surface. They each have 300 g of water at 80 °C sealed inside them. They are
both in a vacuum, in the darkness of outer space.

How does the temperature of the water in each one change?

or
A Neither one will cool down.
B The water in the black can cools more slowly than that in the shiny can.

zo
C The water in the shiny can cools more slowly than that in the black can.
They both cool down at the same rate.

an
43.
M
Water in a beaker evaporates when it is left on a bench for a period of time.
Increasing the surface area and increasing the temperature of the water each change the rate
of evaporation. Which row is correct?
hid

increasing the surface area increasing the temperature

A rate of evaporation decreases rate of evaporation decreases


B rate of evaporation decreases rate of evaporation increases
as

C rate of evaporation increases rate of evaporation decreases


D rate of evaporation increases rate of evaporation increases
R

44.
ir

Why does a metal rod conduct thermal energy much better than a similar-sized plastic rod?

A The molecules in the plastic are much closer together than the atoms in the metal.
S

B The molecules in the plastic are much larger than the atoms in the metal.
C The molecules in the plastic are much more tightly held together than the atoms in the metal.
D The molecular structure in the plastic contains no free electrons, but the metal has free
electrons.

======= (Page 34 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


45.
Which statement about the evaporation of a liquid is correct?

A The least energetic molecules escape from the surface and the temperature of the liquid
decreases.
B The least energetic molecules escape from the surface and the temperature of the liquid
increases.
C The most energetic molecules escape from the surface and the temperature of the liquid
decreases.
D The most energetic molecules escape from the surface and the temperature of the liquid

or
increases.

zo
46.
Which effect is caused by thermal expansion?

an
A a metal surface heating up in direct sunlight C a railway track buckling on a hot day

B ice-cream melting on a hot day D ice forming on a pond on a cold day

47.
M
A liquid-in-glass thermometer uses a change in a property of a liquid to measure temperature.
Which property is used?
hid

A mass B thermal capacity C volume D weight

48.
as

The diagram shows four labelled changes of state between solid, liquid and gas.
R

P Q

solid liquid gas


ir

S R

Which changes need an energy input?


S

A P and Q B Q and R C R and S D S and P

======= (Page 35 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


49.
In countries where it is usually hot, houses are often painted white.
What is the reason for this?

A White surfaces are good reflectors of radiant energy.


B White surfaces are good transmitters of radiant energy.
C White surfaces are good absorbers of radiant energy.
D White surfaces are good emitters of radiant energy.

or
50.
A glass test-tube containing water is heated at the top. The water at the top boils, but the water at

zo
the bottom remains cold.

an
water

test-tube
M heat

Which row explains why the water at the bottom of the test-tube remains cold?

glass water
hid

A good thermal conductor good thermal conductor


B good thermal conductor poor thermal conductor
C poor thermal conductor good thermal conductor
as

D poor thermal conductor poor thermal conductor


R

51.
The diagram shows a liquid-in-glass thermometer.
ir

liquid thread
S

°C
–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110

When the temperature of the thermometer rises, the changes produced cause the liquid thread
to move to the right. Why does this happen when the temperature of the thermometer rises?

A Gases contract and liquids expand. C Liquids expand more than gases.

B Gases contract and solids expand. D Liquids expand more than solids.

======= (Page 36 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


52.
A liquid-in-glass thermometer has a range from –10 °C to 110 °C.
What are the fixed point temperatures used when calibrating this thermometer in °C?

A –10 °C and 0 °C C 0 °C and 100 °C

B –10 °C and 110 °C D 0 °C and 110 °C

53.
A beaker contains some cold water. A purple crystal is placed on the bottom of the beaker. The

or
beaker is gently heated beneath the crystal. The crystal dissolves in the water. The colour
spreads, as shown in the diagram.

zo
an
M
gentle heat

Three students each make a statement about the experiment.


hid

Student 1 says the purple water is less dense than the rest of the water.

Student 2 says the purple water is warmer than the rest of the water.
as

Student 3 says all of the water will eventually get heated, even though water is a poor conductor
of thermal energy.
R

Which students are correct?

A 1 and 2 only B 1 and 3 only C 2 and 3 only D 1, 2 and 3

54.
ir

Why are the outside walls of houses often painted white in very hot countries?
S

A White surfaces are good absorbers of infrared radiation.


B White surfaces are good emitters of infrared radiation.
C White surfaces are poor absorbers of infrared radiation.
D White surfaces are poor reflectors of infrared radiation.

======= (Page 37 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


55.
Which change in the design of a liquid-in-glass thermometer makes it more sensitive?
A a larger liquid reservoir C a smaller liquid reservoir
B a longer tube D a wider tube

56.
A liquid turns into a gas. This occurs only at one particular temperature, and the change happens
throughout the liquid.

or
What is this process called?

A boiling B condensation C evaporation D fusion

zo
57.

an
One end of a rod of copper is placed in hot water. Thermal energy travels along the rod to make
the other end warmer. M
What is the behaviour of the copper at an atomic level that accounts for most of the transfer of
thermal energy from one end to the other?

A Atoms at the hot end gain kinetic energy and move towards the other end.
B Atoms at the hot end expand, colliding with other atoms and transferring energy.
hid

C Free electrons at the hot end gain energy and move towards the other end, colliding with
atoms along the rod.
D Free electrons at the hot end gain energy from the hot water and move directly to the other
as

end.
R
ir
S

======= (Page 38 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


01.
A liquid-in-glass thermometer is placed in some ice
made from pure water. The ice is heated. It
changes to water and then to steam.
Theory
The graph in Fig. 6.1 shows how the temperature varies
with time. The values of temperature are missing from
the y-axis.

temperature / °C

or
Y

zo
an
M
hid
as

X
R

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
time / minutes
ir

Fig. 6.1
S

(a) On Fig. 6.1, suggest a value for the temperature at each of the three points marked on the
y-axis.

Write a value in each of the boxes. [2]

======= (Page 39 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) In both section X and section Y the line on the graph is horizontal.

For each section, state the name for the process taking place and explain what is happening
to the molecules.

(i) section X

name .................................................................................................................................

explanation ........................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

or
...........................................................................................................................................

zo
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]

an
(ii) section Y

name .................................................................................................................................
M
explanation ........................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
hid

[2]

[Total: 6]
as
R

(a) 0 AND 100 correctly labelled 36

(b)(i) Melting (b)(ii) boiling

Any one of: Any one of:


molecules gain energy molecules break (all) bonds
ir

molecule (begin to) break (some) molecules move (more)


bonds freely
S

arrangement becomes irregular or molecules become widely


arrangement changes separated or far apart

======= (Page 40 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(a) Fig. 6.1 shows a cross-section of the inside of an electric oven.

metal casing The heater is switched on.

(i) On Fig. 6.1, draw two


arrows to show how thermal
glass front heating element energy moves throughout
the oven by convection.
[2]

or
Fig. 6.1 (ii) Explain how thermal
energy moves throughout
the oven by convection.

zo
Use your ideas about
density and expansion.

an
...........................................................................................................................................

M
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [3]

(iii) Use a word from the box to complete the sentence.


hid

conduction expansion insulation radiation


as

Thermal energy travels at the speed of light by .......................................................... [1]


R

(b) The oven is in a kitchen that is fitted with a smoke detector.

Warm, moving air can carry smoke particles.

Suggest the best position for the smoke detector in the kitchen.
ir

............................................................................................................................................. [1]
S

[Total: 7]

(a)(i) arrow upwards from heating element

arrow across top OR down on opposite side

(a)(ii) warm air expands (air) becomes less dense (air) rises
(a)(iii) radiation (b) on ceiling

======= (Page 41 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


6 Fig. 6.1 shows a metal pan containing water being heated by an electrical heater.

water

metal pan
electrical heater
Fig. 6.1

(a) Complete the sentences to describe how thermal energy is transferred.

(i) Thermal energy is transferred from the electrical heater to the bottom of the

pan by ......................................................... [1]

or
(ii) Thermal energy is transferred through the bottom of the metal pan

zo
by ......................................................... [1]

an
(iii) Thermal energy is transferred throughout the water by .............................................. [1]

(b) A student carries out an experiment to determine which surface is the better emitter of thermal
M
energy. She uses two similar metal containers. One of the containers has a dull black surface.
The other has a shiny white surface. Fig. 6.2 shows the metal containers on a bench.

(i) Suggest a procedure for her experiment. You may add to Fig. 6.2 to assist with your
explanation.
hid

shiny white dull black


as

surface bench surface Fig. 6.2

...........................................................................................................................................
R

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [3]

(ii) Predict the result of the experiment described in (b)(i).


ir

...........................................................................................................................................
S

..................................................................................................................................... [1] [Total: 7]

(a)(i) conduction OR radiation (a)(ii) conduction (a)(iii) convection

(b)(i) any THREE from:


(b)(ii) bigger / faster
hot water in each can same volume of water in each can/
temperature change
same temperature thermometer/radiation detector placed
near can or seen on labelled diagram thermometer/radiation from
om better emitter
detector at same distance from each can measure
temperature (change) on each thermometer
======= (Page 42 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )
4 Gas of mass 0.23 g is trapped in a cylinder by a piston. The gas is at atmospheric pressure which
is 1.0 × 105 Pa. Fig. 4.1 shows the piston held in position by a catch.

gas cylinder

air at atmospheric
pressure

piston

or
heater catch

zo
Fig. 4.1

The volume of the trapped gas is 1.9 × 10–4 m3.

an
An electrical heater is used to increase the temperature of the trapped gas by 550 °C.
M
(a) The specific heat capacity of the gas is 0.72 J / (g °C).

(i) Calculate the energy required to increase the temperature of the trapped gas by 550 °C.
hid

energy = ......................................................... [2]


as

(ii) The power of the heater is 2.4 W.


R

1. Calculate how long it takes for the heater to supply the energy calculated in (a)(i).
ir

time = ......................................................... [2]


S

2. In practice, it takes much longer to increase the temperature of the gas by 550 °C
using the heater.

Suggest one reason for this.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [1]

======= (Page 43 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) When the temperature of the gas has increased by 550 °C, its pressure is 2.9 × 105 Pa. The
catch is then released allowing the piston to move. As the piston moves, the temperature of
the gas remains constant.

(i) State and explain what happens to the piston.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) Determine the volume of the gas when the piston stops moving.

or
zo
an
volume = ......................................................... [2]
M [Total: 9]
hid
as

(a)(i) E = mc (∆)T in any form words, symbols or numbers OR (E =) mc (∆)T


OR 0.23 × 0.72 × 550
R

91 J

(a)(ii) 1. t = E / P in any form words, symbols or numbers OR (t =) E / P or 91 / 2.4

38 s
ir

2. (thermal) energy is used to increase the temperature of / lost to cylinder /


piston / heater / surroundings
S

(b)(i) it / piston moves to the right / away from heater OR accelerates (to right)

pressure (of gas) greater / pressure greater (on left) / resultant force to right

(b)(ii) V2 = p1V1 / p2 in any form OR (V2 =) p1V1 / p2


OR 2.9 × 105 × 1.9 × 10–4 / 1.0 × 105

5.5 × 10–4 m3

======= (Page 44 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


5 Liquids and gases are two states of matter.

(a) In both boiling and evaporation, a liquid changes into a gas.

(i) State two ways in which boiling differs from evaporation.

1. .......................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

2. .......................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

or
[2]

zo
(ii) Before injecting a patient, a doctor wipes a small amount of a volatile liquid on to the
patient’s skin. Explain, in terms of molecules, how this procedure cools the patient’s skin.

an
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
M
...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [4]

(b) Gases can be compressed but liquids are incompressible.

Explain, in terms of molecules, why liquids are incompressible.


hid

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
as

............................................................................................................................................. [2]
R

[Total: 8]

any two from:

(a)(i) occurs throughout the liquid OR bubbles formed


ir

occurs at one temperature / boiling point


does not produce cooling OR unaffected by draught / surface area / humidity
S

(more) energetic molecules escape (from the liquid) OR molecules gain energy and escape
OR molecules overcome intermolecular forces / break bonds
(a)(ii)
average speed decreases OR molecules with less (kinetic) energy left behind
temperature of liquid decreases
(thermal) energy conducted / gained from skin / body OR (thermal) energy lost by skin / body
(b) molecules touching OR no space between molecules

large (repulsive / intermolecular) forces (when moved closer)

======= (Page 45 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


5 (a) State the values of the fixed points of a temperature scale.

............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) (i) The graduations on a liquid-in-glass thermometer are equally spaced.

For the equal spacing of the graduations to be correct, state:

1. an assumption that is made about the liquid in the thermometer

...........................................................................................................................................

2. an assumption that is made about the structure of the thermometer.

or
........................................................................................................................................... [2]

zo
(ii) Liquid-in-glass thermometer A has a greater range than liquid-in-glass thermometer B.

State one way the design of thermometer A is different from thermometer B.

an
...........................................................................................................................................

(iii)
M
..................................................................................................................................... [1]

Liquid-in-glass thermometer C has a greater sensitivity than liquid-in-glass thermometer D.

State one way the design of thermometer C is different from thermometer D.

...........................................................................................................................................
hid

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) (i) In the space provided, draw a labelled diagram of a thermocouple thermometer.
as
R

[3]
ir
S

======= (Page 46 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) Suggest when a thermocouple thermometer is more suitable than a liquid-in-glass
thermometer.

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 9]

or
zo
an
(a) 0 °C and 100 °C M
(b)(i) 1 Has uniform / linear expansion OR Has equal expansion for each degree of temperature rise

2 Has capillary / tube of constant cross-sectional area / diameter / radius / bore / width / thickness

(b)(ii) (Compared with thermometer B)


A has a capillary / tube of greater cross-section / diameter / radius / width
hid

OR A contains a liquid with less expansion per degree / unit temp. rise
OR A is longer than B
OR A has a smaller bulb

(b)(iii) (Compared with thermometer D)


as

C (has capillary / tube that is) narrower / of smaller cross-section / thinner


OR has a larger bulb OR bulb containing more liquid
R

OR contains a liquid with greater expansion per degree / unit temp. rise
OR contains alcohol instead of mercury

(c)(i) Diagram to show:


Three wires labelled e.g. copper, iron, copper or with symbols for metals
OR metal A, metal B, metal A
ir

One junction between different metals


S

Connections to voltmeter / ammeter / galvanometer identified by V, A, G, mV, mA or arrow in a circle

(c)(ii) Measurement of:


a (very) high or (very) low temperature OR a rapidly varying temperature
OR a high range of temperature
If values given, more than 300 °C; less than –200 °C

======= (Page 47 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


6 An electrical heater is placed on the floor of a room in a house. The heater is switched on.

(a) State the main process by which thermal energy is transferred to the air in all parts of the
room.

............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) The heater has a power of 1.5 kW. The air in the room has a mass of 65 kg. The specific heat
capacity of air is 720 J / (kg °C).

(i) Calculate the time it takes for this heater to raise the temperature of the air in the room

or
from 8.0 °C to 15.0 °C.

zo
an
M
time = ......................................................... [4]

(ii) State two reasons why the time calculated in (b)(i) is smaller than the actual time taken
to raise the temperature of the air in the room from 8.0 °C to 15.0 °C.
hid

1 .......................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
as

2 .......................................................................................................................................
R

...........................................................................................................................................
[2]

[Total: 7]

(a) Convection
ir

b)(i) (E =) mc∆θ OR 65 × 720 × 7


S

3.3 × 105 (J)

P = E / t in any form OR (t=) E / P OR 3.3 × 106 / 1.5 × 103

220 s

(b)(ii) Two of:


The heater warms walls, floor, ceiling, windows, furniture / objects.
Thermal energy conducted through walls, floor, ceiling, windows (to exterior)
Thermal energy used to raise temperature of air entering room via draughts / openings

======= (Page 48 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


7 (a) In Fig. 7.1, the small circles represent molecules. The arrows refer to the change of state
from the arrangement of molecules on the left to the arrangement of molecules on the right.

or
Y

zo
an
Fig. 7.1

Complete the following by writing solid, liquid or gas in each of the blank spaces.
M
1. Change of state X is from ............................................ to ............................................ .

2. Change of state Y is from ............................................ to ............................................ .


[2]

(b) Explain, in terms of the forces between their molecules, why gases expand more than solids
when they undergo the same rise in temperature.
hid

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
as

............................................................................................................................................. [2]
R
ir
S

======= (Page 49 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) A cylinder of volume 0.012 m3 contains a compressed gas at a pressure of 1.8 × 106 Pa.
A valve is opened and all the compressed gas escapes from the cylinder into the atmosphere.
The temperature of the gas does not change.Calculate the volume that the escaped
gas occupies at the atmospheric pressure of 1.0 × 105 Pa.

or
volume = ......................................................... [3]

zo
[Total: 7]

an
M
hid
as
R

(a) 1. Solid to liquid

2. Liquid to gas / vapour


ir

(b) (Neighbouring) molecules of solid have (strong) forces of attraction between them
OR Gas molecules have no / weak forces of attraction between them
S

Easier to increase separation of gas molecules (than solid molecules)


(gas expands more easily so) gas molecules move farther apart

(c) PV = constant OR P1V1= P2V2


OR 0.012 × 1.8 × 106 = V2 × 1.0 × 105

V2 = 0.216 m3 OR 0.22 m3

(Volume of escaped gas = 0.22 – 0.012 =) 0.21 m3

======= (Page 50 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


4 (a) Water molecules escape to the atmosphere from water boiling in a pan. Water molecules
evaporate from the surface of a bowl of cool water and also escape to the atmosphere.

State two ways in which boiling is different from evaporation.

1. ...............................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

2. ...............................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
[2]

or
(b) Fig. 4.1 shows a heater in a metal block. Fig. 4.1

zo
The power of the heater is 370 W and it is
thermometer
switched on for 4.0 minutes. The metal block

an
electric heater has a specific heat capacity of 420 J / (kg °C)
and a mass of 5.0 kg.

metal block M Calculate the increase of temperature of the


block. Assume all the thermal energy from
the heater is transferred to the block.
hid
as
R

temperature increase = ......................................................... [4]

[Total: 6]
ir

(a) Any two from:


bubbles form OR occurs throughout liquid
S

only occurs at one temperature/boiling point


does not produce cooling OR not affected by surface area / humidity / draught OR does
not lower KE of molecules left in the liquid.

(b) E = Pt in any form


OR (E) = 370 × 240

= 89 000 (J)

E = mc∆T in any form

(temperature increase =) 89 000 / {5.0 × 420} = ) 42 °C

======= (Page 51 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


5 Fig. 5.1 shows a cross‑section of the inside of a vacuum flask containing a cold liquid. The walls of
the vacuum flask are made of glass.

(a) The vacuum flask is being used to keep a liquid


stopper cool on a hot day.

Explain how the labelled features of the vacuum


flask keep the liquid cool by reducing thermal
energy transfer. Include the names of the
processes involved.

silvered
surfaces

or
...............................................................................

....................................................................

zo
vacuum ...............................................................................

an
....................................................................

glass M ...............................................................................

...............................................................................

Fig. 5.1
...............................................................................

.................................................................... [5]
hid

(b) Suggest a suitable material for the stopper.


as

............................................................................................................................................. [1]

[Total: 6]
R
ir

(a) any mention of radiation/infra-red radiation wrt silvered surfaces


S

silvered surfaces are poor emitters / poor absorbers / (good) reflectors

glass is a poor conductor OR glass reduces thermal energy / heat gain by conduction

vacuum prevents thermal energy / heat gain by conduction OR convection

stopper reduces thermal energy / heat gain by convection

(b) any suitable insulator e.g. cork, plastic, rubber

======= (Page 52 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


A student is investigating the rate of cooling of water
Alternative
under different conditions. A greater rate of cooling occurs
if there is a greater change in the temperature during the
same period of time.
To
Fig. 3.1 shows some of the apparatus. Practical
thermometer

or
lid
clamp stand

zo
hot water
beaker bench

an
M Fig. 3.1

(a) The thermometer in Fig. 3.2 shows the room temperature θR at the beginning of the
experiment. Record θR.

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C


hid

Fig. 3.2

θR = ........................................................ [1]
as

(b) The student pours 200 cm3 of hot water into the beaker.
R

She records the temperature θ of the hot water at time t = 0. She immediately starts a
stopclock.

She continues recording the time and the temperature readings every 30 s. The readings are
shown in Table 3.1.
ir

Table 3.1 beaker Table 3.2 can


S

t/ θ/ t/ θ/
0 94 0 93
30 93 30 91
60 92 60 90
90 91 90 89
120 90 120 88
150 89 150 87

======= (Page 53 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


The student repeats the procedure using a metal can, painted matt black, in place of the
beaker.

The readings are shown in Table 3.2.

(i) Complete the column headings in Table 3.1 and in Table 3.2. [1]

(ii) Look carefully at the readings in Table 3.1 and in Table 3.2.

Tick the box to show your conclusion from the readings.

The water in the beaker has a greater rate of cooling than the water in the can.

or
The water in the beaker has a smaller rate of cooling than the water in the can.

zo
There is no significant difference between the rates of cooling of the water in
the beaker and the can.

an
[1]

(iii) Justify your conclusion by reference to the readings.


M
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]
hid

(c) A student in another school carries out the experiment and reports that the rate of cooling of
the water in the can is different from the rate of cooling of the water in the beaker. He plans a
change to the experiment to find out whether this difference in the rates of cooling is caused
as

by
R

• the matt black surface of the can being a better radiator of thermal energy than the shiny
surface of the beaker

• the metal of the can being a better conductor of thermal energy than the material of the
beaker.
ir

(i) Suggest two suitable changes to the apparatus that the student could make.
S

1. .......................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

2. .......................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
[2]

======= (Page 54 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) Suggest two variables that should be controlled in order to make the experiment a fair
test.

1. .......................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

2. .......................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
[2]

(d) State one precaution that you would take in order to record accurate temperature readings.

or
...................................................................................................................................................

zo
............................................................................................................................................. [1]

[Total: 10]

an
M
hid
as

(a) 24 (°C)
R

(b)(i) s, °C seen and not contradicted

(b)(ii) Third box ticked to match readings

Pairs of readings 94(°C), 89(°C) and 93 (°C), 87 (°C) quoted.


OR differences 5(°C) and 6(°C) quoted
ir

Difference is only 1(°C) OR difference is small. owtte


S

(c)(i) Use a black painted beaker (and black painted can)

Use a shiny can (and unpainted beaker)

(c)(ii) Any two from:


Room temperature
Volume of water
Same starting temperature (of water)

(d) Perpendicular viewing of the thermometer


OR stirring OR thermometer not touching beaker.

======= (Page 55 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


2 Students are investigating how the use of a lid or insulation affects the rate of cooling of hot water
in a beaker. They use the apparatus shown in Fig. 2.1.

thermometer

insulation beakers lid

Fig. 2.1
A B

or
400
30

zo
20

an
M
(a) Record the room temperature θR shown on the thermometer in Fig. 2.1.

θR = ........................................................ [1]

(b) • 100 cm3 of hot water is poured into beaker A and the initial temperature θ is recorded in
Table 2.1.
• The temperature θ of the water at times t = 30 s, 60 s, 90 s, 120 s, 150 s and 180 s are
shown in Table 2.1.
hid

• This process is repeated for beaker B.

Complete the headings and the time column in Table 2.1. [2]
as

Table 2.1
R

beaker A beaker B
with insulation with a lid
t/ θ/ θ/
0 83.0 86.0
ir

79.0 84.0
75.5 82.5
S

73.0 81.0
71.0 80.0
69.5 79.0
68.5 78.5

======= (Page 56 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) Write a conclusion stating whether the insulation or the lid is more effective in reducing the
cooling rate of the water in the beakers in this experiment.

Justify your answer by reference to the results.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................. [2]

or
(d) One student thinks that the experiment does not show how effective insulation is on its own
or how effective a lid is on its own.

zo
Suggest an additional experiment which could be used to show how effective a lid or insulation
is.

an
Explain how the additional results could be used.

additional experiment ...............................................................................................................


M
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

explanation ...............................................................................................................................
hid

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
as

(e) (i) Calculate xA, the average cooling rate for beaker A over the whole experiment. Use the
readings for beaker A from Table 2.1 and the equation
R

θ – θ180
xA = 0
T
where T = 180 s and θ0 and θ180 are the temperatures at time t = 0 and time t = 180 s.
Include the unit for the cooling rate.
ir
S

xA = ........................................................ [2]

======= (Page 57 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) Students in another school are carrying out this experiment using identical equipment.

State why they should make the initial temperature of the water the same as in this
experiment if they are to obtain average cooling rates that are the same as in Table 2.1.
Assume that the room temperature is the same in each case.

Use the results from beaker A to explain why this factor should be controlled.

statement ..........................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

or
explanation ........................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

zo
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]

an
[Total: 11]

M
hid
as

(a) θR = 23 (°C)
R

(b) s, °C, °C all correct

30, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180

(c) lid is more effective


ir

correct mention of comparative temperature change over 180 s, supporting conclusion


S

(d) additional experiment with both insulation and lid / neither insulation nor lid

compare result of (previous) experiment with additional / only one factor changed in
(each) comparison
(e)(i) xA = 0.081 °C / s

(e)(ii) cooling more rapid at higher temperatures

comparison of temperature difference over first 30 s and last 30 s supporting statement

======= (Page 58 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


2 A student is investigating the transfer of thermal energy between hot water in a beaker and cold
water in a glass boiling tube.

He is using the apparatus shown in Fig. 2.1.

thermometers

glass
boiling tube clamp stand

beaker

or
zo
bench

an
40
30
M 10
20

Fig. 2.1
hid 10

(a) Record the room temperature θR, shown on the thermometer in the boiling tube.
as

θR = ........................................................ [1]
R

(b) The student pours cold water into the boiling tube and hot water into the beaker.
He places the boiling tube into the beaker of hot water.
He then records the temperatures θC of the water in the boiling tube and the temperatures θH
of the water in the beaker every 30 s.

His readings are shown in Table 2.1.


ir

(i) Complete the headings and the time column in Table 2.1. [2]
S

(ii) It is difficult to read both thermometers every 30 s.


Describe briefly a technique that would ensure the temperature readings are as accurate
as possible in the experiment.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

======= (Page 59 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Table 2.1 difference in
boiling tube beaker
temperature
t/ θC / θH / (θH - θC) /
0 19.5 88.5 69.0
31.0 83.0 52.0
39.5 80.0 40.5
47.5 77.5 30.0

or
54.0 75.5 21.5
59.0 74.0 15.0

zo
63.0 73.0 10.0

an
(c) Write a conclusion stating how the difference in temperature between the cold water and the
hot water affects the rate of heating of the water in the boiling tube.

Justify your answer by reference to the readings.


M
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
hid

...................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................. [2]
as

(d) (i) State what you expect the temperature in the boiling tube will be when θC stops rising.
Justify your answer by reference to the readings.
R

statement ..........................................................................................................................

justification ........................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
ir

...........................................................................................................................................
S

[2]

(ii) State what you predict the temperature θH of the water in the beaker will be after a few
hours.

θH = ........................................................ [1]

======= (Page 60 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(e) Suggest two changes that could be made to the apparatus or the procedure to ensure that
the temperature θC of the cold water in the boiling tube rises more quickly.

1. ...............................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

2. ...............................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

or
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]

zo
[Total: 11]

an
(a) 21 (°C) M
(b)(i) s, °C, °C, °C all correct

30, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180

(b)(ii) any one from:


• place stop-clock and thermometers so seen easily
hid

• keep eyes at level to thermometer scales


• use an audible 30 s alarm
• read temperatures alternately every 15 s
• use of data logger
as

(c) greater temperature difference causes greater (rate of) heating


R

comparison of temperature changes during same period in first half and in second
half of experiment
(d)(i) within range 64 to 72 (°C) inclusive

justification with reference to hot and cold water trends


ir

(d)(ii) 21 (°C) / room temperature


S

(e) any two from:


• thinner walls on tube
• metal tube
• bung/lid on tube
• insulate sides of beaker/lid on beaker
• higher initial hot water temperature
• lower initial cold water temperature
• increase volume of hot water
• decrease volume of cold water
• stirring

======= (Page 61 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


01 Assignment
Kinetic model of matter
For questions 1 to 4, choose the correct answer by circling the letter.
1 Molecules of solids …
(a) have strong intermolecular forces of attraction

or
(b) vibrate about their positions
(c) do not travel long distances

zo
(d) all of the above [1]
2 Internal energy is the sum of …

an
(a) kinetic energy of all the molecules
(b) potential and kinetic energies of all the molecules
(c) potential energy of all the molecules
(d) mass of all the molecules
M [1]
3 A liquid …
(a) has a fixed shape and volume
(b) has a fixed volume but no fixed shape
hid

(c) has a fixed shape but no fixed volume


(d) has neither fixed shape nor fixed volume [1]
as

4 When a gas changes to a liquid, it is called …


(a) boiling (b) evaporation (c) condensation (d) sweating [1]
R

(a) Compare solids, liquids, and gases on the basis of the following:

(i) shape
ir

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [1]

(ii) volume
S

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [1]

(iii) intermolecular forces of attraction


[1]
��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

(iv) motion of molecules

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [1]

======= (Page 62 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) Describe how molecules come to posses:

(i) potential energy

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]
(ii) kinetic energy

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

or
6

(a) What is meant by evaporation?

zo
��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

an
��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [1]
(b) State four factors that affect the rate of evaporation�

M
��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [4]
hid

(c) How is evaporation different from boiling? Explain why water boils faster at high altitudes�
as

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
R

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [3]
7 Describe how a refrigerator helps to store food at a low temperature�
���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
ir

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
S

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [3]

8 Explain why sweating causes us to feel cooler�

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

[Total: 25]

======= (Page 63 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Heat and its effects
For questions 1 to 4, choose the correct answer by circling the letter.
1 When the temperature of a gas is increased the volume …
02
(a) increases (b) decreases (c) stays the same (d) decreases rapidly [1]
2 Which of these is not a good conductor of heat?
(a) steel (b) copper (c) air (d) steel [1]
3 Metals are good conductors because they possess …
(a) greater density (b) more mass (c) large spaces (d) free electrons [1]

or
4 A liquid evaporates at …
(a) 100oC

zo
(b) 0oC
(c) a temperature below its boiling point

an
(d) low temperatures [1]
5
M
(a) Explain, with the help of a diagram, why ice is less dense than water�
hid

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
as

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [3]
R

(b) What happens to a gas when it is heated at constant volume? Explain in terms of the
kinetic model of matter�

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
ir

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
S

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

(c) Why do solids expand less than liquids and gases over a similar increase in temperature?

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

======= (Page 64 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


7

(a) Metal bar A conducts heat faster than metal bar B� Identify the features of metal bar A to
account for its high conductivity�

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [3]

(b) What feature common to most insulators causes them to be poor conductors of heat?

or
��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [1]

zo
(c) Suggest four ways of reducing heat losses from a house during winter�

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

an
��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

M
��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [4]

8 Describe how a convection current is set up in a liquid�

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
hid

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
as

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [3]
R

(a) What is meant by specific heat capacity?

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
ir

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [1]
S

(b) If the specific heat capacity of water is 4200 J/(kg-oC) calculate the energy transferred in
heating 4 kg water from room temperature (20oC) to its boiling point?

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

[Total: 25]

======= (Page 65 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Temperature
03
For questions 1 to 4, choose the correct answer by circling the letter.
1 The steam point on the Celsius scale is …
(a) 100oC (b) 0oC (c) 273oC (d) 50oC [1]
2 Absolute zero on the Kelvin scale is equal to …
(a) 373oC (b) 273oC (c) -273oC (d) -373oC [1]

or
3 Thermal energy transfers from …
(a) a cooler body to a warmer body

zo
(b) a warmer body to a cooler body
(c) atoms to molecules

an
(d) water to steam [1]
4 The average body temperature of human beings is …

5
(a) 20oC
Why is mercury used in thermometers?
(b) 25oC M (c) 37oC (d) 50oC [1]

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [1]
hid

(a) Describe how a thermistor thermometer works�


as

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
R

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

(b) How is a thermistor thermometer safer than a mercury thermometer?


ir

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [1]
S

7 Use the kinetic model of matter to explain how temperature rises upon heating�

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [3]

======= (Page 66 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


8 Convert the following:

(a) 50 K into oC

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [1]

(b) 200oC into K

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [1]

or
(c) 273 K into oC

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [1]

zo
9

(a) What is meant by a linear scale?

an
��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
M
��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [1]

(b) Describe how an instrument is calibrated�

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
hid

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
as

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [3]
R

(c) Compare mercury and coloured alcohol thermometers in terms of:

(i) sensitivity

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [1]
ir
S

(ii) range

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

�������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [1]

[Total: 20]

======= (Page 67 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Temperature
04
1 Why is mercury used instead of dyed water in a thermometer?

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

or
2 What are the fixed points on the Celsius scale? What is the value of absolute zero on the Celsius

zo
scale?

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

an
���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

M
���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

3 Complete the following table:

Celsius scale / oC Kelvin scale / K


hid

0 273
25
310
as

102

[3]
R

4 State two differences between a clinical thermometer and a thermocouple thermometer�

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
ir
S

======= (Page 68 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


5 How is thermal energy transferred between two objects of different temperatures? Explain in
terms of the kinetic model�

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

or
���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

zo
���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

an
6 A mercury thermometer with a narrower tube was used to measure minute changes in
temperature� Explain why?
M
���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

7 Explain why a clinical thermometer would not be used in a science laboratory?


hid

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]
as

[Total: 15]
R
ir
S

======= (Page 69 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Matter and heat
1 Why does evaporation result in a lowering of the temperature?
05
���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

2 Why is heat necessary for boiling but not for evaporation of a liquid?

or
���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

zo
���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

an
���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

3 Define the following terms:

(a) condensation
M
��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [1]

(b) specific heat capacity


hid

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [1]

(c) specific latent heat


as

��������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [1]
R

4 How much energy was transferred to 5 kg water if it caused the water to heat up from 50 oC to
90oC upon heating, assuming the specific heat capacity of water is 4200 J/(kg oC)�

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
ir

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
S

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

======= (Page 70 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


5 How would you determine the melting point of an unknown solid? The boiling point of an
unknown liquid?

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

or
6 What does the latent heat of vapourization tell you about boiling a given mass of water?

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

zo
���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

an
7 What would happen to the gas inside a closed container fitted with a piston if it were heated
and no additional pressure were applied? If pressure were applied to the piston to control
increase in volume?
M
���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

[Total: 15]
hid
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 71 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Kinetic model of matter
06
1 Why does a solid possess a definite shape whereas a gas does not?

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

or
2 Complete the table for comparing the properties of solids, liquids, and gases:

zo
Solid Liquid Gas

an
definite shape and volume
weaker bonds between
molecules
M very large space between
molecules
particles slide over one
another
molecules have the least
potential energy
hid

[5]
as

3 Explain why a solid melts upon heating�

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������
R

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]
ir

4 In what ways might you speed up the evaporation of water from a container?
S

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [3]

======= (Page 72 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


5 What is meant by the internal energy and thermal energy of a material?

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

6 Why does the body produce sweat in warm weather?

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

or
7 Why does water boil at a lower temperature at high altitudes?

zo
���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

an
���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

8 Describe how mist forms on a glass surface�


M
���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������

���������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������������� [2]

[Total: 20]
hid
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 73 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Investigation

Heat transfer: conduction


This demonstration might be conducted in the classroom to support discussion on good and bad

or
conductors of heat�

Aim

zo
To demonstrate the transfer of heat in solids

Equipment

an
n 1 wooden plate, 30 cm × 30 cm
n 1 aluminium plate, 30 cm × 30 cm
n tripod, gauze, and Bunsen burner
n 1 plastic plate, 30 cm × 30 cm
n
wax, connected to a manifold
M
aluminium, iron, copper, and stainless steel rods, coated with temperature-sensitive paint or

Demonstration 1
1 Hand around the plates made from different materials to the students�
hid

2 The metal one should ‘feel’ colder than the other two even though they are at the same room
temperature�

Explanation
as

Aluminium is a better thermal conductor and therefore removes more heat from the hand, making
it feel colder�
R

Demonstration 2: the principle of the Davy safety lamp


1 Place the Bunsen burner beneath the gauze�
2 Open the gas tap�
3 Light the gas above the gauze�
4 The gas can pass through the gauze but the flame cannot pass
ir

below it�
S

Explanation
The gauze conducts the heat away from the flame so that the
temperature below the gauze remains lower than the ignition temperature of the gas�

Application
The Davy safety lamp avoided igniting pockets of flammable gases igniting in mines, which was a
common occurrence when candles were used as sources of light in the mines�

======= (Page 74 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Demonstration 3
1 Fill the reservoir with boiling water� SS
2 The length of rod over which the colour of Fe
Al
the temperature-sensitive paint has changed
Cu
should be visible�

Explanation
Each material has a different ability to
transfer heat through conduction, known as its
coefficient of thermal conductivity�

or
Heat transfer: convection

zo
This demonstration might be conducted in the classroom to support discussion on convection in

an
fluids�

Aim
M
To demonstrate convection in liquids and gases

Equipment
n potassium permanganate crystals n pair of tweezers
n Bunsen burner, tripod, and stand n small candle
n large glass beaker n smouldering splint
model of a room with an open fire: a closed Perspex box with two openings on the top face and
hid

n
at either end of the box
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 75 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Brownian motion
This demonstration might be conducted in the classroom to support discussion on factors affecting
the motion of molecules�

Aim
To demonstrate the existence of molecules in air

Equipment

or
zo
n microscope (the images from a digital microscope, if available, can be projected for the whole
class to see)

an
n Perspex box n smoke from a smouldering splint

Method
M
1 Blow some smoke from the smouldering splint into the Perspex box�
2 View the smoke particles under the microscope�

Explanation
hid

The molecules are invisible under an


optical microscope, but their presence can
be inferred from the motion of the much
larger smoke particles� This interpretation
as

of Brownian motion, together with his


interpretation of the photoelectric effect,
R

earned Einstein the Nobel Prize in Physics


in 1921�
ir
S

======= (Page 76 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


or
zo
an
M
hid
as

Extended
R
ir
S

2002-2018
======= (Page 77 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )
MCQ's

What is the main process by which heat moves


through the water?

or
water A conduction
B convection

zo
lagging
C evaporation
tank
D radiation

an
heater

M
02 A person holds a glass beaker in one hand and fills it quickly with hot water. It takes several
seconds before his hand starts to feel the heat.

Why is there this delay?


hid

A Glass is a poor conductor of heat. C Water is a poor conductor of heat.


B Glass is a good conductor of heat. D Water is a good conductor of heat.
as

03 The same quantity of heat energy is applied to four different blocks. The temperature rise
R

produced is shown on each block.

Which block has the highest thermal capacity?

A B C D
ir
S

temperature
temperature temperature
rise is temperature
rise is rise is
3 °C rise is
6 °C 18 °C
9 °C

======= (Page 82 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


04 The top of the mercury thread in a mercury-in-glass thermometer reaches Z
point X at 0 °C and point Z at 100 °C. Y
Where might it be at a temperature below the ice-point?

A point W C point Y
B point X D point Z X
W

or
05 When water evaporates, some molecules escape. Which molecules escape?

A the molecules at the bottom of the liquid with less energy than others

zo
B the molecules at the bottom of the liquid with more energy than others
C the molecules at the surface with less energy than others

an
D the molecules at the surface with high energy than others

bench. The boxes are left for a long time.

X Y
M
06 Two metal boxes containing air are standing in a room. Box X is on top of a heater. Box Y is on a

Which line in the


best describes the
table
A
box X
fast
box Y
zero
average speed of the B fast slow
molecules in the
hid
C slow fast
heater bench containers?
D zero fast
as

07 A balloon is inflated in a cold room. When the room becomes much warmer, the balloon becomes
larger.
R

How does the behaviour of the air molecules in the balloon explain this?

A The molecules become larger. C The molecules move more quickly.


B The molecules evaporate. D The molecules repel each other.
ir
S

======= (Page 83 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


08 A substance is heated at a steady rate. It changes from a solid to a liquid, and then to a gas.
The graph shows how its temperature changes with time.
Which parts of the graph
S show a change of state
taking place?
temperature
R A P and R
Q B P and S
C

or
Q and R
P
D Q and S
time

zo
09 An engineer wants to fix a steel washer on to a steel rod. The rod is just too big to fit into the hole

an
of the washer.
How can the engineer fit the washer onto the rod?

steel steel rod A cool the washer and put it over the rod
washer

M B

C
cool the washer and rod to the same
temperature and push them together

heat the rod and then place it in the hole


D heat the washer and place it over the rod
hid

10 An experiment is set up to find out which metal is the best conductor of heat. Balls are stuck with
as

wax to rods made from different metals, as shown in diagram X.


The rods are heated at one end. Some of the balls fall off, leaving some as shown in diagram Y.
R

Which labelled metal is the best conductor of heat? diagram Y


diagram X A B C D
ir
S

h e a t h e a t
before heating after heating

======= (Page 84 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


11 Thermometer X is held above an ice cube and thermometer Y is held the same distance below
the ice cube. After several minutes, the reading on one thermometer changes. The ice cube does
not melt.
Which thermometer reading changes and why?
thermometer X

thermometer reason

A X cool air rises from the ice cube


ice cube
B X warm air rises from the ice cube

or
C Y cool air falls from the ice cube

thermometer Y D Y warm air falls from the ice cube

zo
12 Viewed through a microscope, very small particles can be seen moving with Brownian motion.

an
Which line in the table is correct?

M
type of motion particles are
of particles suspended in

A vibration a liquid or a gas


B vibration a solid, a liquid or a gas
C random a liquid or a gas
hid
D random a solid, a liquid or a gas

13 A measured mass of gas is placed in a cylinder at atmospheric pressure and is then slowly
as

compressed. The temperature of the gas does not change.


What happens to the pressure of the gas?
R

piston A It drops to zero.


gas B It decreases, but not to zero.
piston pushed in C It stays the same.
D It increases.
ir
S

14 The graph shows the change in


temperature of a material as it is heated. temperature D

Which part on the graph shows when the C


material is boiling?
B

A
time

======= (Page 85 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


15 An iron bar is held with one end in a fire. The other end soon becomes too hot to hold.

How has the heat travelled along the iron bar?

A by conduction
hand fire B by convection
iron bar C by expansion
D by radiation

or
16 An experiment is set up as shown.

zo
What does the pressure gauge show as
pressure gauge the air in the flask becomes hotter?

an
air flask A a steady pressure

M
B a decrease in pressure
C an increase in pressure
D an increase and then a decrease in pressure

water
hid

heat
as

A
17 The diagram shows a block of ice placed in a warm room.
B
At which point is the temperature the lowest?
R

clamp C
ice

table D
ir
S

18 Brownian motion is seen by looking at smoke particles through a microscope.


How do the smoke particles move in Brownian motion?

A all in the same direction C in circles


B at random D vibrating about fixed points

======= (Page 86 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


19 Driving a car raises the temperature of the tyres.

This causes the pressure of the air in the tyres to increase. Why is this?
A Air molecules break up to form separate atoms.
B Air molecules expand with the rise in temperature.
C The force between the air molecules increases.
D The speed of the air molecules increases.

or
20 To mark a temperature scale on a thermometer, fixed points are needed.

zo
Which is a fixed point?

A the bottom end of the thermometer tube C the temperature of pure melting ice

an
B the top end of the thermometer tube D the temperature of pure warm water

A B
M
21 Four blocks, made of different materials, are each given the same quantity of internal (heat)
energy. Which block has the greatest thermal capacity?

C D
hid
as

temperature temperature temperature temperature


rise = 2 oC rise = 4 oC rise = 6 oC rise = 8 oC
R

22 A long thin bar of copper is heated evenly along its length.

copper bar
ir
S

heat
What happens to the bar?

A It becomes lighter. C It becomes shorter.


B It becomes longer. D It bends at the ends.

======= (Page 87 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


23 A beaker contains water at room temperature.

X water How could a convection current be set up in the water?

A cool the water at X C stir the water at X


B cool the water at Y D stir the water at Y
Y

24 Two plastic cups are placed one inside the other. Hot water is poured into the inner cup and a lid

or
is put on top as shown.

zo
Which statement is correct?
lid
A Heat loss by radiation is prevented by the small
small spacer air gap.

an
small air gap
B No heat passes through the sides of either cup.
hot water

M
C The bench is heated by convection from the
bench bottom of the outer cup.

D The lid is used to reduce heat loss by convection.

25 Which is the best description of the speed of a water wave?


hid
A the distance between one wave crest and the next
B the distance between the crest of a wave and a trough
as

C the distance that a particle of water moves up and down in one second
D the distance that a wavefront moves along the surface in one second
R

26 Diagram 1 shows apparatus being used to observe smoke particles.

Diagram 2 shows how a smoke particle moves randomly.

Why do the smoke particles move randomly?


ir

diagram 1 diagram 2

A They are hit by air molecules.


S

B They are less dense than air.


C They are moved by convection currents.
microscope random
movement
D They gain energy from the light.

air molecules
light and
smoke particles

======= (Page 88 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


27 The graph shows how the temperature of hot temperature
liquid wax changes with time as the wax is allowed
to cool. A
B
At which labelled point on the graph are both liquid C
wax and solid wax present?

or
D

zo
0
0 time

an
28 1 kg of water and 1 kg of aluminium are heated to the same temperature and then allowed to cool
in a room.

M
Why does the aluminium cool more quickly than the water?

A Aluminium contracts more than water.


B Aluminium does not evaporate but water does.
hid
C Aluminium has a higher thermal capacity than water.
D Aluminium has a lower thermal capacity than water.
as

29 Bread can be cooked by placing it below, but not touching, a heating element.
R

heating element

bread
ir
S

Which process transfers thermal energy from the heating element to the bread?
A conduction B convection C insulation D radiation

======= (Page 89 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


30 The diagram shows a refrigerator. The cooling unit is placed at the top. The cooling unit cools the
air near it.
What happens to the density of this air as it cools and how
does it move?
cooling unit

density of the air movement of the air

A decreases moves down

or
B decreases stays where it is
C increases moves down

zo
D increases stays where it is

an
31 Which line in the table describes the properties of solids and of liquids at a fixed temperature?

M
solids liquids

A definite volume and definite shape no definite volume but definite shape
B no definite volume but definite shape definite volume and definite shape
C definite volume and definite shape definite volume but no definite shape
D no definite volume but definite shape no definite volume and no definite shape
hid

32 The thermometer in the diagram has no scale.


Where must the bulb be placed so that 0 °C can be marked on the stem?
as

A in boiling water
B in cold water
R

C in a freezer bulb
D in melting ice

33 A sample of a solid is heated for 12 minutes and its temperature noted every minute.
ir

The results are shown in the table.


S

time / min 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

temperature / °C 11.5 16.1 22.1 31.0 31.1 31.1 31.1 31.3 45.0 65.2 66.2 66.3 66.3

How should the sample be described at the end of the 12 minutes?

A all solid B in the process of melting C all liquid D in the process of boiling

======= (Page 90 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


34 A heater is placed in a room. Which diagram shows the movement of air as the room is heated?
A B C D

or
35 The diagrams show four identical pieces of ice that are heated in test-tubes of water.

zo
In which test-tube will the ice take the longest time to melt?

an
C D
A B

ice
water

M
ice
water
water water ice wrapped
in lead wire
ice wrapped
in lead wire
hid

36 In an experiment, some of a substance changes from a liquid to a gas. The temperature of the
remaining liquid changes because of this.
as

What is the name for this change of state and how does the temperature change?
R

change of state how temperature changes

A condensation decreases
B condensation increases
C evaporation decreases
ir

D evaporation increases
S

======= (Page 91 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


37 The graph shows the change in temperature of a substance as it is heated steadily.
Which part of the graph shows when the substance is boiling?

D
temperature
C

or
A

time

zo
38 Four blocks, made of different materials, are each given the same quantity of internal energy
(heat). Which block has the greatest thermal capacity?

an
A B C D

M
temperature temperature temperature temperature
hid
rise = 2 oC rise = 4 oC rise = 6 oC rise = 8 oC

39 A rod is made up of copper and wood joined together.


B C
as

After the rod is heated at the join in the


centre for about a minute, where would the A D
lowest temperature be?
R

wood copper
40 The diagram shows a fire.
ir
S

Why does the smoke rise above the fire?

A Smoke evaporates more quickly at higher temperatures.


B Smoke molecules diffuse more quickly at higher temperatures.
C The density of the air is lower at higher temperatures.
D The pressure of the air is greater at higher temperatures.

======= (Page 92 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


41 The diagram represents the molecules of a gas in a closed container of constant volume.

What happens to the molecules when the gas is heated?

A They expand.
B They hit the walls less often.
C They move further apart.
D They move more quickly.

or
42 A liquid is left in an open dish. After several days there is less liquid in the dish.

zo
Which statement explains this?

A The least energetic molecules leave the C The most energetic molecules leave the

an
surface and escape into the air. surface and escape into the air.
B The least energetic molecules leave D The most energetic molecules leave the
the surface and return. surface and return.

M
43 A thermometer has a scale which starts at –10 °C and ends at 110 °C.
–10 0 100 110

°C lower fixed point upper fixed point


/ °C / °C
hid
What is the value of the lower fixed point and A –10 100
of the upper fixed point of the scale?
B –10 110
C 0 100
as

D 0 110
R

44 A student carries out an experiment to find the melting point of wax. The graph shows how the
temperature of the wax changes as it cools.

X Which statement is correct?


temperature
ir

/ °C A At X the temperature drops


more slowly than at Z.
S

Y
melting point B At Y all the wax is solid.
of wax Z
C At Y thermal energy is being
given out by the wax.

0 D At Z the wax molecules are


0 not moving.
time

======= (Page 93 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


45 Hot liquid in a vacuum flask cools extremely slowly. This is because some methods of heat
transfer cannot take place in a vacuum. Which methods cannot take place in a vacuum?
A conduction and convection only C convection and radiation only

B conduction and radiation only D conduction, convection and radiation

46 A teacher demonstrates convection currents using a box with two chimneys and a lighted candle.
She holds a smoking taper at point P.

In which direction does the convection current cause the smoke to move?

or
B

zo
P
A C

an
chimney chimney D

M
hid
47 A sealed gas cylinder is left outside on a hot, sunny day.

What happens to the average speed of the molecules and to the pressure of the gas in the
cylinder as the temperature rises?
as

average speed of
gas pressure
the gas molecules
R

A falls falls
B falls rises
C rises falls
ir

D rises rises
S

======= (Page 94 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


48 When a liquid evaporates, some molecules escape from it and its temperature changes.

From where do the molecules escape and what is the effect on the temperature of the liquid?

molecules escape from temperature of liquid

A all parts of the liquid decreases


B all parts of the liquid increases
C only the liquid surface decreases

or
D only the liquid surface increases

zo
49 The diagram shows a thermometer calibrated in degrees Celsius.

an
°C
110 What are the values of the lower fixed point and of the upper fixed point on
100 the Celsius scale?

M
90
80 lower fixed upper fixed
70 point / °C point / °C
60
50 A –10 110
40
30 B 0 20
20 C
hid
0 100
10
0 D 20 100
–10
as

50 An ice cube at a temperature of 0 °C is put into a drink at a temperature of 10 °C.


R

After a short time, some of the ice has melted and the drink has cooled to a temperature of 8 °C.
What is the temperature of the remaining ice?
A 0°C B 2°C C 4°C D 8°C
ir

51 Food is kept in a cool-box which uses two ice packs to keep it cool.
Where should the ice packs be placed to keep all the food as cool as possible?
S

A both at the bottom of the box C one at the front and one at the back of the box
B both at the top of the box D one on the left and one on the right of the box

======= (Page 95 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


52 Brownian motion is observed when looking at smoke particles in air using a microscope.
What causes the smoke particles to move at random?

A Smoke particles are hit by air molecules. C Smoke particles have different weights and fall at
different speeds.

B Smoke particles are moved by convection D Smoke particles hit the walls of the
currents in the air. container.

53 The molecules of a substance become more closely packed and move more quickly.

or
What is happening to the substance?

zo
A A gas is being heated and compressed. C A liquid is boiling.

B A gas is being heated and is expanding. D A liquid is evaporating at room temperature.

an
54 Which pair contains only physical quantities that vary with temperature and so could be used in
making a thermometer?

B
activity of a radioactive source,
volume of a gas
mass of a liquid, volume of a liquid
M C

D
activity of a radioactive source,
mass of a solid
volume of a gas, volume of a liquid

55 A heater supplies 80 J of energy to a block of metal. The temperature of the block rises by 20 °C.
hid
What happens to the block of metal when its temperature falls by 10 °C?

A Its internal energy decreases by 40 J. C Its internal energy increases by 40 J.


as

B Its internal energy decreases by 160 J. D Its internal energy increases by 160 J.

56 A gas storage tank has a fixed volume. The graph shows how the temperature of the gas in the
R

tank varies with time.


At time Y, the gas molecules are

temperature A closer together than at time X.


B hitting the sides of the tank harder
ir

than at time X.
S

C larger in size than at time X.


D moving more slowly than at time X.

X Y time

======= (Page 96 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


57 Why does convection take place in a liquid when it is heated?

A Liquids expand when they are heated. C Molecules in the liquid expand when they
are heated.
B Liquids start to bubble when they get D Molecules near to the surface of the liquid
close to boiling point. escape into the air.

58 Two plastic cups are placed one inside the other. Hot water is poured into the inner cup and a lid
is put on top, as shown.
Which statement is correct?

or
lid
A Heat loss by radiation is prevented by the small
small spacer
air gap.

zo
small air gap B No heat passes through the sides of either cup.
hot water C

an
The bench is heated by convection from the
bench bottom of the outer cup.
D The lid is used to reduce heat loss by convection.

M
59 The diagrams show four blocks of steel. The blocks are all drawn to the same scale.
The same quantity of thermal energy (heat) is given to each block. Which block shows the
greatest rise in temperature?
A B C D
hid
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 97 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


60 A mercury thermometer with no scale is taped to a ruler as shown.

When the thermometer is placed in steam, the mercury level rises to 22.0 cm.

When the thermometer is placed in pure melting ice, the mercury level falls to 2.0 cm.

cm
30
Which temperature is shown by the mercury level in
28
the diagram?

or
26
24
22 thermometer

zo
20
A 6 °C B 8 °C
18
ruler

an
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
mercury

M C 30 °C D 40 °C

0
hid
as

61 The diagram shows the cross-section of a vacuum flask containing a hot liquid in a cold room.
X and Y are points on the inside surfaces of the walls of the flask.
R

cold room
How is thermal energy transferred between X and Y?

A by conduction and convection

X
Y B by conduction only
ir

hot liquid C by radiation and convection


S

vacuum D by radiation only

======= (Page 98 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


62 Two states of matter are described as follows.
In state 1, the molecules are very far apart. They state 1 state 2
move about very quickly at random in straight lines
until they hit something. A gas liquid
B gas solid
In state 2, the molecules are quite closely packed
together. They move about at random. They do not C liquid gas
have fixed positions. D solid liquid

or
What is state 1 and what is state 2?

zo
63 The pressure of a fixed mass of gas in a cylinder is measured. The temperature of the gas in the
cylinder is then slowly increased. The volume of the cylinder does not change.

an
Which graph shows the pressure of the gas during this process?

A B
pressure

M pressure

0 0
0 time 0 time
hid

C D
as

pressure pressure
R

0 0
0 time 0 time
ir
S

======= (Page 99 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


64 The thermometer in the diagram has no scale.

Where must the bulb be placed so that 0 °C can be marked on the stem?

A in a freezer
stem
B in pure boiling water
C in pure cold water
D in pure melting ice

or
bulb

zo
65 A solid is heated from room temperature.
The graph shows how its temperature changes with time as it is heated constantly.

an
At which time has it just become completely liquid?

temperature

M
hid
room temperature

0
0 A B C D
time
as

66 Thermal energy travels through space from the Sun to the Earth. Space is a vacuum.
R

How is thermal energy transferred from the Sun to the Earth?


A by conduction only C by radiation only
B by convection only D by convection and radiation
ir
S

======= (Page 100 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


67 A cupboard is placed in front of a heater. Air can move through a gap under the cupboard.

wall

cupboard
heater

or
air moves through gap

zo
floor

an
Which row describes the temperature, and the direction of movement, of the air in the gap?

air temperature air direction

A
B
C
cool
cool
warm
M
away from the heater
towards the heater
away from the heater
D warm towards the heater
hid

68 The diagram shows how the atoms in a substance rearrange themselves during a change of
state.
as

Which change of state is shown?

A gas to liquid
R

B liquid to gas
C liquid to solid
D solid to liquid
ir
S

======= (Page 101 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


69 Equal masses of two different liquids are put into identical beakers. They are heated from 20 °C
to 30 °C by heaters of the same power. Liquid 2 takes twice as long to heat as liquid 1.

Which statement is correct?

A Both liquids receive the same amount of energy.


same mass of B Liquid 1 receives more energy than liquid 2.
different liquids
C The thermal capacity of liquid 1 is equal to the

or
liquid 1 liquid 2
thermal capacity of liquid 2.
heaters of
same power D The thermal capacity of liquid 1 is less than the

zo
thermal capacity of liquid 2.
heating time = t heating time = 2t

an
70 There is a vacuum between the double walls of a vacuum flask.
Which types of heat transfer are reduced by the vacuum?
A
B
conduction and convection
conduction and radiation
C
D M convection and radiation
conduction, convection and radiation

71 The diagrams show four identical pieces of ice that are heated in test-tubes of water.
In which test-tube will the ice take the longest time to melt?
hid

A B C
D
as

ice water
ice wrapped water
water ice
in lead wire
R

ice wrapped
in lead wire
ir
S

72 Some water molecules escape from the surface of a lake.


Which name is given to this process?
A boiling B convection C evaporation D radiation

======= (Page 102 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


73 The diagram represents gas molecules contained in a cylinder. The piston is moved slowly
downwards and the temperature of the gas stays the same.

piston
Why does the pressure of the gas increase?

A The molecules collide harder with the walls.


B

or
The molecules collide more often with the walls.
cylinder
C The molecules move more quickly.

zo
D The number of molecules increases.
gas molecule

an
74 To mark the lower fixed point of a Celsius scale on a thermometer, the thermometer should be
placed in
A B C pure melting ice. D pure mercury.

M
pure alcohol. pure distilled water.

75 A glass flask full of cool water is placed in a container of hot water.

X What will happen to the level of water at X as the


container of glass flask full cool water becomes warmer?
hot water of cool water
hid

A It will fall.
B It will rise.
as

C It will rise then fall.


D It will stay the same.
R
ir

76 A beaker of water is heated at its base. Why does the water at the base rise?
A
S

It contracts and becomes less dense. C It expands and becomes less dense.
B It contracts and becomes more dense. D It expands and becomes more dense.

======= (Page 103 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


77 A thermometer bulb is covered by a piece of damp absorbent cloth.

thermometer Air at room temperature is blown across the damp cloth.

What happens to the thermometer reading?

A It remains constant.
B It rises.
C

or
It rises then falls.
damp cloth D It falls.
air

zo
bulb

78 A drop of liquid falls on a student’s skin and quickly evaporates.

an
What is the effect on the skin and the reason?

A
B
C
D
M
The skin cools because the most energetic molecules escape from the liquid.
The skin cools because the most energetic molecules remain in the liquid.
The skin warms because the most energetic molecules escape from the liquid.
The skin warms because the most energetic molecules remain in the liquid.
hid
79 A suspension of pollen grains in water is observed under a microscope. The pollen grains are
seen to be moving all the time. Which diagram illustrates this motion?

A B C D
as
R
ir
S

80 A knife is being sharpened on a rotating sharpening-stone. A spark flies off and lands on the
operator’s hand. The spark is a very hot, very small piece of metal. The operator feels nothing.

What does this show about the piece of metal?

A It has a high thermal capacity. C It is a good conductor of heat.

B It has a low thermal capacity. D It is a poor conductor of heat.

======= (Page 104 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


81 Which substance is a liquid at a room temperature of 25 oC?

substance melting point / oC boiling point / oC

A –218 –183
B –39 357
C 44 280
D 119 444

or
82 The diagram shows a cooling unit in a refrigerator.

Why is the cooling unit placed at the top?

zo
A Cold air falls and warm air is displaced upwards.
cooling
unit B Cold air is a bad conductor so heat is not conducted

an
into the refrigerator.

C Cold air is a good conductor so heat is conducted out

M D
of the refrigerator.

Cold air stops at the top and so prevents convection.

83 How does heat from the Sun reach the Earth?


A C
hid
conduction only radiation only

B convection only D conduction, convection and radiation


as

84 The gas in a container is heated but is kept at constant volume.


R

Why does the gas pressure increase?

A The molecules expand.


B The molecules increase in mass.
C The molecules move further apart.
ir

D The molecules move more rapidly.


S

======= (Page 105 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


85 A gas cylinder is left outside on a sunny day. A They collide less often.

The Sun heats the gas inside the cylinder. B They expand.
C They move closer together.
What happens to the gas molecules?
D They move more rapidly.

86 Water spilled on the ground on a hot day evaporates. Which diagram represents the change in
arrangement of the particles in the water as it evaporates?

or
A

zo
C

an
B
D

M
87 A block of ice is heated until it has all melted. The water that is produced is then heated until it
boils.
hid
Which line in the table states what happens to the temperature of the ice while it is melting, and
to the temperature of the water while it is boiling?
as

temperature of ice temperature of water


while it is melting while it is boiling
R

A increases increases
B increases stays the same
C stays the same increases
D stays the same stays the same
ir
S

======= (Page 106 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


88 A thermometer with no scale is taped to a ruler as shown. When placed in steam, the mercury
level rises to 22 cm. When placed in pure melting ice, the mercury level falls to 2 cm.

cm Which temperature is shown by the mercury level in the diagram?


30 A 6 °C B 8 °C C 30 °C D 40 °C
28
26
24
22
20

or
18
16
14

zo
12
10
mercury

an
8
6
4
2
0
M
89 Which line in the table is correct about conduction and convection?
hid
conduction convection

A can happen in a solid can happen in a solid


as

B can happen in a solid only happens in fluids


C only happens in fluids can happen in a solid
R

D only happens in fluids only happens in fluids

90 A heating element is positioned in a narrow sealed tube of liquid.

What would be the best place to position the heating element in order to obtain the best
circulation of the liquid through the tube?
ir

A B liquid
S

D C

======= (Page 107 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


91 The table lists the melting points and the boiling points of four different substances A, B, C and D.

Which substance is a gas at 25 °C?

substance melting point / °C boiling point / °C

A –219 –183
B –7 58
C 98 890

or
D 1083 2582

zo
92 The diagram shows four blocks of steel. The same quantity of heat is given to each block.

Which block shows the greatest rise in temperature?

an
A B C D

M
hid
93 A wooden wheel can be strengthened by putting a tight circle of iron around it.
as

wooden wheel
R

iron circle

Which action would make it easier to fit the circle over the wood?
ir

A cooling the iron circle


S

B heating the iron circle


C heating the wooden wheel
D heating the wooden wheel and cooling the iron circle

======= (Page 108 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


94 Which statement refers to convection?

A It does not involve energy transfer.


B It is the transfer of heat energy without the movement of particles.
C It only occurs in liquids or gases.
D It only occurs in solids.

or
95 Spoons made of different materials were placed in four cups of coffee poured from the same jug.

Which spoon will be hottest to touch at end X?

zo
experiment A experiment B experiment C experiment D

an
wooden X steel X white plastic X black plastic X
spoon spoon spoon spoon

M
96 Equal masses of two different liquids are heated using the same heater. The graph shows how
hid
the temperature of each liquid changes with time.

temperature

What does the graph tell us about the liquids?


as

liquid 1
A Liquid 1 has a higher melting point than liquid 2.
liquid 2
R

B Liquid 1 has a higher boiling point than liquid 2.


C Liquid 1 starts to melt sooner than liquid 2.
D Liquid 1 starts to boil sooner than liquid 2.
0
0 time
ir
S

======= (Page 109 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


97 An engineer wants to fix a steel washer on to a steel rod. The rod is just too big to fit into the hole
of the washer.

steel steel rod


washer

How can the engineer fit the washer on to the rod?

or
A Cool the washer and put it over the rod.
B Cool the washer and rod to the same temperature and push them together.

zo
C Heat the rod and then place it in the hole.
D Heat the washer and then place it over the rod.

an
98 A cup with a lid contains a hot drink.
lid

hot drink
A
M
When the lid is removed, the rate of heat loss from the drink
increases. What causes this?

convection only C both convection and evaporation


B evaporation only D neither convection nor evaporation
hid

99 Brownian motion is observed by looking at smoke particles through a microscope.


as

How do the smoke particles move in Brownian motion?

A all in the same direction C in circles


R

B at random D vibrating about fixed points

100 A small amount of air is introduced into the vacuum above the mercury in a mercury barometer
tube. The mercury level goes down. Why does the mercury level go down?
A The air molecules cool the mercury and make it contract.
ir

B The air molecules decrease the pressure above the mercury.


S

C The air molecules heat the mercury and make it expand.


D The air molecules increase the pressure above the mercury.

======= (Page 110 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


101 To mark a temperature scale on a thermometer, standard temperatures known as fixed points are
needed. Which of these is a fixed point?
A room temperature C the temperature of pure melting ice
B the temperature inside a freezer D the temperature of pure warm water

102 The table gives the melting points and boiling points of glycerine and benzene.
At which temperature will both

or
melting point boiling point glycerine and benzene be liquid?
glycerine 18 °C 290 °C A 0 °C B 50 °C

zo
benzene 5.4 °C 80 °C
C 100 °C D 150 °C

an
103 Some gas in a sealed plastic bag is cooled. How do the gas molecules behave when this happens?

M
They move more quickly and become closer together.
B They move more quickly and become further apart.
C They move more slowly and become closer together.
D They move more slowly and become further apart.

104 A block of ice cream is prevented from melting by wrapping it in newspaper soaked in water. The
hid
water evaporates from the newspaper.

Which molecules escape from the water and what happens to the average speed of the water
molecules that remain in the newspaper?
as

average speed of the


escaping molecules
R

remaining water molecules

A the more energetic ones decreases


B the more energetic ones increases
C the less energetic ones decreases
ir

D the less energetic ones increases


S

105 Which change is condensation?

A B
solid liquid gas
C D

======= (Page 111 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


106 A beaker containing ice and a thermometer is left in a warm room for 15 minutes.
No water is visible in the beaker until 5 minutes has passed. After 15 minutes some ice is still visible.

Which graph shows how the


ice ice
thermometer reading changes?

water

start of after after


experiment 5 minutes 15 minutes

or
temperature temperature temperature temperature
A B C D
/ °C / °C / °C / °C

zo
0 0 0 0

an
0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15 0 5 10 15
time / min time / min time / min time / min

M
107 A piece of wood has some iron nails pushed through it. One side of the wood is covered with heat
sensitive paper which turns from pink to blue when heated. The wood is heated as shown for a
few minutes and blue dots appear on the heat sensitive paper where it touches the nails.
wood heat sensitive paper
This experiment shows that, compared to
wood, iron is a good
hid
A absorber of heat.
iron blue
heat B conductor of heat.
nails dots
as

C convector of heat.
D emitter of heat.
R

108 An electric heater is placed inside a metal box which has one side open. The diagram shows four
possible positions for the box. The heater is switched on for several minutes.
In which position does the box become the hottest?
A B C D
ir
S

heater heater
box box

======= (Page 112 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


109 Evaporation occurs when molecules escape from a liquid surface into the air above it. During this
process the temperature of the liquid falls. Why does the temperature of the liquid fall?
A The molecules in the vapour expand because the pressure is less.
B The molecules left in the liquid have more space to move around.
C The molecules move more slowly when they escape into the air.
D The molecules with the highest energies escape into the air.

or
110 The diagram shows an electric heater being used to heat a beaker of water and an identical
beaker of oil for several minutes.

zo
The temperature of the water and the temperature
of the oil increase constantly. The rise in
temperature of the oil is much greater than that of the

an
water. Why is this?

A The oil has a higher boiling point than water.


water oil

M
B The oil has a higher thermal capacity than water.
C The oil has a lower boiling point than water.

electric heater D The oil has a lower thermal capacity than water.
hid
111 Two identical copper cans are filled with boiling water. thermometer

One can is insulated with wool. The temperature of hot water


as

the water in each can is taken every minute for


several minutes. Graphs of the results are plotted. copper can
R

Which graph shows the results obtained? wool

uninsulated can insulated can

temperature A temperature B temperature temperature


C D
ir

insulated insulated
uninsulated
insulated
S

uninsulated uninsulated
uninsulated insulated

time time
time time

======= (Page 113 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


112 Some of the more energetic molecules in a liquid leave the surface, leaving the rest of the liquid
slightly cooler. What is the name given to this process?
A boiling B condensation C evaporation D freezing

113 A substance consists of particles that are close together and moving past each other at random.
The average speed of the particles is gradually increasing. What best describes the substance?
A a gas being heated C a solid being heated

or
B a liquid being heated D a solid being melted

zo
114 Which thermometer is the best for measuring rapidly-changing temperatures?
A a clinical thermometer C a thermocouple

an
B a liquid-in-glass thermometer D all thermometers are equally good

heated at a constant rate and readings


of temperature and time are taken.
The results are recorded on a graph.
M
115 Some ice cubes are taken from a deep-freeze 
and placed in a metal container. The container is
A
B
temperature

Which temperature corresponds to 0 °C?


hid

C
D
0 time
as

116 The diagrams show a bimetallic strip when it is at room temperature and after it has been cooled.
R

brass
invar brass
invar
at room temperature below room temperature
ir

The change in shape occurs because


S

A brass contracts more than invar. C invar and brass contract by equal amounts.

B brass expands when it cools down. D invar contracts more than brass.

======= (Page 114 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


118 Density changes are responsible for which method of thermal energy transfer?
A conduction only B convection only C radiation only D conduction, convection and radiation

119 A liquid is heated.Which statement is incorrect?

A The molecules expand. C The molecules move further apart.

B The molecules gain energy. D The molecules move faster.

or
120 What describes the molecular structure of a liquid?

zo
distance between motion of the strength of forces
the molecules molecules between the molecules

an
A close together stationary very strong
B close together random fairly strong
C

M
far apart stationary fairly strong
D far apart random weak

121 A thermocouple thermometer uses a voltmeter to measure the e.m.f. generated between two
junctions. The junctions are at temperatures t1 and t2. To calibrate the thermometer, fixed points
are needed.
hid
What are the values of t1 and t2 when the thermometer
is calibrated at the steam point?
V
t1 t2
as

A 0 ºC 0 ºC
R

B 0 ºC 100 ºC
t1 t2
C 25 ºC 0 ºC
D 25 ºC 125 ºC
ir
S

======= (Page 115 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


122 What is the definition of heat capacity?

A the quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of an object through 1 °C

B the quantity of heat required to raise the temperature of 1 kg of a substance through 1 °C


C the quantity of heat required to convert an object from solid to liquid without a change in
temperature
D the quantity of heat required to change 1 kg of a substance from solid to liquid without a
change in temperature

or
123 Fillings in teeth should be made from a material which

zo
A expands more than the tooth when heated.

an
B expands by the same amount as the tooth when heated.
C expands less than the tooth when heated.
D

M
does not expand when heated.

124 A double-glazed window has two sheets of glass separated by a layer of air.

Thermal energy is conducted and convected through the layer of air. The amount of conduction
and convection varies with the thickness of the layer of air, as shown in the graph.
hid
thermal energy
(heat) transfer total energy transfer
through a double- by conduction and
glazed window convection
as

by convection
R

by conduction
0
0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5
thickness of layer of air / cm
ir

Which thickness of air produces the smallest energy transfer, and why?

A
S

0.5 cm because there is little convection


B 1.0 cm because the total thermal energy transfer is least
C 1.5 cm because the total thermal energy transfer is small and conduction is low
D 2.0 cm because there is little conduction

======= (Page 116 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


125 An airtight container holds a fixed quantity of gas. pressure / kPa volume / cm3
Its pressure and volume are measured on four
A 120 36
occasions when the temperature is 20 °C. The results are
B 100 48
shown in the table. Which set of readings is incorrect?
C 80 60
D 60 80

or
126 In a vacuum flask, which methods of heat transfer are prevented by the vacuum?

zo
A conduction only C conduction and convection only

B convection only D conduction, convection, and radiation

an
127 The diagram shows a liquid-in-glass thermometer.

0 2.0 cm

0 °C
M liquid column
22.0 cm

100 °C
hid
At 0 °C, the length of the liquid column is 2.0 cm. At 100 °C, the length of the liquid column is
22.0 cm. What is the length of the liquid column at 40 °C?

A 6.0 cm B 8.0 cm C 8.8 cm D 10.0 cm


as
R

128 At regular intervals along a railway line there is a gap between the rail sections.

rail sections
What is the reason for the gap between the rail sections?

A to allow for expansion of the rail sections during hot weather


sleeper
ir

gap B to allow for vibrations of the rail sections as the train passes
over them
S

C to allow rain water to drain from the rail sections


D to keep the wheels of the train and carriages on the rail
sections

======= (Page 117 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


129 Ice is taken from a freezer and left in a room. The ice melts and eventually the water reaches
room temperature. Which energy transfers take place?

energy transfer during melting energy transfer after melting

A from ice to room from water to room


B from ice to room from room to water
C from room to ice from room to water

or
D from room to ice from water to room

zo
130 Some air is trapped inside a small balloon. The average kinetic energy of the air molecules in the
balloon is increased. What remains the same?

an
A the density of the air in the balloon C the temperature of the air in the balloon
B the mass of the air in the balloon D the volume of the air in the balloon

M
131 A student is investigating the evaporation of water. The student can change:
the depth of the water; the surface area of the water; the
temperature of the water.

How many of these changes, if any, would alter the rate at which evaporation occurs?
hid
A 0 B 1 C 2 D 3

132 The diagrams show four identical cans with their outside surfaces painted either dull black or
as

polished silver. Each can contains the same volume of water, initially at 80 °C.
After five minutes in a cool room, which can contains the coolest water?
R

A B C D
lid
ir
S

dull black polished silver dull black polished silver

======= (Page 118 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


133 What makes a liquid-in-glass thermometer sensitive to a small change of temperature?

A a bulb with a thin glass wall C a stem with a thick glass wall

B a shiny liquid in its bore D a very narrow bore

134 A substance that is originally a solid is heated strongly for some time.
At one stage, the energy given to the substance is used as latent heat of vaporisation.
At this stage, what change does the energy cause?

or
A It breaks the bonds holding the molecules together. Molecules escape from the liquid.
B It breaks the bonds holding the molecules together. The solid becomes liquid.

zo
C It makes the molecules move faster but there is still a strong attraction between them.
D It makes the molecules move faster and so the temperature rises.

an
135 What happens when a metal bar is heated?

A
B
C
D
M
The distance between the molecules increases, making the bar longer.
The molecules get larger, making the bar longer.
The molecules vibrate more quickly, making the bar denser.
The speed of the molecules increases, making the bar thinner.
hid
136 A fixed mass of gas at constant temperature is compressed to reduce its volume.

How do the molecules of gas now strike the walls of the container?
as

A less often than before with a higher velocity C more often than before with a higher velocity

B less often than before with the same velocity D more often than before with the same velocity
R

137 The liquid in a puddle evaporates and this causes its temperature to change.
How does the temperature of the liquid change and why?

Reason
ir

change

A decreases less energetic molecules leave the liquid


S

B decreases more energetic molecules leave the liquid


C increases less energetic molecules leave the liquid
D increases more energetic molecules leave the liquid

======= (Page 119 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


138 When a refrigerator is switched on for the first time, the air surrounding the ice-box is cooled.

What happens to the density of this air and to its position


inside the refrigerator?
ice-box
density position of the air

A decreases sinks to the bottom


B decreases stays at the top

or
C increases sinks to the bottom
D increases stays at the top

zo
an
139 An ice-cube has a mass of 7.50 g. The ice-cube is at 0 °C. A 35.5 s
Heat from the surroundings reaches the ice-cube at an B 55.5 s

M
average rate of 1.25 J / s.
C 2000 s
How long does it take for all of the ice to melt?
(specific latent heat of fusion of ice = 333 J / g) D 3120 s

140 A bimetallic strip made from brass and iron is used as a thermostat.
hid
brass When the strip is heated, the brass
expands more than the iron.
iron
as

Which shape will the strip become?

A
B
R
ir

C
D
S

======= (Page 120 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


141 According to the kinetic theory, matter is
forces between
made up of very small particles in a motion of particles
particles
constant state of motion.
Which row best describes the particle A strong move randomly at
behaviour in the liquid state? high speed
B strong vibrate but are free to
move position
C strong vibrate to and fro

or
around a fixed position
D weak move randomly at
high speed

zo
142 A balloon filled with air is gently heated.

an
mass density
What happens to the mass and the density
of the air inside the balloon? A decreases decreases

M
B decreases stays the same
C stays the same decreases
D stays the same stays the same

143 A certain liquid is used in a liquid-in-glass thermometer. It does not expand uniformly with
temperature. What effect will this have on the scale of the thermometer?
hid
A It will be non-linear. C The markings will be close together.

B It will have a small range. D The markings will be far apart.

144 An ice pack is used to cool 0.25 kg of water. The specific heat capacity of water is 4.2 kJ / (kg °C).
as

How much thermal energy (heat) must the ice pack extract
from the water to reduce the water temperature by 15 °C?
R

A 0.070 kJ B 1.1 kJ
ice pack
C 16 kJ D 250 kJ
ir

145 Fillings in teeth should be made from a material which


S

A does not expand when heated. C expands less than the tooth when
heated.
B expands by the same amount as the
tooth when heated. D expands more than the tooth when
heated.

======= (Page 121 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


146 A beaker of liquid is placed under a bell jar. The pressure of the air above the liquid is reduced and
some of the liquid evaporates. This causes the liquid to become colder.

air pumped out

Why does the temperature of the liquid fall?


bell jar
A The air molecules blow away the liquid molecules.

or
B The air molecules cool down the liquid.
C The higher energy molecules leave the liquid.

zo
air
D There are fewer molecules of liquid in the beaker.
beaker

an
liquid

feel cold. Why is this?


A
M
147 A swimmer climbs out of a swimming pool on a warm, dry day. Almost immediately he begins to

The water allows a convection current to remove heat from his skin.
B The water takes latent heat from his body in order to evaporate.
C The water on his skin is a good conductor of heat.
hid

D The water prevents infra-red radiation from reaching his body.


as

148 A substance consists of particles that are close together and moving past each other at
random. The average speed of the particles is gradually increasing.
What best describes the substance?
R

A a liquid being boiled to form a gas C a solid being heated

B a liquid being heated D a solid being melted to form a liquid

149 A liquid-in-glass thermometer consists of a bulb containing a liquid. The liquid can expand into a
ir

very thin capillary tube.


S

bulb
capillary tube
The liquid in the thermometer is replaced by another liquid that expands more for the same
temperature rise. The new thermometer will have

A greater sensitivity and greater range. C the same sensitivity and the same range.

B greater sensitivity but less range. D the same sensitivity but greater range.

======= (Page 122 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


150 The diagram shows a vacuum flask and an enlarged view of a section through the flask wall.

stopper

silvering
vacuum

or
silvering

zo
liquid

an
The main reason for the silvering is to reduce heat transfer by

A conduction only. C conduction and convection.


B radiation only.

151 Which factors increase the rate of


D
M
convection and radiation.

increasing its increasing its increasing its


evaporation of a liquid? temperature surface area depth
hid
A yes yes yes
B yes yes no
as

C yes no yes

D no yes yes
R

152 Four mercury-in-glass thermometers are made length


with different dimensions. bore

Which will have the greatest sensitivity?


ir

A 10 cm long and bore 0.75 mm wide C 25 cm long and bore 0.10 mm wide
S

B 15 cm long and bore 0.50 mm wide D 30 cm long and bore 0.25 mm wide

153 In an experiment to find the specific heat capacity of a metal, it is found that 5200 J is needed to
raise the temperature of a 2 kg block by 20 °C.
What value for the specific heat capacity is given by these results?
A 130 J / (kg °C) B 520 J / (kg °C) C 52 000 J / (kg °C) D 104 000 J / (kg °C)

======= (Page 123 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


154 A person cannot unscrew the lid of a pot of jam. He finds that the lid can be unscrewed after it
has been held under hot, running water for a few seconds.

Why is this?

A The air pressure in the jar falls.


B The glass expands.
C The jam melts.

or
D The lid expands.

zo
155 The diagram shows a thick copper plate that is very hot. One side is black, the other is shiny.
A student places her hands the same distance from each side as shown.

an
black shiny Her left hand feels warmer than her right hand.

very hot
M Which statement is the correct conclusion from the
experiment?

A
B
The black side is hotter than the shiny one.
The black side radiates more heat.
C
hid
The shiny side radiates more heat.
left hand right hand D The shiny side is cooling down faster than the
black side.
as

156 A gas is enclosed in a container of fixed volume. It gains heat energy from an external source.
What happens to the molecules of the gas?
R

A They expand.
B They move faster inside the container.

C They move further apart.


D They vibrate with greater frequency.
ir
S

======= (Page 124 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


157 Four containers are filled with equal volumes of water at the same temperature.
Containers A and B are shaded by a tree. Sunlight falls on containers C and D.
From which container does all the water evaporate first?

or
shade

zo
an
A B C D

158

A
M
A rod of metal is heated at one end.
Which statement best describes the conduction of heat through the metal?

Atoms move from the hot end and hit electrons at the cold end.
B Atoms vibrate and hit atoms at the cold end.
hid
C Free electrons move from the hot end and hit atoms further along the rod.
D Free electrons vibrate and pass energy to free electrons further along the rod.

159 Many gas appliances such as ovens and heaters use a small flame to ignite the main burner.
as

To make sure that the small flame is burning, a temperature-measuring device is inserted into the
flame. What is the most suitable device to use?
R

A a clinical thermometer C a thermocouple thermometer


B a mercury manometer D a water manometer

160 A hot liquid is allowed to cool. The graph shows the cooling curve.
ir

In which part of the curve is latent heat


P released?
S

temperature
A PQ B QR
Q R C RS D ST

room
S T
temperature time

======= (Page 125 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


161 For the same temperature rise and the same original volume, which of the three states of matter
expands the most and which state expands the least?

expands most expands least

A gas solid
B liquid gas
C solid gas
D solid liquid

or
162 Four wet towels are hung out to dry as shown. Which towel dries most quickly?
A B C D

zo
an
sunny
windy
towel unfolded
cloudy
no wind
M
towel unfolded
cloudy
windy
towel folded
sunny
no wind
towel folded

163 How is heat conducted in a metal?


hid
A by movement of electrons through the C by vibration of atoms and movement
metal only of electrons through the metal

B by movement of atoms through the metal only D by vibration of atoms only


as

164 The diagram shows four thermometers.


R

50 °C 40 °C 250 °C 100 °C
Which thermometer has the greatest sensitivity

45 °C 200 °C 80 °C and which thermometer has the greatest range?

40 °C 150 °C 60 °C
35 °C
ir

35 °C 100 °C 40 °C greatest greatest


S

sensitivity range
30 °C 50 °C 20 °C
A P R
25 °C 30 °C 0 °C 0 °C B P S
C Q R

P Q R S D Q S

======= (Page 126 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


165 Ice at –10 °C is heated until it is water at +10 °C.
Which graph shows how the temperature changes with time?

A B
temperature / °C temperature / °C

+10 +10

0 0
0 time 0 time

or
–10 –10

zo
C D
temperature / °C temperature / °C

an
+10 +10

0 0

M
0 time 0 time
–10 –10

166 A substance has a melting point of –17 ° at –10 °C at 110 °C


and a boiling point of 117 °C. In which
hid
A solid liquid
state does the substance exist at –10 °C
and at 110 °C? B solid gas
C liquid liquid
as

D liquid gas
R

167 A glass beaker contains water. When the centre of the base of the beaker is heated, a convection
current is set up.
Which statement explains this?
glass A The evaporation of water causes water
beaker convection
molecules to rise to the surface.
current
ir

B The expansion of water molecules causes


them to rise to the surface.
S

C The water above the heat source rises


water
because it becomes less dense.
D The water at the sides sinks
because it becomes less dense.

heat

======= (Page 127 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


168 Two identical metal plates are painted, one matt (dull) white and the other matt black. These are
placed at equal distances from a radiant heater as shown. The heater is turned on for five
minutes. Which metal plate absorbs more energy and which plate emits more energy in this time?

absorbs more emits more

A black black
B black white

matt white radiant matt black C white black


metal plate heater metal plate

or
D white white

zo
169 Using an electric kettle, 200 g of water at 100 °C is converted into steam at 100 °C in 300 seconds.
The specific latent heat of steam is 2250 J / g. What is the average electrical power used?

an
2250 200 × 2250 W 300 × 2250 W
A W B C D 200 × 300 × 2250 W
300 × 200 300 200

Which statement explains this?

A
M
170 When a gas in a container of fixed volume is heated, the pressure of the gas increases.

The molecules expand and get heavier, so they hit each other harder.
B The molecules have less room to move, so they collide with each other more frequently.
hid
C The molecules hit the walls harder and less frequently.
D The molecules move faster, so they collide with the walls more frequently.
as

171 What happens to the molecules of a gas when the gas changes into a liquid?
A C They move apart and lose energy.
R

They move closer and lose energy.


B They move closer and gain energy. D They move apart and gain energy.

172 Energy can be transferred in many different ways.


In which situation is energy transferred by wave motion?
ir

A colliding atoms in a heated copper rod C hot water rising in a heated saucepan
S

B fast-moving electrons in a cathode-ray D ripples passing across water in a


oscilloscope ripple tank

======= (Page 128 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


173 A gas in a container of fixed volume is heated.What happens to the molecules of the gas?
A They collide less frequently. C They move faster.
B They expand. D They move further apart.

174 The diagram shows two liquid-in-glass thermometers P and Q.

liquid

or
liquid

zo
The thermometers are identical except that larger range greater sensitivity
Q has a capillary tube with a larger internal
diameter than P. A P P

an
Which thermometer has the larger range B P Q
and which thermometer has the greater C Q P

M
sensitivity?
D Q Q

175 A slice of bread is placed under a red-hot electric grill to make toast.

How does heat energy reach the bread?


hid
grill A conduction and convection
slice of bread B conduction only
C convection and radiation
as

D radiation only
R

176 The diagram shows the inside of a refrigerator.


When the refrigerator is first switched on, what
happens to the air near the cooling unit?
cooling
unit
the particles of this air the density of this air
ir

A become smaller decreases


S

B become smaller increases


C move closer together decreases
D move closer together increases

======= (Page 129 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


177 Which statement about thermal radiation is correct?
A In a vacuum, thermal radiation travels at the speed of light.
B Thermal radiation is a longitudinal wave.
C Thermal radiation travels as an ultra-violet wave.
D White surfaces are better emitters of thermal radiation than black surfaces.

178 A piston is supported by gas trapped in a cylinder.

or
A weight is put on the piston. The volume of
gas supporting the piston decreases but the
weight

zo
temperature of the gas is unchanged.

What happens to the molecules?


cylinder

an
A They hit the piston more frequently.
piston
B They move more slowly.
gas

M C
D
They have a smaller size.
They have more kinetic energy.

179 A hot liquid is poured into a beaker. The graph shows how the temperature of the liquid changes
as it cools towards room temperature.
temperature
What is occurring at region X?
hid

A boiling and evaporation

X B condensation only
as

C evaporation only

time D solidification and evaporation


R

180 A fixed mass of gas in a syringe at 0 °C is heated at constant pressure.


Which graph shows the variation of volume V with temperature T, measured in °C?

A B C D
ir

V V V V
S

0 0 0 0
0 T / °C 0 T / °C 0 T / °C 0 T / °C

======= (Page 130 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


181 A thermometer is used to measure a temperature of 80 °C.
Which thermometer is the most sensitive?

–40 –20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160


A °C

50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150


B °C

or
20 35 50 65 80 95 110 125 140 155 170
C °C

zo
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200

an
D °C

oil drop
M
182 The diagram shows a flask containing air. The air is trapped by a drop of oil in a narrow tube.

narrow tube When the flask is heated the oil drop rises up the tube.
Which statement is not correct?
hid
A The air molecules each get larger.
B The air molecules hit the container with greater force.
C The air molecules move faster.
as

D The air molecules move further apart.


R

183 Thermal energy is transferred to a solid. First it melts and then it boils to produce a gas.

Which statement about the temperature is correct?


ir

A When melting and boiling the temperature does not change.


B
S

When melting and boiling the temperature increases.


C When melting the temperature increases but when boiling the temperature stays the same.
D When melting the temperature stays the same but when boiling the temperature increases.

======= (Page 131 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


184 Steam at 100 °C is passed into some water in a beaker. All the steam condenses in the water.
The mass of water in the beaker rises from 120.0 g to 122.0 g. The specific latent heat of
vaporisation of water is 2250 J / g. How much thermal energy is lost by the steam as it
condenses?

A 8.9 × 10–4 J B 1.1 × 103 J C 4.5 × 103 J D 2.7 × 105 J

or
185 A solid bar is heated at one end.

How is thermal energy transferred to the other end of the bar?

zo
A Heated molecules move along the bar, carrying energy to the other end.
B

an
Heated molecules move along the bar, giving energy to others along the bar.
C Heated molecules stay completely still, but give energy to other molecules.
D Heated molecules vibrate more rapidly and pass energy to other molecules.

A Black surfaces absorb radiation well.


M
186 The tubes inside solar heating panels use the Sun’s radiation to warm water.
Why are the tubes painted black?
C Black surfaces emit radiation well.

B Black surfaces conduct heat well. D Black surfaces reflect radiation well.
hid

187 Why is there a constriction in a clinical thermometer?

A to give the thermometer a smaller C to prevent the mercury breaking the


as

temperature range bulb when it expands

B to make the thermometer D to stop the mercury from going back


R

more sensitive to the bulb

188 In a liquid-in-glass thermometer, the liquid column is 2.0 cm long at 0 °C and it expands 10.0 cm
when heated to 100 °C.
ir

2.0 cm 10.0 cm
P
S

0 °C 100 °C

Measuring from P, how long is the liquid column at 30 °C?

A 2.3 cm B 3.0 cm C 5.0 cm D 7.0 cm

======= (Page 132 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


189 Which substance in the table is liquid at 20 °C? melting point boiling point
/ °C / °C

A –218 –183
B –39 357
C 44 280
D 119 444

or
190 An electrical heater is placed in a beaker of cold oil, as shown.

zo
The heater is switched on.

What happens to the liquid at X?

an
oil
A It becomes less dense and falls.

X B It becomes less dense and rises.


C
D
M
It becomes more dense and falls.
It becomes more dense and rises.

191 Which diagram represents the change in the arrangement of the molecules in a solid as the
substance melts?
hid
A B
as
R

C D
ir
S

192 Some gas is trapped in a closed container. The gas is cooled and the volume of the container is
kept constant. What happens to the gas molecules?
A They collide with the walls more often. C They get closer together.
B They contract. D They move more slowly.

======= (Page 133 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


193 In a liquid, some energetic molecules break free from the surface even when the liquid is too cold
for bubbles to form. What is the name of this process?
A boiling B condensation C convection D evaporation

194 A pupil adds 37 g of ice at 0 °C to 100 g of water at 30 °C. The final temperature of the water and
melted ice is 0 °C. No heat is lost to, or gained from, the surroundings.
The specific heat capacity of water is 4.2 J / (g °C).
What is the specific latent heat of ice?
A 47 J / g B 341 J / g C 4700 J / g D 12 600 J / g

or
195 The heat capacity of an object, of mass 2.0 kg, is C. The energy needed to

zo
A increase the temperature of the whole object by ∆t is C∆t.
B increase the temperature of unit mass of the object by ∆t is C∆t.

an
C melt the whole object is C.
D melt unit mass of the object is C.

196 A liquid evaporates rapidly. Why does it cool?


A Air molecules remove heat by
contact with the liquid surface.
M C

D
Fewer molecules are left in the liquid.
Some of the most energetic
B Energy is lost by convection currents. molecules leave the liquid.
hid
197 When ice melts to become water, which force must be overcome?

A the attraction between electrons and the nucleus C the force between molecules
as

B the attraction between the atoms in a molecule D the force of gravity

198 The diagram shows a cross-section through a rain-water puddle formed in a shallow hole in a
R

road surface.
puddle
road surface

shallow hole
ir

Over a period of time, air temperature, wind speed and wind direction remain constant.
What happens to the rate of evaporation of water from the puddle?
S

A It decreases, because the surface area decreases.


B It increases, because the puddle gets shallower.
C It increases, because the surface area decreases.
D It remains constant.

======= (Page 134 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


199 A new liquid is tested to decide whether it is suitable for use in a liquid-in-glass thermometer.
It is found that the liquid does not expand uniformly with temperature.

What will be the effect of this on the scale of the thermometer?

A It has a short range. C The markings are too close together.


B It is not linear. D The markings are too far apart.

200 The fillings for a hole in a tooth should be made from a material that

A expands more than the hole in the tooth. C expands less than the hole in the tooth.

or
B expands by the same amount as the hole in the tooth. D does not expand when heated.

zo
201 Heat energy is supplied at the same rate to 100 g of paraffin and to 100 g of water in similar
containers. Why does the temperature of the paraffin rise more quickly?

an
A The paraffin has a larger specific heat capacity than water.

B The paraffin has a smaller specific heat capacity than water.


C
D
The paraffin is less dense than water.
The paraffin is more dense than water. M
202 A teacher has a large tank of water in which he wants to set up a convection current.
Which of the following arrangements would do this?
Z Y
hid
A cooling at X

water B cooling at Y
C heating at Y
as

D heating at Z
X
R

203 What will not affect the rate of evaporation from the surface of a liquid?

A depth of the liquid C surface area of the liquid

B draughts above the surface of the liquid D temperature of the liquid


ir

204 What makes a thermometer sensitive to small changes in temperature?


S

A a bulb with a thin glass wall C a stem with a thick glass wall
B a shiny liquid in its bore D a very narrow bore

======= (Page 135 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


205 The diagram shows a room seen from above. It is cold outside the room. The room is heated by a
small fire in the fireplace.

glass window

Where is most heat lost by convection?


door A carpet
chimney for escape
of waste gases B chimney

or
fireplace
C glass window
solid
wall
D solid wall

zo
carpet

an
206 An experiment is carried out as shown in the diagram.

M
Why does the ice take a long time to melt, even
though the water at the top of the tube is boiling?

steam A Convection never occurs in water.


B Ice is a poor conductor of heat.
boiling water
glass tube C The gauze prevents the energy
hid
xxx metal gauze to reaching the ice.
xx
keep ice down
x

D Water is a poor conductor of heat.


xxx

ice
Bunsen
burner
as

207 What is a property of both liquids and gases?


R

A They always fill their containers. C They can flow.

B They are incompressible. D They have molecules in fixed positions.

208 What conditions of temperature temperature surface area


ir

and surface area would produce


A high large
the most rapid evaporation from
S

a pool of water on a road surface? B high small

C low large

D low small

======= (Page 136 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


volume of liquid bore diameter
209 The sensitivity of a liquid-in-glass
thermometer depends on the volume A decrease decrease
of liquid used and the diameter of the
bore of the thermometer. B decrease increase

Which changes will produce the C increase decrease


greatest increase in sensitivity? D increase increase

210 The energy required to change liquid water into water vapour at the same temperature is called
latent heat of vaporisation. What does this energy do?

or
A increases the average separation of the water molecules
B

zo
increases the average speed of the water molecules
C raises the temperature of the air near the water

an
D splits the water molecules into their separate atoms

211 A 2 kW kettle containing boiling water is placed on a balance. It is left there and continues to boil

2000 J / kg 3000 J / kgM


for 5 minutes. The balance reading changes by 0.2 kg.
What does this information give as a value for the specific latent heat of vaporisation of water?
A B C 50 000 J / kg D 3 000 000 J / kg

212 Which of the following correctly compares weakest strongest


hid
the forces between the molecules in forces forces
steam, water and ice?
A ice steam water
B ice water steam
as

C steam water ice


R

D water steam ice

213 On a hot day, a drink in a bottle can be kept cool by standing it in a bowl of water and placing a
wet cloth over it.
ir

Why is the drink kept cool?


wet cloth

drink A Hot air cannot escape from the bottle.


S

water B The cloth conducts heat from the bottle into the water.
C The drink cannot evaporate from the bottle.
D Water evaporating from the cloth cools the drink.

======= (Page 137 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


214 Which instrument is most suitable for measuring a rapidly changing temperature?

A alcohol-in-glass thermometer C mercury-in-glass thermometer


B clinical thermometer D thermocouple

215 The diagram shows the design for an alarm.


The mercury pellet moves and completes the
circuit. Why does this happen?
buzzer
glass container

or
mercury temperature gas
pellet
A falls contracts

zo
B falls expands
C rises contracts

an
gas
D rises expands

insulation
M
216 Water at the top of a hot-water tank is heated and the water becomes hot. No water enters or
leaves the tank.
Water at the bottom of the tank stays cold for some time.

Why is this?
heater
hid
water
A Cold water at the top of the tank falls to the bottom.
B Hot water at the bottom of the tank rises to the top.
metal
as

C Water is a poor conductor of heat.


D The insulation is a poor conductor of heat.
R

217 A student needs a double-walled glass vessel to contain a hot liquid.

Q R S
ir

What reduces heat losses by radiation?


S

A a vacuum in the space between the walls


hot liquid space air outside B painting surface Q black
C painting surface R black
D painting surface S silver

glass walls

======= (Page 138 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


218 A thermocouple thermometer is made from two wires connected to a voltmeter.

Which arrangement gives a reading on the voltmeter?

copper wire temperature of voltmeter wire X


hot junction
A colder than hot junction copper
V
B colder than hot junction iron
C same as hot junction copper

or
wire X
D same as hot junction iron

zo
219 Using an electric kettle, 100 g of water at 100 °C is converted into steam at 100 °C in 300 seconds.
The specific latent heat of steam is 2250 J / g. What is the average electrical power used?

an
2250 W 100 × 2250 W 300 × 2250 W
A B C D 100 × 300 × 2250 W
300 × 100 300 100

rise. Each metal initially has the same length.

metal
M
220 The table shows the increase in length of four metals when heated through the same temperature

increase in length / m

aluminium 0.000030
hid
copper 0.000020
platinum 0.000009
steel 0.000010
as

A bimetallic strip is made from two of the metals. When heated, it bends in the direction shown.
R

metal X

metal X

metal Y
after heating metal Y
at room temperature
ir

Which metals produce the above effect?


S

metal X metal Y

A aluminium platinum
B copper aluminium
C steel copper
D platinum steel

======= (Page 139 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


221 The diagrams show four cans in a cool room. They are painted as shown. One pair is filled with
hot water and left to cool down. The other pair is filled with cold water and placed near
infra-red heaters.
infra-red
heaters

white black white black

or
hot water cold water

zo
The hot water in the black can cools more
quickly than the hot water in the white can. The better emitter of better absorber of
cold water in the black can heats up more quickly infra-red infra-red

an
than the cold water in the white can.
A black black
Which row shows the reasons for this? B black white

M C
D
white
white

222 To calibrate a thermometer, without using another thermometer, fixed points are required.
black
white

Which statement is correct?


hid
A Any temperatures can be used as fixed points. C Only a lower fixed point is required.

B Both a lower fixed point and an upper fixed D Only an upper fixed point is required.
point are required.
as

223 A block of metal has a mass of 2.0 kg. Its specific heat capacity is 800 J / (kg °C).
R

The block is supplied with 2400 J of energy. What is the rise in temperature?

A 0.17 °C B 0.67 °C C 1.5 °C D 6.0 °C

224 What is caused by the thermal expansion of a substance when heated?


ir
S

A a decrease in the resistance of a tungsten-filament lamp when switched on


B a rise in the pressure of the gas trapped in a gas cylinder placed in hot water
C the blowing of the fuse in a circuit when the current becomes too large
D the upward movement of the air above a Bunsen burner when it is lit

======= (Page 140 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


225 The diagram shows a clinical thermometer.

mercury constriction bore glass tube

Which factor affects the sensitivity of the thermometer?


A the constriction C the length of the glass tube
B the diameter of the bore D the thickness of the glass tube

or
226 Which row explains why a liquid has a fixed volume but does not have a fixed shape?

zo
force between molecules movement of molecules
in the liquid in the liquid

A large move throughout the liquid

an
B large vibrate at fixed positions
C small move throughout the liquid
D small

M vibrate at fixed positions

227 To raise the temperature of a 2.0 kg block of metal by 20 °C, energy of 5.2 kJ is needed.
What is the value of the specific heat capacity of the metal?
A 0.13 J / (kg °C) B 52 J / (kg °C) C 130 J / (kg °C) D 52 000 J / (kg °C)
hid
228 What makes a clinical thermometer suitable for measuring small changes in body temperature?

A The amount of mercury in the bulb is small. C The capillary tube is long.
as

B The bore of the capillary tube is narrow. D The glass bulb has a thin wall.
R

229 Substances can change from one state 1 2


to another as shown. melting boiling

For substances to change from one


state to another, there must be some
energy transfer.
ir

Which changes involve the substance 4 3


solid liquid gas
S

taking in energy and which changes freezing condensing


involve the substance giving out
energy? energy taken in energy given out

A 1 and 2 3 and 4
B 1 and 3 2 and 4
C 2 and 4 1 and 3
D 3 and 4 1 and 2

======= (Page 141 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


230 How does heat transfer through a vacuum take place?

A by conduction, convection and radiation C by convection only


B by conduction only D by radiation only

231 In hot weather, people use electric fans to keep cool. Why do the fans make them feel cool?
A They change one form of energy into another.

or
B They cool the air in the room.
C

zo
They increase the rate of evaporation from the skin.
D They speed up the vibration of air molecules.

an
232 Four metal cans are identical except for the colour and the texture of their outer surfaces.

M
100 cm3 of water at 70 °C is poured into each can. Which cools the most rapidly?

A B C D
hid

black, black, white, white,


outer surface:
rough shiny rough shiny
as

233 An ice cube, at a temperature of 0 °C, has a mass of 10 g. The specific latent heat of fusion of
R

water is 3 × 105 J / kg. How much heat energy is needed to convert the ice cube into
10 g of water at 0 °C?

A 30 J B 3000 J C 3 × 104 J D 3 × 106 J


ir

234 Less heat is needed to raise the temperature of 1 kg of copper by 1 °C than is needed to raise the
S

temperature of 1 kg of water by 1 °C. Which statement explains this?


A Copper has a higher melting point. C Copper has a smaller specific latent heat.

B Copper has a lower specific heat capacity. D Copper is a better conductor of heat.

======= (Page 142 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


235 A copper rod is heated at one end.

Which statement describes how heat transfer occurs in the copper?

A Energetic copper molecules move from the cooler end to the hotter end.
B Energetic copper molecules move from the hotter end to the cooler end.
C Energetic free electrons move from the cooler end to the hotter end.
D Energetic free electrons move from the hotter end to the cooler end.

or
236 A centimetre scale is fixed next to an unmarked mercury-in-glass thermometer.
The ice point and the steam point are marked.

zo
thermometer
ice point steam point

an
0 1 10 11

A
centimetre scale

56 °C
M
What is the temperature shown on the thermometer?

44 °C B C 60 °C
6.6

D 66 °C
hid
237 Water is poured into four dishes. In two of the dishes the water has a small surface area and in

the other two it has a large surface area. surface area temperature
The water in two of the dishes is cool and
as

the water in the other two is warm. A large cool

From which dish does the water evaporate B large warm


R

the quickest?
C small cool
D small warm

238 Which type of thermometer is measures temperatures measures temperatures


used for measuring temperatures above 1000 °C
ir

that change rapidly


above 1000 °C and which type is
A liquid-in-glass liquid-in-glass
S

used for measuring temperatures


B liquid-in-glass thermocouple
that change rapidly?
C thermocouple liquid-in-glass

D thermocouple thermocouple

======= (Page 143 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


239 The diagrams represent four thermometers.

25 °C 40 °C 250 °C 300 °C

20 °C 200 °C 260 °C

15 °C 150 °C 220 °C
35 °C

or
10 °C 100 °C 180 °C

zo
5 °C 50 °C 140 °C

an
0 °C 30 °C 0 °C 100 °C

P
M
Q R

Which thermometer has the greatest sensitivity and which thermometer has the greatest range?
S

greatest greatest
hid
sensitivity range

A P R
B P S
as

C Q R
D Q S
R

240 An electric shower takes in cold water at 17 °C. The shower gives 6000 J of energy every second
to the cold water and heats it to 37 °C. The specific heat capacity of water is 4200 J / (kg °C).
What is the mass of hot water supplied by the shower in one second?
ir

A 0.035 kg B 0.039 kg C 0.071 kg D 0.084 kg


S

241 What is latent heat of vaporisation?

A the energy required to make molecules expand


B the energy required to make molecules expand and move apart
C the energy required to make molecules move apart
D the energy required to make molecules move faster

======= (Page 144 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


242 Some of the liquid in a dish evaporates, as shown in the diagrams.
Which molecules leave the liquid and which
molecules in the liquid have greater average kinetic
energy?

before evaporation after evaporation

molecules in the liquid have


molecules that leave have
greater average kinetic energy

A high energy before evaporation

or
B high energy after evaporation
C low energy before evaporation

zo
D low energy after evaporation

243 An insulated beaker contains 300 g of water, initially at 30 °C. Water at 100 °C is added until the

an
temperature of the mixture reaches 50 °C. The specific heat capacity of water is 4.2 J / (g °C).
How much water is added?

A 60 g B 120 g

244 A saucepan is used to heat up some water.

aluminium pan
plastic handle
M C 180 g D 750 g

How is heat transferred through the aluminium pan and through


the plastic handle?
hid
heat is transferred through the heat is transferred through the
aluminium pan by plastic handle by

A the movement of free electrons and the movement of free electrons


as

hot plate the vibration of atoms and the vibration of molecules


B the movement of free electrons and the vibration of molecules only
the vibration of atoms
R

the movement of free electrons


C the movement of free electrons only and the vibration of molecules
D the movement of free electrons only
the vibration of molecules only

245 A silver cup is filled with boiling water from a kettle. A man touches the outside surface of the cup
ir

and finds that it is extremely hot. Why is the surface so hot?


C
S

A Convection takes place in the boiling water. The boiling water gives out latent heat.
B Silver is a good conductor of heat. D The shiny surface is a good emitter of
infra-red radiation.
246 The temperature shown by a mercury-in- glass thermometer increases.
Which of the following is constant?
A the density of the mercury C the mass of the mercury
B the internal energy of the D the volume of the mercury
mercury

======= (Page 145 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


247 A substance consists of particles that are close together and moving past each other at random.
The average speed of the particles is gradually increasing. What best describes the substance?

A a gas being heated C a liquid undergoing solidification

B a liquid being heated D a solid being heated

248 The table shows the melting points and the boiling points of some elements.

Which element is a liquid over the largest range of temperature?

or
melting point boiling point
element
/ °C / °C

zo
A bromine -7 59
B chlorine -102 –3

an
C fluorine -220 –18
D iodine 114 184

249 Some ice cubes are taken from a freezer and

and time are recorded on the graph.

Which temperature is 0 °C?


M
heated in a container. The readings of temperature
A
B
temperature
hid

C
D
as

0 time
R

250 The mercury-in-glass thermometer shown has a linear scale.

h
ir

At a temperature of 100 °C, h has a value of 28 cm.


S

At 80 °C, h has a value of 24 cm.

What is the value of h when the temperature is 0 °C?

A 0.0 cm B 2.8 cm C 4.0 cm D 8.0 cm

======= (Page 146 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


251 The diagram shows a clinical thermometer.

X
35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 °C

How does the diagram show that this is a sensitive thermometer?

A It has a range of 7 °C.

or
B There are equal distances between each °C mark on the scale.
C There is a constriction in the tube at X.

zo
D There is a large distance between each °C mark on the scale.

an
252 There is a tight metal lid on a glass jar. The lid is loosened by pouring hot water over it.

Which physics property explains this?

A convection B evaporation
M C expansion D radiation

253 Very small pollen grains are suspended in water. A bright light shines from the side.

When looked at through a microscope, small specks of light are seen to be moving in a random,
jerky manner.
hid
eye

What are the moving specks of light? microscope


as

A pollen grains being hit by other pollen grains


B pollen grains being hit by water molecules
R

C water molecules being hit by other water molecules


D water molecules being hit by pollen grains bright light

pollen grains
in water
ir

254 When a thermometer is calibrated, the fixed points are marked.


S

What are fixed points?

A all the marks on the temperature scale which cannot be removed


B all the marks of the temperature scale
C the lowest and highest temperatures shown on the thermometer
D two temperatures of known value which are easily reproduced

======= (Page 147 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


255 Which statement defines the thermal capacity (heat capacity) of a solid body?

A the energy needed to melt the body without a change in temperature


B the energy needed to raise the temperature of the body by one degree Celsius
C the increase in the volume of the body when its temperature is raised by one degree Celsius
D the total amount of internal energy in the body

or
256 A substance can exist in three different states: solid, liquid or gas.

Each of the two statements below describes a change of state.

zo
change 1 Molecules move closer together but continue to travel throughout the
substance.

an
change 2 Molecules stop travelling throughout the substance and just vibrate about
fixed positions.

A condensation
M
Which changes of state do these statements describe?

change 1 change 2

melting
B condensation solidification
hid
C solidification condensation
D solidification melting
as

257 The diagram shows the gap between a hot surface and a cold surface. The gap can contain air,
solid iron, a vacuum or liquid water.
R

Which row shows whether heat can be transferred cold


between the surfaces by conduction and convection?
gap

conduction convection hot


ir

A air (gas) yes no


B iron (solid) yes no
S

C vacuum no yes
D water (liquid) yes no

======= (Page 148 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


258 Ice is trapped by a piece of wire gauze at the bottom of a tube containing water. The water at the
top of the tube boils before the ice at the bottom of the tube melts.

Why does this happen?


water
A Convection currents are circulating throughout the water.

wire gauze B Ice is a poor emitter of thermal energy.


gentle C

or
Water is a poor conductor of thermal energy.
heating
D Wire gauze is a good conductor of thermal energy.

zo
ice

259 At –39 °C, liquid mercury solidifies without a change of

an
bonds between
temperature. energy
atoms
Which row shows whether the mercury
absorbs or releases energy and what A absorbed stronger
happens to the bonds between the
mercury atoms?
M B
C
D
absorbed
released
released
weaker
stronger
weaker

260 A model thermometer consists of a flask of coloured water and a stopper with a glass tube
hid
passing through it, as shown.

glass tube The model thermometer can be changed in


temperature scale one of two ways.
as

stopper
● The flask can be replaced with a larger
R

one full of coloured water.


● The glass tube can be replaced with
flask coloured water one with a larger internal diameter.
ir

Which statement is correct?


S

A Only using a larger flask increases the sensitivity.


B Only using a wider tube increases the sensitivity.
C Using a larger flask increases the sensitivity and using a wider tube increases the sensitivity.
D Neither using a larger flask nor using a wider tube increases the sensitivity.

======= (Page 149 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


261 A metal has a specific heat capacity of 360 J / (kg °C). An object made of this metal has a mass of
2.0 kg.

What is the thermal capacity (heat capacity) of the object?

A 180 J / °C B 180 J / kg C 720 J / °C D 720 J / kg

262 In which type of substance are free electrons involved in the transfer of thermal energy?

A all liquids B all solids C metals only D plastics only

or
263 Four objects, made of the same material and having the same mass, are at the same

zo
temperature. The objects have different surfaces and different surface areas.

an
Which object emits infra-red radiation at the greatest rate?

surface surface area

A
B
C
D
dull
dull
shiny
shiny
large
small
large
small
M
hid
264 When a thermometer is calibrated, the fixed points are marked.

What are fixed points?


as

A all the marks on the temperature scale which cannot be removed


B all the marks of the temperature scale
R

C the lowest and highest temperatures shown on the thermometer


D two temperatures of known value which are easily reproduced
ir
S

======= (Page 150 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


265 Very small pollen grains are suspended in water. A bright light shines from the side.

When looked at through a microscope, small specks of light are seen to be moving in a random,
jerky manner.

eye

or
microscope

zo
an
M
pollen grains
in water
bright light

What are the moving specks of light?


hid

A pollen grains being hit by other pollen grains


B pollen grains being hit by water molecules
as

C water molecules being hit by other water molecules


D water molecules being hit by pollen grains
R

266 Which statement defines the thermal capacity (heat capacity) of a solid body?

A the energy needed to melt the body without a change in temperature


ir

B the energy needed to raise the temperature of the body by one degree Celsius
S

C the increase in the volume of the body when its temperature is raised by one degree Celsius
D the total amount of internal energy in the body

======= (Page 151 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


267 A substance can exist in three different states: solid, liquid or gas.

Each of the two statements below describes a change of state.

change 1 Molecules move closer together but continue to travel throughout the
substance.
change 2 Molecules stop travelling throughout the substance and just vibrate about
fixed positions.

Which changes of state do these statements describe?

change 1 change 2

or
A condensation melting

zo
B condensation solidification
C solidification condensation

an
D solidification melting

M
268 The diagram shows the gap between a hot surface and a cold surface. The gap can contain air,
solid iron, a vacuum or liquid water.

cold
gap
hot
hid
Which row shows whether heat can be transferred between the surfaces by conduction and
convection?
as

conduction convection

A air (gas) yes no


R

B iron (solid) yes no


C ac
vacuum no yes
D water (liquid) yes no
ir
S

======= (Page 152 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


269 Ice is trapped by a piece of wire gauze at the bottom of a tube containing water. The water at the
top of the tube boils before the ice at the bottom of the tube melts.

water

wire gauze
gentle
heating

or
ice

zo
Why does this happen?

A Convection currents are circulating throughout the water.

an
B Ice is a poor emitter of thermal energy.
C Water is a poor conductor of thermal energy.
D

M
Wire gauze is a good conductor of thermal energy.

270 When a microscope is used to look at smoke particles in air, Brownian motion is observed.

What causes the smoke particles to move at random?


hid
A Smoke particles are hit by air molecules.
B Smoke particles are moved by convection currents in the air.
C Smoke particles have different weights and fall at different speeds.
as

D Smoke particles hit the walls of the container.


R

271 It is a warm and humid day. A glass contains an iced drink. Water starts to form on the outside of
the glass.
What is the name of the effect by which the water forms?

A condensation
ir

B conduction
S

C convection
D evaporation

======= (Page 153 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


272 Four identical metal plates are painted either black or white and have either a dull or a shiny
surface. They are heated to the same temperature. Which plate radiates thermal energy at the
greatest rate?

A the plate that is dull and black C the plate that is shiny and black
B the plate that is dull and white D the plate that is shiny and white

or
273 Which change is evaporation?

solid

zo
D A

an
liquid liquid

C
M gas
B

274 A glass bottle has a metal cap. The cap fits very tightly and is difficult to remove.
hid
The cap and the neck of the bottle are dipped in a bowl of hot water. The cap can be
removed more easily. What happens to allow the cap to be removed more easily from the bottle?

A The cap contracts. C The glass bottle contracts.


as

B The cap expands. D The glass bottle expands.


R

275 A glass of water is taken out of a refrigerator. Several ice cubes are put into the glass of water.
The glass is then left in the room for several hours. The graph shows how the temperature of
the water in the glass varies from the time it is taken out of the refrigerator.

What does the temperature marked X represent?


ir
S

temperature A boiling point of water


X B melting point of ice
C room temperature
D temperature inside refrigerator
0 time

======= (Page 154 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


276 A hollow aluminium cube is filled with very hot water.
Side X of the cube is opposite side Y of the cube. One of these two sides is black and one is
white. A student holds the back of one hand 5 cm from side X, and then immediately holds the
back of the other hand 5 cm from side Y.
aluminium cube
The hand held near side Y feels warmer
side X side Y than the hand held near side X.

Which row identifies the black side


and correctly compares the rate of

or
emission of thermal radiation from each
side?

zo
black rate of emission
side of thermal radiation

an
A X greater for X
5 cm 5 cm B X the same for X and Y

very hot water

M C
D
Y
Y
greater for Y
the same for X and Y

277 The diagram represents molecules of a gas inside a closed container of constant volume.
hid
What happens to the molecules of the gas when the container is heated?
A They expand.
B They get closer together.
as

C They hit the container walls with less force.


D They move faster.
R

278 The temperature of a bridge rises from 5 °C on a cold night to 25 °C at midday.


What happens to the bridge?
A It becomes heavier. C Its length increases.
ir

B It becomes more dense. D Its mass increases.


S

======= (Page 155 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


279 Equal masses of two different liquids are put into identical beakers.
Liquid 1 is heated for 100 s and liquid 2 is heated for 200 s by heaters of the same
power. Each liquid has the same rise in temperature.
Which statement is correct?

A Each beaker of liquid has the same


thermal capacity.
B Each beaker of liquid receives the same
different liquids
energy.
of same mass

or
liquid 1 liquid 2 C Liquid 1 receives more energy than
liquid 2.

zo
D The thermal capacity of liquid 1 is less
heating time = 100 s heating time = 200 s
than the thermal capacity of liquid 2.

an
280 A solid substance is heated at a constant rate. The solid changes into a liquid and then into a
gas. The graph shows how the temperature of the substance changes.

temperature
/ °C
700

600

500
M
hid
400

300
as

200

100
R

0
0 time

What is the melting point and what is the boiling point of the substance?
ir

melting boiling
point / °C point / °C
S

A 200 300
B 200 500
C 300 500
D 300 700

======= (Page 156 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


281 The diagrams show four open dishes. Each dish contains water at the same temperature.
The dishes are different shapes and a draught blows over two of them. From which container
does the water evaporate at the greatest rate?
A B C D
draught

draught

or
no draught no draught

zo
282 A block of ice at –20 °C is heated until it turns to steam. The graph of temperature against thermal
energy absorbed is shown. The latent heat of fusion of ice is 340 kJ / kg.

an
temperature 100
°C

M
80
60
40
20
0
hid
–20
0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600

126 kJ 1146 kJ thermal energy 2406 kJ


as

absorbed / kJ
What is the mass of the ice?
R

A 1.0 kg B 2.0 kg C 3.0 kg D 4.0 kg

283 A pollen grain in a beaker of still water is viewed through a microscope.

Which diagram shows the most likely movement of the pollen grain?
ir

A B C D
S

======= (Page 157 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


284 A strip of iron and a strip of brass are firmly attached to each other along their entire length. This
combination is a bimetallic strip.
This bimetallic strip is heated and it bends as shown.
iron strip
iron

fixed support
brass strip
brass

or
The bimetallic strip is now cooled and becomes straight again. What causes the bimetallic strip to
become straight again?

zo
A The brass contracts more than the iron. C The iron contracts more than the brass.
B The brass expands more than the iron. D The iron expands more than the brass.

an
285 The air temperature in a cold room is 15 °C.

A conduction B convection M
A heater that contains water at 50 °C is used to heat the room.
By which process is most of the thermal energy transferred throughout the air in the room?
C

286 Which statement about convection currents is correct?


evaporation D radiation

A Convection currents occur because, when cooled, liquids contract and become more dense.
hid

B Convection currents occur because, when warmed, liquids expand and become more dense.
C Convection currents only occur in liquids.
as

D Convection currents only occur in solids and liquids.


R

287 Why does a balloon filled with hot air rise?

A Cold air is less dense than hot air.


B Cold air is more dense than hot air.
C Heat rises.
ir

D The density of the balloon is greater than the density of the surrounding gas.
S

======= (Page 158 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


288 Three cups are made from the same insulating material. The cups are each filled with the same
volume of hot tea. In which cup does the
tea cool most quickly and in which cup
does it cool most slowly?

most quickly most slowly

A 1 3
B 2 1

or
cup 1 cup 2 cup 3 C 3 2
D 3 1

zo
289 Which property cannot be used for the measurement of temperature?

an
A half-life of a radioactive isotope C pressure of a gas

B length of a solid metal bar D volume of a liquid

M
290 The diagram shows a glass flask, sealed with a small volume of mercury in a glass tube. When
the flask is gently warmed the mercury rises up the tube.
hid
glass tube What is the main cause of the movement of the mercury?

mercury
as

A expansion of air in the flask


B expansion of the glass flask
R

air C expansion of the glass tube


D expansion of the mercury

water
ir

291 An aluminium block has a mass of 200 g.


S

The specific heat capacity of aluminium is 900 J / (kg °C).


How much energy is needed to raise the temperature of the block from 20 °C to 110 °C?

A 2.0 J B 200 J C 16 200 J D 16 200 000 J

======= (Page 159 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


292 A student uses an immersion heater to heat some water in a beaker.
The water is heated from 20 °C to 80 °C. The energy supplied to the water is 60.0 kJ.
What is the thermal capacity of the water? (Ignore any heat loss.)
A 667 J / °C B 750 J / °C C 1000 J / °C D 3000 J / °C

293 A fixed mass of gas undergoes a change of volume at constant temperature.


Which diagram shows the relationship between the volume and the pressure of the gas?

or
A B

zo
pressure pressure

an
0
0

C
M
volume
0
0

D
volume

pressure pressure
hid
as

0 0
R

0 volume 0 volume

294 A tray for making ice cubes holds 30 g of water. The specific latent heat of fusion of ice is
3.3 × 105 J / kg.
ir

How much thermal energy is removed from the water at 0 °C to change it into ice at 0 °C?
S

A 9.9 × 103 J B 1.1 × 10 4 J C 9.9 × 10 6 J D 1.1 × 107 J

======= (Page 160 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


295 The bulbs of the four thermometers shown all contain mercury.
Which thermometer is the most sensitive?
A B

small bulb, narrow tube large bulb, wide tube

C D

small bulb, wide tube large bulb, narrow tube

or
zo
296 A metal box has four different surfaces; dull black, shiny black, dull silver and shiny silver.

The box is filled with boiling water so that each surface is at the same temperature.

an
A sensor measures the amount of radiation from each surface.

M
sensor

dull meter
shiny silver
hid
silver

Which surface emits the least radiation and which surface emits the most radiation?
as

least most

A dull black shiny silver


R

B dull silver shiny black


C shiny black dull silver
D shiny silver dull black
ir

297 A gas is heated in a closed container of constant volume.


What happens to the molecules of the gas?
S

A They collide with the walls with less force. C They move faster.

B They expand. D They move further apart.

======= (Page 161 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


298 Scientists believe that some lakes are shrinking because of evaporation.
What increases the rate of evaporation?

A a decrease in the surface area C an increase in the depth of the lake


B a fall in water temperature D wind blowing across the surface

299 Solid wax is melted in a boiling tube and then allowed to cool.

or
The graph shows the cooling curve.
temperature What is happening between points X and Y?

zo
A The liquid is at its boiling point.
B The liquid is turning to solid.

an
X Y C The solid has reached room temperature.
D The solid is turning to liquid.

0
0 M time

300 During boiling and during melting, a substance either takes in energy or gives out energy.
Which row gives the energy transfer corresponding to the change of state?
hid

during boiling during melting

A gives out energy gives out energy


as

B gives out energy takes in energy


C takes in energy gives out energy
R

D takes in energy takes in energy

301 The temperature of a 50 g mass of a metal is raised by 40 °C. The specific heat capacity of the
metal is 0.40 J / (g °C). How much thermal energy is supplied?
ir

A 0.32 J B 0.50 J C 500 J D 800 J


S

302 In which substance is the conduction of thermal energy mainly due to the movement of
electrons?

A air B ice C iron D water

======= (Page 162 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


303 Four similar metal plates are the same distance from a heater that emits infra-red radiation.

The plates are painted dull black, dull white, shiny black and shiny white.

Which plate absorbs the most radiation and which plate reflects the most radiation?

absorbs reflects
most radiation most radiation

A dull black dull white

or
B dull black shiny white
C shiny black dull black

zo
D shiny white dull black

an
304 A dish of liquid is left on a laboratory bench. Some of the liquid evaporates.
What happens and why?

A
B

C
M
The liquid cools because liquid molecules have more potential energy than gas molecules.
The liquid cools because faster-moving molecules escape.

The liquid warms because liquid molecules have less potential energy than gas molecules.
D The liquid warms because slower-moving molecules are left behind.
hid

305 What is meant by the heat capacity of a solid object?


as

A the maximum thermal energy it can store per unit mass


B the maximum thermal energy it can store per unit volume
R

C the thermal energy required to cause a unit temperature rise


D the thermal energy required to raise its temperature to its melting point

306 The distance between the ice point and the steam point in a liquid-in-glass thermometer is 20 cm.
The top of the liquid thread is 12 cm above the ice point.
ir

What is the temperature?


S

A 40 °C B 60 °C C 80 °C D 88 °C

======= (Page 163 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


307 A thermocouple is a type of thermometer.
Which statement applies to a thermocouple?

A It can measure rapidly varying temperatures.


B It must be made from three different metals.

C Its resistance decreases when one junction is heated.


D The distance between the two junctions increases as the temperature increases.

or
308 A heater is designed to radiate thermal energy.

zo
Which change to the design decreases the thermal energy emitted by radiation?

A a darker coloured surface

an
B a higher surface temperature

C a larger surface area

D a shinier surface

M
309 The diagram shows a liquid-in-glass thermometer.

bulb capillary tube


hid

Which change increases the sensitivity of the thermometer?


as

A a narrower capillary tube


R

B a wider capillary tube


C thicker glass around the bulb
D thinner glass around the bulb
ir
S

======= (Page 164 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


310 An object of mass 800 g and specific heat capacity 250 J / (kg °C) is heated. It absorbs 5300 J of

energy. What is the increase in temperature of the object?

A 0.027 °C B 17 °C C 27 °C D 17 000 °C

311 One end of a copper bar is heated to a high temperature.


Which mechanism is responsible for the transfer of thermal energy to the other end of the

or
copper bar?

A the lattice vibrations of copper ions only

zo
B the lattice vibrations of copper ions and the movement of high energy electrons along the bar
C the movement of high energy copper ions along the bar

an
D the movement of high energy electrons along the bar only

2
M
312 Which factors affect the sensitivity of a thermometer?

1 the diameter of the bore of the tube


the length of the capillary tube
3 the thickness of the bulb wall
hid
A 1 only B 1 and 2 only C 1 and 3 only D 1, 2 and 3

313 Which statement about convection is not correct?


as

A It enables water in a pan on a cooker to get evenly heated.


R

B It happens in liquids and gases.


C It means that heat rises.
D It occurs because the density of a fluid decreases when it is heated.
ir

314 Some gas is trapped in a closed container. The gas is cooled and the volume of the container is
S

kept constant. What happens to the gas molecules?

A They collide with the walls more often. C They get closer together.

B They contract. D They move more slowly.

======= (Page 165 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


315 The diagram shows four changes of state W, X, Y and Z.

W Y
gas liquid solid
X Z

Which row gives the names of the four changes of state?

W X Y Z

or
A condensation boiling freezing melting
B condensation boiling melting freezing

zo
C boiling condensation freezing melting

an
D boiling condensation melting freezing

316 What increases when a liquid becomes a gas at its boiling point?

A
B
M
the average kinetic energy of the molecules
the molecular size
C
D
the molecular spacing
the total number of molecules

317 A metal lid fits tightly on a glass jar.


hid
Which process makes it easier to remove the lid from the jar?

A cool the lid only C warm the jar only


as

B put the jar and lid in a refrigerator D warm the lid only

318 The specific heat capacity of lead is 130 J / (kg °C). Lead of mass 0.50 kg is heated from 10 °C to
R

35 °C. Which calculation gives the amount of thermal energy, in J, absorbed by the lead?

A 0.50 × 130 × 25 B 0.50 × 130 × 35 C 0.50 × 130


D 0.50 × 130
25
35
ir

319 A cold solid is placed on top of a hot solid. Thermal energy flows from the hot solid to the cold
S

one. What is the explanation for this?

A A hot solid expands, so its molecules will move further apart.


B Energy is passed from one molecule to the next.
C Heat always rises.
D Molecules are free to move randomly through the solids.

======= (Page 166 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


320 A cold bottle containing a drink is placed on a table on a warm day. Drops of water form on the
outside of the bottle. Which process causes the drops to form?

A condensation B conduction C convection D evaporation

321 A 100 g piece of solid lead at room temperature is heated. After 22 s, it has all become liquid.

The graph shows how its temperature varies with time.

or
400

zo
temperature
/ °C

an
300

200

100
M
hid

0
0 5 10 15 20
as

time / s

The power of the heater is 320 W.


R

Which expression gives the specific latent heat, in J / kg, of the lead?

7.0 × 320 22 × 320 7.0 × 320 22 × 320


A B C D
0.10 × 300 0.10 × 300 0.10 0.10
ir
S

======= (Page 167 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


322 Two liquid-in-glass thermometers are almost identical. They contain the same quantity of the
same liquid and the diameters of their capillary tubes are the same.

The only difference is that one thermometer is longer than the other.

Which row shows how the ranges and the sensitivities of the thermometers compare?

ranges sensitivities

or
A different different
B different same

zo
C same different
D same same

an
323 During evaporation of a liquid, the more energetic molecules escape. The temperature of the
remaining liquid changes.

molecules
escape from the
M
Which row identifies where these molecules escape from and describes the temperature change?

temperature of
remaining liquid
hid
A body of the liquid decreases
B body of the liquid increases
C surface of the liquid decreases
as

D surface of the liquid increases


R

324 On a cold day, a shiny metal rod feels colder to the touch than a black plastic rod.

Which statement explains this observation?

A The metal rod is a better absorber of infra-red radiation than the plastic rod.
ir

B The metal rod is a better thermal conductor than the plastic rod.
S

C The metal rod is a worse absorber of infra-red radiation than the plastic rod.
D The metal rod is a worse thermal conductor than the plastic rod.

======= (Page 168 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


325 Some ice is slowly heated and its temperature is measured. A graph is plotted of temperature
against time.

100

temperature / °C

or
X
0

zo
–10 time

Which row describes what happens to the thermal energy and to the temperature in section X?

an
thermal energy temperature of ice

A
B
C
D
gained by ice
gained by ice
not gained by ice
not gained by ice
M rises
stays the same
rises
stays the same
hid
326 The metal lid on a glass jar is difficult to unscrew.

The jar is placed in a warm oven until the jar and the lid reach the same temperature. The lid is
now easily unscrewed. Which property accounts for this?
as

A thermal capacity of the jar C thermal conduction


R

B thermal capacity of the lid D thermal expansion

327 Two cold metal containers X and Y are both filled with the same mass of hot water at the same
temperature. Both containers are well insulated. The thermal capacity of container X is greater
ir

than that of container Y. How do the final temperatures of the water in X and in Y compare?
S

A The temperature in X is higher than in Y.


B The temperature in X is lower than in Y.
C The temperatures in X and in Y are equal but lower than the initial temperature of the water.
D The temperatures in X and in Y are the same as the initial temperature of the water.

======= (Page 169 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


328 Liquid in a dish evaporates. This causes the temperature of the remaining liquid to change.

Which row is correct?

change in
reason for temperature change
temperature

A increase the most energetic molecules remain in the liquid


B increase the most energetic molecules escape from the liquid

or
C decrease the most energetic molecules remain in the liquid
D decrease the most energetic molecules escape from the liquid

zo
329 Steam at 100 °C condenses to form water at 100 °C.

an
What happens to the average separation and what happens to the average speed of the water
molecules?

A
B
C
separation

decreases
decreases
increases
M
average speed

decreases
remains the same
decreases
D increases remains the same
hid

330 A block of ice is at a temperature of –100 °C. Energy is supplied at a constant rate. The graph
shows how its temperature changes.
as

temperature At which points has the ice completely changed


200 / °C state to water and all the water completely
changed state to steam?
R

100
3 completely completely
4 changed to water changed to steam

0
1 A 1 3
2
B 1 4
ir

–100 C 2 3
S

time D 2 4

======= (Page 170 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


331 The temperature of the water at the bottom of a waterfall is greater than the temperature of the
water at the top. The gravitational potential energy of the water at the top is transferred
to thermal energy at the bottom. The specific heat capacity of water is 4200 J / (kg °C).
What is the temperature difference for a waterfall of height 21 m?

A 0.005 °C B 0.05 °C C 20 °C D 200 °C

332 One end of a shiny metal rod is heated and the other end quickly gets hot.

or
Which statement describes why the other end quickly gets hot?

zo
A Metals are good thermal conductors.
B Metals are poor thermal conductors.

an
C Shiny surfaces are good emitters of infra-red radiation.
D Shiny surfaces are poor emitters of infra-red radiation.

333
M
A lamp has a metal filament that glows when heated by an electric current.

The middle of the filament is at a very high temperature. The ends of the filament, which are
connected to the base of the lamp, are cooler. Which statement is correct?
hid
A Some thermal energy is conducted to the base of the lamp.
B The filament radiates energy equally at all points along its length.
C The lamp transfers all of the electrical energy it receives into light energy.
as

D When the voltage across the filament is halved, the power output is halved.
R

334 Which row shows the relative order of thermal expansion of solids, liquids and gases?

most expansion least expansion

A solids liquids gases


ir

B solids gases liquids


S

C gases solids liquids


D gases liquids solids

======= (Page 171 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


colour of texture of surface
335 Four different surfaces are at the surface surface area / cm2
high temperature.
Which surface will emit thermal A black dull 10
radiation at the slowest rate? B black dull 100
C white shiny 10
D white shiny 100

or
zo
an
M
hid
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 172 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Theory
1 An immersion heater is put into some crushed ice at 0 °C. The immersion heater is switched
on.

or
insulating immersion heater
beaker

zo
crushed ice

Fig. 1.1

an
(a) On Fig. 1.2, sketch the graph of temperature against time, up to the time when all the
ice has melted. [3]

temperature / °C
100 M
hid
0

0 time
as

Fig. 1.2 time when


all ice has
melted
R

(b) The heater is left switched on after all the ice has melted, and the temperature rises.
After some time, the temperature stops rising, even though the heater is still on.

(i) Suggest why the temperature stops rising, even though the heater is still on.
ir

...................................................................................................................................
S

...................................................................................................................................

(ii) State what happens to the energy received by the water whilst this is happening.

...................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................
[2]

Total: [5]

======= (Page 173 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


2 Fig. 2.1 shows a shallow dish containing a liquid that evaporates easily. The bulb of a
thermometer is held in the liquid. A jet of air is blown over the surface of the liquid, so that the
liquid evaporates rapidly.

thermometer
jet of air

liquid

or
shallow dish

zo
Fig. 5.1

an
(a) State what happens to the reading shown on the thermometer.

......................................................................................................................................[1]

M
(b) Explain your answer to (a) in terms of the behaviour of the molecules of the liquid.

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................[2]
hid

(c) State one example in everyday life where the effect demonstrated by this experiment
occurs.
as

......................................................................................................................................[1]
R
ir

Total: [4]
S

======= (Page 174 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


3 (a) When a certain amount of heat is supplied to 1 kg of insulated aluminium, the temperature
of the aluminium rises by 1 °C.

1 kg aluminium inside
a layer of insulation

or
Fig. 3.1

zo
heat supplied to aluminium

an
In what form does the aluminium store the energy that has been supplied?

......................................................................................................................................[1]

M
(b) The same amount of heat is supplied to 1 kg of insulated copper, as shown in Fig. 3.2.

1 kg copper inside
a layer of insulation
hid

Fig. 3.2
as
R

heat supplied to copper

The temperature rise of the 1 kg copper block is greater than the temperature rise of the
1 kg aluminium block in (a). Explain, in terms of thermal capacity, why this is so.
ir

..........................................................................................................................................
S

......................................................................................................................................[2]

Total: [3]

======= (Page 175 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


4 (a) Two identical open boxes originally contain the same volume of water.
One is kept at 15 °C and the other at 85 °C for the same length of time.
Fig. 4.1 shows the final water levels.

15 °C
85 °C

or
Fig. 4.1

zo
With reference to the energies of the water molecules, explain why the levels are
different.

an
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

M
..........................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................[3]

(b) In an experiment to find the specific latent heat of vaporisation of water, it took 34 500 J
of energy to evaporate 15 g of water that was originally at 100 °C.
hid

A second experiment showed that 600 J of energy was lost to the atmosphere from the
apparatus during the time it took to evaporate 15 g of water.
as

Calculate the specific latent heat of vaporisation of water that would be obtained from
this experiment.
R

specific latent heat = …………………[3]


ir
S

Total: [6]

======= (Page 176 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


5 (a) Fig. 5.1 shows two identical metal plates. The front surface of one is dull black and the
front surface of the other is shiny silver. The plates are fitted with heaters that keep
the surfaces of the plates at the same temperature.

dull black shiny silver

Fig. 5.1

(i) State the additional apparatus needed to test which surface is the best emitter of

or
heat radiation.

zo
...................................................................................................................................

(ii) State one precaution that is needed to ensure a fair comparison.

an
...................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................

(iii) State the result that you expect.


M
...................................................................................................................................

(iv) Write down another name for heat radiation.


hid
...................................................................................................................................
[4]

(b) In the space below, draw a labelled diagram of an everyday situation in which a
as

convection current occurs.

Mark the path of the current with a line and show its direction with arrows. [3]
R

Total: [7]
ir
S

======= (Page 177 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


6 (a) On a hot day, a child drinks all the water in a plastic bottle. She then screws the cap
back tightly on the bottle, so that the bottle contains only air.
cap screwed on tightly
She throws the bottle into a waste basket, where the
Sun shines on it. After a while in the Sun’s rays, the
air in the bottle is much hotter than before.

air (i) State what has happened to the pressure of the


air in the bottle.

or
..................................................................................................................................

zo
(ii) In terms of the behaviour of the air molecules, explain your answer to (a)(i).

an
..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

M
..................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................. [5]

(b) Also in the waste basket is a broken glass bottle containing a small quantity of water, as
shown in Fig. 6.2.
hid

Fig. 6.2

As the Sun shines on it, the volume of water slowly decreases.


as

water
R

(i) State the name of the process causing this decrease.

..................................................................................................................................
(ii) In terms of the effect of the Sun’s rays on the water molecules, explain your answer
to (b)(i).
ir

..................................................................................................................................
S

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................. [4]

Total: [9]

======= (Page 178 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


7 (a) State two changes that usually happen to the molecules of a solid when the solid is
heated.

1. .......................................................................................................................... ..........

2. ................................................................................................................................ [2]

(b) Most substances expand when they are heated.


(i) State one example where such expansion is useful.

or
............................................................................................................................ [1]
(ii) State one example where such expansion is a nuisance, and has to be allowed for.

zo
............................................................................................................................ [1]

an
Total: [4]

8 (a) State two differences between evaporation of water and boiling of water.

M
1. ......................................................................................................................................

2. ..................................................................................................................................[2]

(b) The specific latent heat of vaporisation of water is 2260 kJ / kg.


Explain why this energy is needed to boil water and why the temperature of the water
does not change during the boiling.
hid

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
as

..........................................................................................................................................
R

......................................................................................................................................[3]

(c) A laboratory determination of the specific latent heat of vaporisation of water uses a
120 W heater to keep water boiling at its boiling point. Water is turned into steam at the
rate of 0.050 g / s.
Calculate the value of the specific latent heat of vaporisation obtained from this
ir

experiment. Show your working.


S

specific latent heat of vaporisation = ........................[3]

Total: [8]

======= (Page 179 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


9 (a) Fig. 9.1 shows a tank used for evaporating salt solution to produce crystals.

evaporating tank

steam in
salt solution

steam out

Fig. 9.1

or
Suggest two ways of increasing the rate of evaporation of the water from the solution.
Changes may be made to the apparatus, but the rate of steam supply must stay constant.

zo
You may assume the temperature of the salt solution remains constant.

an
1. ......................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

M
2. ......................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................[2]

(b) A manufacturer of liquid-in-glass thermometers changes the design in order to meet


new requirements.
hid
Describe the changes that could be made to

(i) give the thermometer a greater range,


as

..............................................................................................................................[1]

(ii) make the thermometer more sensitive.


R

..............................................................................................................................[1]

(c) A toilet flush is operated by the compression of air. The air inside the flush has a
pressure of 1.0 × 105 Pa and a volume of 150 cm3. When the flush is operated the
volume is reduced to 50 cm3. The temperature of the air remains constant during this
process.
ir

Calculate the new pressure of the air inside the flush.


S

pressure = .......................[2]

Total: [6]

======= (Page 180 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


10 An electric soldering iron is used to melt solder, for joining wires in an electric circuit. A
soldering iron is shown in Fig. 10.1.
metal cylinder plastic handle
with heater coil
copper tip
inside
lead to

electricity
supply

Fig. 10.1
Solder is a metal which melts easily. The heater coil inside the metal cylinder heats the copper tip.

or
(a) (i) Suggest why the tip is made of copper.

zo
............................................................................................................................ [1]

an
(ii) Suggest why the handle is made of plastic.

............................................................................................................................ [1]

(b)
used to melt the solder.

(i)
M
The heater coil is switched on. When the tip is put in contact with the solder, some of the heat is

State the process by which the heat is transferred from the copper tip to the solder.

............................................................................................................................ [1]
hid

(ii) By which process or processes is the rest of the heat transferred to the surroundings?
Tick the boxes alongside any of the following (you may tick as many as you think are correct).
as

conduction

convection
R

evaporation

radiation [2]
(c) A short time after switching on the soldering iron, it reaches a steady temperature, even
ir

though the heater coil is constantly generating heat. The soldering iron is rated at 40 W. What
is the rate at which heat is being lost from the soldering iron? Tick one box.
S

greater than 40W

equal to 40W
[1]
less than 40W
[Total: 6]

======= (Page 181 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


11 Fig. 11.1 shows a student’s attempt to estimate the specific latent heat of fusion of ice by
adding ice at 0 °C to water at 20 °C. The water is stirred continuously as ice is slowly added
until the temperature of the water is 0 °C and all the added ice has melted.
glass rod
thermometer stirrer
(a) Three mass readings are taken. A
description of the first reading is given.
ice glass beaker
Write down descriptions of the other two.

water

or
top-pan balance reading 1

zo
the mass of the beaker + stirrer + thermometer
Fig. 11.1

an
reading 2 .........................................................................................................................

reading 3 ................................................................................................................... [2]

(i) M
(b) Write down word equations which the student could use to find

the heat lost by the water as it cools from 20 °C to 0 °C,

............................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) the heat gained by the melting ice.


hid

............................................................................................................................ [1]
(c) The student calculates that the water loses 12 800 J and that the mass of ice melted is
as

30 g. Calculate a value for the specific latent heat of fusion of ice.


R

specific latent heat of fusion = ................................................ [2]

(d) Suggest two reasons why this value is only an approximate value.

Reason 1 .........................................................................................................................
ir

..........................................................................................................................................
S

Reason 2 .........................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 8]

======= (Page 182 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


12 Fig. 12.1 shows some apparatus designed to compare the ability of two surfaces to absorb
infra-red radiation.

surface
painted surface
dull painted
black shiny white

or
Bunsen burner

zo
Fig. 12.1

The containers, which are identical, are painted on the outside. One is dull black, the other is shiny white.

an
Both are filled with water, initially at the same temperature.

(a) (i) Describe how you would use the apparatus to compare the abilities of the two

surfaces to absorb infra-red radiation.


M
..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) State the result that you would expect.


hid
............................................................................................................................ [1]

(b) The thermometers used have high sensitivity and linear scales.
as

(i) State what is meant by high sensitivity.

..................................................................................................................................
R

............................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) Explain why a high sensitivity is important for this experiment.

..................................................................................................................................
ir

............................................................................................................................ [1]
S

(iii) State what is meant by a linear scale.

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................ [1]

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 183 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


13 (a) The table below describes the conditions of the molecules of a substance in each of the
three states of matter, solid, liquid and gas. In the right-hand column, write the state of
the substance that is described in the left-hand column.

state in which the


condition of the molecules
substance exists
The molecules are a great distance apart, moving
very rapidly, with negligible interaction. The
substance occupies all the space available.
The molecules are only able to vibrate rapidly about

or
fixed positions. The substance does not need a
container to maintain its shape.

zo
The molecules move about amongst each other,
with attractive forces between them. The substance
does not necessarily fill its container. [2]

an
(b) (i) What is the state of matter just before a substance boils?

(ii) M
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

Describe what happens to the molecules during boiling.

..................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [2]
hid

(iii) State two differences between boiling and evaporating.

1. ..............................................................................................................................
as

2. .......................................................................................................................... [2]
R

(c) (i) What is the state of matter just before a substance melts?

.............................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) Aluminium melts at 660 °C. At what temperature does it freeze?


ir

.............................................................................................................................. [1]

[Total: 9]
S

======= (Page 184 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


14 (a) The thermometer in Fig. 14.1 is calibrated at two fixed points, and the space between
these is divided into equal divisions.

-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110

Fig. 14.1

A thermometer is being calibrated with the Celsius scale.

or
(i) 1. Write down another name for the lower fixed point.

zo
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

2. How is this temperature achieved?

an
..................................................................................................................................

(ii) 1.
M
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

3. What is the temperature of this fixed point?................................................... [1]

Write down another name for the upper fixed point.

.............................................................................................................................. [1]
hid
2. How is this temperature achieved?

..................................................................................................................................
as

.............................................................................................................................. [2]

3. What is the temperature of this fixed point?................................................... [2]


R

(b) A block of copper and a block of aluminium have identical masses. They both start at
room temperature and are given equal quantities of heat. When the heating is stopped,
the aluminium has a lower temperature than the copper.
Fill in the missing words in the sentence below, to explain this temperature difference.
ir

The aluminium block has a smaller temperature rise than the copper block because the
S

aluminium block has a larger ................................................ than the copper block. [1]

[Total: 10]

======= (Page 185 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


15 (a) Explain, in terms of molecules, how thermal expansion takes place in a solid and in a
gas.

solid .................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

or
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

zo
gas ...................................................................................................................................

an
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

M
..........................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [4]

(b) Complete Table 15.1 to show the relative expansion of equal volumes of liquids, gases
and solids. Choose words from
hid
much less, slightly less, slightly more and much more. [2]

state of matter expansion compared to solids, for the


same temperature rise
as

liquids
R

gases
Table 15.1

(c) Alcohol is often used in thermometers.

State one property of alcohol that makes it suitable for use in thermometers.
ir

..........................................................................................................................................
S

.................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 186 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


16 Fig. 16.1 shows a typical laboratory thermometer.

°C –10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110

Fig. 16.1
(a) Explain why the thermometer has

(i) thin walls on its bulb,

..................................................................................................................................

or
............................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) thick walls on its stem,

zo
..................................................................................................................................

an
............................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) a narrow capillary tube along which the liquid expands.

M
..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................ [1]

(b) Suggest a liquid which the thermometer might contain.

.................................................................................................................................... [1]
hid

(c) Such a thermometer is calibrated at the ice point and the steam point. The scale is put
on between these two marks. State the values of
as

(i) the ice point, ......................................

(ii) the steam point. .................................


R

[2]

[Total: 6]
ir
S

======= (Page 187 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


17 (a) Some water is poured onto a plastic table-top, forming a puddle. The same volume of
water is poured into a plastic dish, which is placed alongside the puddle. This is illustrated
in Fig. 17.1.

water in water in
puddle dish

Fig. 17.1

Both lots of water begin to evaporate.

or
(i) In terms of the behaviour of molecules, describe what happens during the process
of evaporation.

zo
..................................................................................................................................

an
..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii)

M
Explain why the puddle dries out more rapidly than the water in the dish.

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................ [2]
hid
(iii) State two changes that would make both lots of water evaporate more rapidly.

1. ...............................................................................................................................
as

2. ......................................................................................................................... [2]
R

(b) In a place where refrigeration is not possible, a person attempts to keep a bottle of milk
cool by using the procedure illustrated in Fig. 17.2.
damp cloth
Fig. 17.2
bottle
Explain in terms of molecules why this
ir

milk
procedure would be successful.
bowl
S

water

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [3] [Total: 9]

======= (Page 188 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


18 (a) Fig. 18.1 shows a beaker in which coffee is served at an airport kiosk.

section through
beaker

layer of corrugated
cardboard stuck to
a layer of smooth

or
cardboard, with air
trapped between them
Fig. 18.1 Fig. 18.2

zo
The beaker itself is made of two layers of cardboard, as shown in section in Fig. 18.2. It has a
thin plastic lid.

an
(i) State two sources of heat loss that are reduced by the lid.

1. ...............................................................................................................................

(ii)
M
2. ......................................................................................................................... [2]

State two reasons why the layer of corrugated cardboard stops the fingers of the person
holding the beaker from becoming uncomfortably hot.

1. ...............................................................................................................................
hid

2. ......................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) (i) State the meaning of the term thermal capacity.


as

..................................................................................................................................
R

............................................................................................................................ [2]

(ii) Another airport kiosk serves coffee in pottery mugs. The mugs all have the same
internal dimensions but some have a high thermal capacity and some have a low thermal
capacity. When hot drinks are poured into the mugs, the temperature of the drink always
drops because of the thermal energy absorbed by the mug.
ir

State which mug, high thermal capacity or low thermal capacity, causes the least fall in
temperature of the hot drink, and explain why.
S

mug ..........................................................................................................................

explanation ......................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 8]

======= (Page 189 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


19 Fig. 19.1 shows a device called a thermostat, which is being used to control the temperature
of the air in a room.

power
supply
heater
insulator

or
Y
temperature

zo
control screw

an
brass strip contacts

M Fig. 19.1

X and Y are strips of two different metals, joined together along their length. Together they
are called a bimetallic strip. X expands more than Y for the same temperature rise.

(a) The temperature rises and the bimetallic strip bends.


hid
State

(i) which way the bimetallic strip bends,


as

............................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) what happens to the contacts,


R

............................................................................................................................ [1]

(iii) what happens to the current in the circuit,

............................................................................................................................ [1]
ir

(iv) what adjustment could be made to this thermostat, in order to increase the
S

temperature at which the thermostat operates.

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................ [1]

======= (Page 190 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) Fig. 19.2 shows how the temperature of the water in a tank would rise if it were heated
continuously, starting with water at a temperature of 0 °C.
80

70

temperature
/ °C 60

or
50

zo
an
40

30

20
M
hid
10

0
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
as

time / minutes
Fig. 19.2
R

The thermostat controlling the temperature of the water switches off the heater current when the
temperature rises above 50 °C.

(i) Use Fig. 19.2 to determine how long the water is heated before the thermostat operates.
ir

time = ................................... minutes [1]


S

(ii) The heater supplies energy at the rate of 2000 W.

Calculate how much thermal energy is supplied to the water before the thermostat switches off
the heater.

energy = ............................................. J [3]

[Total: 8]

======= (Page 191 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


20 (a) Four identical metal plates, at the same temperature, are laid side by side on the ground.
The rays from the Sun fall on the plates.
One plate has a matt black surface.
One plate has a shiny black surface.
One plate has a matt silver surface.
One plate has a shiny silver surface.
State which plate has the fastest-rising temperature when the sunlight first falls on the plates.

or
.................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) The apparatus shown in Fig. 20.1 is known as Leslie’s Differential Air Thermometer.

zo
glass bulb
radiant heater
painted shiny

an
matt black glass bulb

M air
T
hid

liquid
as

Fig. 20.1
R

The heater is switched off. Tap T is opened so that the air on the two sides of T has the same
pressure. Tap T is then closed.

(i) The heater is switched on. On Fig. 20.1, mark clearly where the two liquid levels
might be a short time later. [1]
ir

(ii) Explain your answer to (b)(i).


S

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................ [2]

[Total: 4]

======= (Page 192 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


21 A certain substance is in the solid state at a temperature of –36 °C. It is heated at a constant
rate for 32 minutes. The record of its temperature is given in Fig. 5.1.

time / min 0 1 2 6 10 14 18 22 24 26 28 30 32

temperature / °C –36 –16 –9 –9 –9 –9 32 75 101 121 121 121 121

Fig. 21.1
(a) State what is meant by the term latent heat.

..........................................................................................................................................

or
.................................................................................................................................... [2]

zo
(b) State a time at which the energy is being supplied as latent heat of fusion.

.................................................................................................................................... [1]

an
(c) Explain the energy changes undergone by the molecules of a substance during the
period when latent heat of vaporisation is being supplied.

M
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) (i) The rate of heating is 2.0 kW.


hid

Calculate how much energy is supplied to the substance during the period 18 –
22 minutes.
as
R

energy supplied = ................................................ [2]

(ii) The specific heat capacity of the substance is 1760 J / (kg °C).

Use the information in the table for the period 18 – 22 minutes to calculate the
mass of the substance being heated.
ir
S

mass heated = ................................................ [3]

[Total: 10]

======= (Page 193 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


22 A technician has been asked to design a liquid-in-glass thermometer, using alcohol as the
liquid.

(a) (i) State what is meant by the sensitivity of the thermometer.

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) State one design feature the technician could use in order to ensure a very sensitive

or
thermometer.

..................................................................................................................................

zo
............................................................................................................................ [1]

an
(b) (i) State what is meant by the range of the thermometer.

..................................................................................................................................

(ii)
M
............................................................................................................................ [1]

State one design feature that would ensure that the thermometer measured the
desired range of temperatures.

..................................................................................................................................
hid
............................................................................................................................ [1]

(c) (i) State what is meant by linearity, as it applies to the thermometer.


as

..................................................................................................................................
R

............................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) State one design feature that would ensure linearity in the technician’s thermometer.

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................ [1]
ir

[Total: 6]
S

======= (Page 194 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


23 (a) The temperature of a block of iron is increased.

State what happens to

(i) the energy of the atoms due to their vibrations,

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) the average separation of the atoms,

or
...........................................................................................................................................

zo
...................................................................................................................................... [1]

an
(iii) the density of the iron.

...........................................................................................................................................

M
...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) When concrete roads are made, the concrete is laid in sections, with gaps between the
sections. The gaps are then filled with a soft material, called pitch. This is shown in Fig. 6.1.
hid
as
R

concrete
pitch

Fig. 23.1
ir

Suggest why the concrete is laid in sections like this.


S

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

[Total: 5]

======= (Page 195 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


24 During a period of hot weather, the atmospheric pressure on the pond in Fig. 3.1 remains constant.
Water evaporates from the pond, so that the depth h decreases.
force due to
air pressure

or
h

zo
Fig. 24.1

an
(a) Study the diagram and state, giving your reason, what happens during this hot period to

(i)
M
the force of the air on the surface of the pond,

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]
hid
(ii) the pressure at the bottom of the pond.

...........................................................................................................................................
as

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) On a certain day, the pond is 12 m deep.


R

(i) Water has a density of 1000 kg / m3.

Calculate the pressure at the bottom of the pond due to the water.
ir
S

pressure due to the water = ...........................................................[2]

======= (Page 196 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) Atmospheric pressure on that day is 1.0 × 105 Pa.

Calculate the total pressure at the bottom of the pond.

or
total pressure = ...........................................................[1]

zo
(iii) A bubble of gas is released from the mud at the bottom of the pond. Its initial volume is
0.5 cm3.

an
Ignoring any temperature differences in the water, calculate the volume of the bubble as
it reaches the surface.

M
hid

volume = ...........................................................[2]

(iv) In fact, the temperature of the water is greater at the top than at the bottom of the pond.
as

Comment on the bubble volume you have calculated in (b)(iii).


R

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]
ir

[Total: 8]
S

======= (Page 197 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


25 The liquid-in-glass thermometer in Fig. 6.1 has a scale from –10 °C to 110 °C.

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C

Fig. 25.1

(a) Two of the temperatures marked on the thermometer are known as fixed points.

or
State the values of these fixed points.

................ °C and ................ °C [1]

zo
(b) The bulb of the thermometer shown in Fig. 6.1 is put into some boiling water.

an
(i) What happens to the liquid in the bulb when its temperature is raised?

..................................................................................................................................

(ii)
M
What is seen happening to the liquid in the capillary tube when the bulb is put in the
boiling water?

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................
hid
[3]

(c) On a certain day in a cold country, the air temperature is –12 °C.

On Fig. 25.1, use an arrow to show approximately where the surface of the liquid will be
as

at this temperature. [1]

[Total: 5]
R
ir
S

======= (Page 198 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


26 (a) Two students hang out identical T-shirts to dry at the same time in the same
neighbourhood. The only difference between the drying conditions is that one T-shirt is
sheltered from any wind and the other is in a strong breeze, as shown in Fig. 6.1.

fence
clothes line
Fig. 26.1

State and explain, in terms


of water molecules, the
difference between the

or
drying times of the T-shirts.

strong breeze no breeze

zo
..........................................................................................................................................

an
..........................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................... [2]

M
(b) Fig. 26.2 shows another occasion when a student hangs out two identical T-shirts to dry
next to each other on a line. One T-shirt is folded double as shown in Fig. 26.2.

Fig. 26.2
clothes line

State and explain, in


terms of water molecules,
hid
the difference between
the drying times of the T-
shirts.
as

..........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]
R

(c) A runner in a hot country feels cooler if she pours water over her hair to keep it wet,
even when the water is at the same temperature as the air around her.

Explain, in terms of a change of state of water, why she feels cooler.


ir

..........................................................................................................................................
S

..........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 199 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


27 Fig. 27.1 shows a glass flask full of water at 10 °C and sealed with a bung. A long glass tube
passes through the bung into the water. The water level in the tube is at X.

Fig. 27.1

When the flask is placed in hot water, the water level initially
falls a little below X, and then rises some way above X. bung X

or
glass flask

water

zo
(a) Suggest why

an
(i) the water level initially falls,

..................................................................................................................................

(ii) the water level then rises, M


............................................................................................................................. [2]

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................. [2]
hid

(iii) the rise is greater than the fall.

..................................................................................................................................
as

............................................................................................................................. [1]
R

(b) Suggest a change to the apparatus that would make the fall and rise of the water level
greater.

..........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [1]
ir

[Total: 6]
S

======= (Page 200 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


28 (a) Suggest

(i) an example of a change of state resulting from the removal of thermal energy from
a quantity of material,

.............................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) the effect of this change of state on the temperature of the material.

............................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) Define the thermal capacity of a body.

or
..........................................................................................................................................

zo
..........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

an
(c) A polystyrene cup holds 250 g of water at 20 °C. In order to cool the water to make a
cold drink, small pieces of ice at 0 °C are added until the water reaches 0 °C and no

M
unmelted ice is present. Assume no thermal energy is lost or gained by the cup. [specific heat
capacity of water = 4.2 J / (g °C), specific latent heat of fusion of ice = 330 J / g]

(i) Calculate the thermal energy lost by the water in cooling to 0 °C.
hid

thermal energy lost = ................................................. [2]


as

(ii) State the thermal energy gained by the ice in melting.


R

thermal energy gained = ................................................. [1]

(iii) Calculate the mass of ice added.


ir
S

mass of ice = ................................................. [2]

[Total: 9]

======= (Page 201 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


29 Fig. 29.1 shows a typical laboratory liquid-in-glass thermometer.

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C

Fig. 29.1

(a) Name a liquid that is likely to be used in this thermometer.

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

or
(b) What occupies the space in the tube, between the end of the liquid thread and the end
of the tube?

zo
...................................................................................................................................... [1]

an
(c) On Fig. 29.1, clearly indicate and label

(i) the ice point,


(ii) the steam point.

M
(ci) The thermometer is moved into a hotter place.
[2]

(i) State what happens to the position of the end of the liquid thread.
hid
..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................
as

(ii) Explain why this happens.

..................................................................................................................................
R

..................................................................................................................................
[2]

[Total: 6]
ir
S

======= (Page 202 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


30 Fig. 30.1 shows a typical laboratory liquid-in-glass thermometer.

liquid
capillary tube

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 °C

Fig. 30.1

or
(a) What is seen happening when the thermometer is put into a hot liquid?

..........................................................................................................................................

zo
...................................................................................................................................... [1]

an
(b) Why does this happen?

..........................................................................................................................................

(c) M
...................................................................................................................................... [1]

On Fig. 30.1, clearly mark with an arrow the point that the liquid will reach when the
thermometer is put in pure boiling water at standard atmospheric pressure. [1]

(d) State why it is necessary for the capillary tube to be very narrow.
hid
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
as

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 4]
R
ir
S

======= (Page 203 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


31 Fig. 31.1 shows a cross-section of a double-walled glass vacuum flask, containing a hot liquid.
The surfaces of the two glass walls of the flask have shiny silvered coatings.

(a) Explain

(i) why the rate of loss of thermal energy through the


walls of the flask by conduction is very low,
silvered
surfaces

or
....................................................................................................

....................................................................................................
vacuum

zo
....................................................................................................

an
hot liquid ....................................................................................................

Fig. 31.1

(ii)
M
why the rate of loss of thermal energy through the walls of the flask by radiation is
very low.

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................
hid
..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................
as

[3]

(b) Suggest, with reasons, what must be added to the flask shown in Fig. 31.1 in order to
R

keep the liquid hot.

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
ir

..........................................................................................................................................
S

..........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [3]
[Total: 6]

======= (Page 204 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


32 (a) On a hot day, sweat forms on the surface of a person’s body and the sweat evaporates.

Explain, in terms of the behaviour of molecules,

(i) the process of evaporation,

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

or
..................................................................................................................................

(ii) how this process helps the body to cool down.

zo
..................................................................................................................................

an
..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

M
..................................................................................................................................

(b) The temperature of a person of mass 60 kg falls from 37.2 °C to 36.7 °C.
[3]

(i) Calculate the thermal energy lost from the body. The average specific heat capacity
hid
of the body is 4000 J / (kg °C).
as
R

thermal energy lost = .................................................. [2]

(ii) The cooling of the body was entirely due to the evaporation of sweat.
Calculate the mass of sweat which evaporated. The specific latent heat of
vaporisation of sweat is 2.4 × 106 J / kg.
ir
S

mass = .................................................. [2]


[Total: 7]

======= (Page 205 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


33 Water molecules evaporate from a puddle and escape to the atmosphere. Water molecules
also escape to the atmosphere from water boiling in a kettle.

(a) State two ways in which evaporation differs from boiling.

1. ......................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

or
2. ......................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

zo
[2]

(b) This part of the question is about an experiment to determine the specific latent heat of

an
vaporisation of water.

(i) Suggest apparatus that will provide thermal energy (heat) and state the readings
needed to determine the amount of thermal energy provided.

M
apparatus .................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

readings ...................................................................................................................
hid
..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................
[2]
as

(ii) Suggest apparatus required for determining the mass of liquid vaporised and state
the readings needed to determine that mass.
R

apparatus .................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

readings ...................................................................................................................
ir

..................................................................................................................................
S

..................................................................................................................................
[2]

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 206 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


34 The apparatus in Fig. 34.1 is being used to view the movement of some smoke particles trapped in
a box.
(a) Describe what is seen when the smoke is viewed
through the microscope.

............................................................................................
...........................................................................................
microscope

or
............................................................................................
Fig. 34.1
...........................................................................................

zo
air molecules
and
light smoke particles ............................................................................................
.......................................................................................[2]

an
(b) In the space below, sketch how one smoke particle might move during a short interval of time.

M
hid

[2]
as

(c) What causes the smoke particles to move?

...................................................................................................................................................
R

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

(d) What name is used for this motion of the smoke particles? Complete the sentence.
ir

The motion of the smoke particles is known as .................................................... motion. [1]


S

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 207 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


35 The thermometer in Fig. 35.1 is recording the temperature of the laboratory.

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110


°C

Fig. 35.1

(a) The bulb of the thermometer is placed in pure, boiling water at standard atmospheric pressure.

State the temperature increase.

or
zo
temperature increase = ............................................. °C [1]

an
(b) During the day, the temperature in the laboratory rises. In the late afternoon a thermometer
attached to the ceiling records a higher temperature than a thermometer placed close to the
ground.

Explain why this happens.


M
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
hid
...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[3]

(c) At night, the temperature in the laboratory falls.


as

Describe what can be seen happening to the liquid in a thermometer as the temperature falls,
R

and explain why this happens.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]
ir

(d) On Fig. 35.1, draw an arrow to show where the end of the liquid thread might be seen when the
S

temperature being measured is −15°C. [1]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 208 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


36 (a) A copper rod and a plastic rod each pass through holes in rubber bungs, so that their ends
are inside a tank, as shown in Fig. 36.1.

hot rubber
water bung

copper rod

or
plastic rod

zo
Fig. 36.1

an
Both rods are covered with wax.

Very hot water is poured into the tank, covering the end of each rod.

(i)

M
What, if anything, is seen happening on the rods during the next few minutes?

copper rod .........................................................................................................................

plastic rod ..........................................................................................................................


[2]

(ii) Explain your answers to (a)(i).


hid
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
as

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

(b) Explain, in terms of particles, how evaporation causes the hot water to cool.
R

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
ir

...............................................................................................................................................[3]
S

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 209 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


37 As part of his meal, a workman has a cup containing a hot drink.

In order to keep the drink hot whilst he eats the rest of his meal, he covers the cup, as shown
in Fig. 36.1.

or
Fig. 37.1

zo
(a) Which sources of energy loss does this action reduce? Tick two boxes.

an
convection from the surface of the liquid

evaporation from the surface of the liquid

conduction through the cup

radiation from the surface of the cup


M [2]
hid

(b) Suggest one other way that the workman can help to keep the drink hot while he eats the rest
of his meal.
as

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[1]
R

[Total: 3]
ir
S

======= (Page 210 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


38 (a) Fig. 38.1 shows a liquid-in-glass thermometer.

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C

Fig. 38.1

(i) In the process of making the thermometer, the scale divisions were spaced equally.

What assumption was made about the liquid?

...........................................................................................................................................

or
...................................................................................................................................... [1]

zo
(ii) Suggest two changes to the thermometer that would require the spacing of the scale
divisions to be larger.

an
1. .......................................................................................................................................

2. .......................................................................................................................................

M
[2]

(iii) As a result of the changes in (ii), what other change is needed to enable the thermometer
to be used for the same temperature range?

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) The expansion of a liquid is an example of a physical property that may be used to measure
hid
temperature.

State two other physical properties that may also be used to measure temperature.
as

1. the ................................................................. of .................................................................

2. the ................................................................. of .................................................................


R

[2]

[Total: 6]
ir
S

======= (Page 211 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


39 (a) The following are three statements about boiling.

• A liquid boils at a fixed temperature.


• During boiling, vapour can form at any point within the liquid.
• Without a supply of thermal energy, boiling stops.

Complete the following equivalent statements about evaporation.

• A liquid evaporates at ........................................................................................................

or
......................................................................................................................................... .

zo
• During evaporation .............................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................... .

an
• Without a supply of thermal energy, evaporation ............................................................ .
[3]

water is 2.25 × 106 J / kg.

(i)
M
(b) A pan containing water boiling at 100 °C is standing on an electrically heated hot-plate. In
20 minutes, 0.075 kg of water is lost as steam. The specific latent heat of vaporisation of

Calculate the energy used in converting 0.075 kg of boiling water to steam.


hid
as

energy = ............................................... [2]


R

(ii) The hot-plate operates at 240 V, 0.65 A.


Calculate the energy supplied to the hot-plate in 20 minutes.
ir

energy = ............................................... [2]


S

(iii) Suggest why the answers to (b)(i) and (b)(ii) are not the same.

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 8]

======= (Page 212 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


40 (a) Define the specific heat capacity of a substance.

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(b) Fig. 40.1 shows a cylinder of aluminium heated by an electric heater.


electric heater
C.I.E. Power Pack

or
thermometer
V
+ –

zo
aluminium cylinder

an
M Fig. 40.1
The mass of the cylinder is 800 g. The heater delivers 8700 J of thermal energy to the cylinder
and the temperature of the cylinder increases by 12 °C.

(i) Calculate a value for the specific heat capacity of aluminium.


hid

specific heat capacity = ........................................................ [2]

(ii) Calculate the thermal capacity (heat capacity) of the aluminium cylinder.
as
R

thermal capacity = ........................................................ [2]

(c) State and explain a method of improving the accuracy of the experiment.

...................................................................................................................................................
ir

...................................................................................................................................................
S

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

[Total: 8]

======= (Page 213 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


41 (a) Puddles of water form on a path after rainfall on a windy day.

In terms of molecules, state and explain how the rate of evaporation of the puddles is
affected by

(i) a reduction of wind speed,

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

or
(ii) an increase of water temperature.
...........................................................................................................................................

zo
...........................................................................................................................................

an
...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) Fig. 41.1 shows two puddles.

M
Fig. 41.1
large puddle
State and explain how the rate of
small puddle
evaporation from the large puddle
compares to that from the small
puddle under the same conditions.
hid
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
as

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
(c) Describe an experiment to demonstrate the difference between good and bad emitters of
R

infra-red radiation. You may include a diagram to help your description. State what readings
should be taken.
ir
S

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[3]

[Total: 9]

======= (Page 214 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


42 A teacher shows a class examples of three states of matter. These are a solid metal block resting
on the bench, a liquid in a glass beaker and a gas in a clear balloon in the laboratory.

Fig. 42.1a represents the arrangement of molecules in the solid.

or
solid liquid gas

zo
Fig. 42.1a Fig. 42.1b Fig. 42.1c

(a) (i) Complete Fig. 42.1b, to show the arrangement of molecules in the liquid.

an
(ii) Complete Fig. 42.1c, to show the arrangement of molecules in the gas.
[3]

compress.

the solid
M
(b) (i) In the list below, draw a ring around the state of matter that is the easiest to

[1]
hid
(ii) In terms of its molecules, explain why this state of matter is the easiest to compress.

...........................................................................................................................................
as

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]
R

[Total: 6]
ir
S

======= (Page 215 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


43 During both boiling and evaporation, liquid water is converted into water vapour.

The rate at which the mass of boiling water decreases depends only on the rate at which the
water is gaining thermal energy.

(a) The specific latent heat of vaporisation of water is 2.3 × 106 J / kg. Thermal energy is supplied
to boiling water in a kettle at a rate of 460 W.

Calculate the mass of water that is boiled away in 180 s.

or
zo
mass = ............................................... [2]

an
(b) The rate at which the mass of evaporating water decreases depends on other factors.

(i) State two of these factors.

M
1. .......................................................................................................................................

2. .......................................................................................................................................
[2]

(ii) State two other ways in which evaporation is different from boiling.
hid

1. .......................................................................................................................................

2. .......................................................................................................................................
as

[2]

[Total: 6]
R
ir
S

======= (Page 216 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


44 The liquids in five liquid-in-glass thermometers A, B, C, D and E expand linearly with temperature.
All the thermometers have scales marked in °C. Fig. 44.1 accurately represents the scales of
these five thermometers.

°C

°C
°C 45
110
50
°C
300

or
zo
°C
250

an
0 Fig. 6.1

(a) (i)
–50
A
–10
B
M 0
C
100

Use information from the scales of the thermometers in Fig. 44.1 to state which
D
30
E

thermometer has the greatest range.


hid
...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) State and explain which thermometer has the greatest sensitivity.
as

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Suggest two design features that would cause a liquid-in-glass thermometer to have a large
R

sensitivity.

1. ..............................................................................................................................................

2. .............................................................................................................................................. [2]
ir

(c) The distance on thermometer B between the 110 °C mark and the −10 °C mark is 18 cm.
S

Calculate the length of the liquid thread above the −10 °C mark when the temperature
recorded by B is 70 °C.

length = ............................................... [2]

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 217 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


45 Fig. 45.1 shows a domestic hot water system.

to taps
metal
storage
water tank

jacket heater

or
Fig. 45.1
from
water

zo
supply

(a) The heater is placed at the bottom of the storage tank.

an
(i) Name the process by which water in contact with the heater becomes hot.

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii)
M
1. Explain how the water at the top of the storage tank becomes hot. Include the word
density in your answer.
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
hid
...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [3]
as

2. State the name given to this process.

...................................................................................................................................... [1]
R

(b) Hot water storage tanks are often covered in a material such as polystyrene or a ‘jacket’ made
from a woollen material.

(i) State the purpose of this covering.

...................................................................................................................................... [1]
ir

(ii) Suggest two reasons why the use of such a material is important.
S

1. .......................................................................................................................................

2. .......................................................................................................................................
[2]

[Total: 8]

======= (Page 218 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


46 A student has a beaker of liquid as shown in Fig. 46.1.

(a) The student makes some measurements.


His results are shown in the table.
beaker
liquid mass of beaker and liquid 280 g
mass of empty beaker 120 g
volume of liquid 200 cm3
Fig. 46.1
(i) Calculate the mass of the liquid in the beaker.

or
mass of liquid = ....................................................... g [1]

zo
(ii) Calculate the density of the liquid.

an
density = ............................................... g / cm3 [3]

(b) The student warms the beaker and liquid on an electric heater as shown in Fig. 46.2.

Fig. 46.2
M (i) State the name of the process by which thermal
energy is transferred through the glass of the beaker.

..........................................................................................
electric ..........................................................................................
heater [1]
hid

(ii) Explain how thermal energy is transferred


throughout the liquid by convection.
as

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
R

.......................................................................................................................................[3]

(c) After heating for 20 minutes, the student re-weighs the beaker and liquid. He finds that the
mass of the beaker and liquid has decreased to 260 g.
ir

(i) State the name of the process that causes this decrease in mass.
S

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(ii) In terms of molecules, explain how this process occurs.


...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

[Total: 11]

======= (Page 219 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


47 (a) The arrows on Fig. 47.1 represent four changes of state.

solid liquid gas

or
Fig. 47.1

zo
On each arrow, write the name for the change of state. [3]

(b) The statements below are about particles in a gas.

an
Tick three boxes to show which statements are correct.

The particles move randomly.

M
The particles are in a regular repeating pattern.

The particles are much further apart than they are in a solid.

The particles vibrate about fixed positions.


hid
The particles expand when they are heated.

The particles move faster when they are heated.


[3]
as

(c) A student spills a small amount of nail varnish remover on one of her hands. Nail varnish
remover is a liquid with a low boiling point.
R

Explain why this hand feels colder than her other hand.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
ir

...................................................................................................................................................
S

...............................................................................................................................................[3]

[Total: 9]

======= (Page 220 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


48 (a) (i) State two ways in which the molecular structure of a liquid is different from the molecular
structure of a solid.

1. .......................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

2. .......................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

or
[2]

(ii) Explain, in terms of energy, the process which takes place as a solid at its melting point

zo
changes into a liquid at the same temperature.

...........................................................................................................................................

an
...........................................................................................................................................

M
...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) During a severe snowstorm, a layer of snow (ice crystals) forms on the body of an animal in a
field. The snow and the surrounding air are at 0 °C. The snow begins to melt.

(i) The mass of snow that falls on the animal is 1.65 kg. The specific latent heat of fusion of
snow is 330 000 J / kg.
hid
Calculate the thermal energy needed to melt this snow.
as
R

thermal energy = ............................................... [2]

(ii) The animal derives energy from its food to maintain its body temperature.

State the energy change that takes place.


ir

...................................................................................................................................... [1]
S

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 221 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


49 (a) State what is meant by the specific heat capacity of a substance.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(b) A student carries out an experiment to find the specific heat capacity of aluminium. He uses
an electric heater and a thermometer, inserted into separate holes in an aluminium block.

or
The following data are obtained.

mass of aluminium block = 2.0 kg

zo
power of heating element = 420 W
time of heating
= 95 s

an
initial temperature of block = 19.5 °C
final temperature of block = 40.5 °C

Calculate the value of the specific heat capacity of aluminium given by this experiment.

M
hid

specific heat capacity = ............................................... [4]


as

(c) In the experiment in (b), no attempt is made to prevent loss of thermal energy from the
R

surfaces of the block.

Suggest two actions the student could take to reduce the loss of thermal energy from the
surfaces of the block.

1. ..............................................................................................................................................
ir

2. ..............................................................................................................................................
[2]
S

[Total: 8]

======= (Page 222 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


50 (a) Fig. 50.1 shows a device used as a thermocouple thermometer.

meter Z
wire of Fig. 50.1
wire of
material X
material X
In the table put three ticks against the
correct statements about the thermocouple
wire of material Y thermometer.

Meter Z measures energy.

or
Meter Z measures potential difference.

zo
Meter Z measures power.
Materials X and Y are different materials.

an
Materials X and Y are the same material.
Materials X and Y are electrical conductors.
[3]
Materials X and Y are electrical insulators.

M
(b) A liquid-in-glass thermometer is replaced by a similar thermometer with a larger bulb. No
other change is made. State and explain the effect on the sensitivity.

...................................................................................................................................................
hid
...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]
as

(c) The capillary of a liquid-in-glass thermometer should have a constant diameter.


Fig. 50.2 shows the capillary of a thermometer made with a manufacturing fault.
R

walls of
non-uniform
capillary

glass Fig. 50.2 (not to scale)


State and explain the effect of this fault
ir

on the linearity of the thermometer.


S

..............................................................................
.....................................................................
..............................................................................
.................................................................[2]
bulb capillary
[Total: 7]

======= (Page 223 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


51 A liquid-in-glass thermometer has a linear scale and a range of 120 °C.

(a) State what is meant by a linear scale.

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) The highest temperature that this thermometer can measure is 110 °C.
State the lowest temperature that it can measure.

or
lowest temperature = ...........................................................[1]

(c) A second liquid-in-glass thermometer has the same range but it has a greater sensitivity.

zo
Suggest two ways in which the second thermometer might differ from the first.

an
1. ...............................................................................................................................................

2. ...............................................................................................................................................

M
[2]
(d) A thermometer has a bulb that is painted white and is shiny.

It is placed in boiling water for several minutes. It is then removed from the water and is held
in air. Fig. 4.1 shows how the thermometer reading changes during the next 8 minutes.

100
hid
temperature
/ °C
80
as

60
R

40

Fig. 51.1
ir

20
S

0
0 2 4 6 time / minutes 8

======= (Page 224 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


The bulb of this thermometer is now re-painted so that it has a matt, black surface.
The procedure is repeated.
(i) On Fig. 51.1, sketch a second line to suggest how the reading of the re-painted
thermometer changes during the 8 minutes. [2]

(ii) Tick one of the boxes to show how painting the bulb black affects the linearity of the
scale, the range and the sensitivity of the thermometer.

or
The linearity, the range and the sensitivity all change.

zo
Only the linearity and the range change.

Only the linearity and the sensitivity change.

an
Only the range and the sensitivity change.

M
Only the linearity changes.

Only the range changes.

Only the sensitivity changes.

None of these properties changes.


[1]
hid

[Total: 7]
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 225 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


52 (a) State what is meant by the specific latent heat of fusion (melting) of a substance.

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

(b) Ice cubes of total mass 70 g, and at 0 °C, are put into a drink of lemonade of mass 300 g.

All the ice melts as 23 500 J of thermal energy transfers from the lemonade to the ice. The
final temperature of the drink is 0 °C.

or
(i) Calculate the specific latent heat of fusion for ice.

zo
an
specific latent heat of fusion = ...........................................................[2]

(ii)
M
The thermal energy that causes the ice to melt is transferred from the lemonade as
it cools. The loss of this thermal energy causes the temperature of the 300 g of the
lemonade to fall by 19 °C.

Calculate the specific heat capacity of the lemonade.


hid
as
R

specific heat capacity = ...........................................................[2]

(iii) The melting ice floats on top of the lemonade.

Explain the process by which the lemonade at the bottom of the drink becomes cold.
ir

...........................................................................................................................................
S

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

[Total: 8]

======= (Page 226 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


53 Here are five words relating to the transfer of thermal energy.

conductor, convection, evaporation, insulator, radiation

Complete each of the following sentences by writing in the appropriate word from the list.

(a) Cooking pots often have a wooden handle, because wood is a good thermal

...................................... . [1]

or
(b) Thermal energy reaches Earth from the Sun by means of ....................................... [1]

zo
(c) Copper is a good ...................................... of thermal energy. [1]

(d) The heating element is put at the bottom of an electric kettle, so that

an
...................................... can rapidly transfer thermal energy throughout the water. [1]

M
hid
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 227 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


54 (a) State what is meant by the melting point of a solid.

The melting point is ..........................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................[2]

(b) Which two of the following quantities are the same? Tick two boxes.

boiling point of iron

freezing (solidifying) point of iron

or
melting point of iron [1]

zo
(c) Some liquid in a beaker is kept boiling by heating the beaker, as shown in Fig. 54.1.

an
(i) On the axes of Fig. 54.2, sketch a graph to show
what happens to the temperature

M
boiling of the liquid whilst it is boiling.
liquid

heat
hid

Fig. 54.1
as

temperature
R

Fig. 54.2
ir

0
S

time
time at which liquid starts to boil

(ii) On your graph, mark the boiling point of the liquid. [2]

======= (Page 228 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


55 A thermocouple is used to measure the temperature of the inner wall of a pottery kiln.

(a) In the space below, draw a labelled diagram of a thermocouple that could be used for
this purpose. [2]

or
(b) Describe

(i) how you would read the temperature of the wall from the thermocouple,

zo
...................................................................................................................................

an
...................................................................................................................................

(ii) how the thermocouple works.

M
...................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................
[2]
hid
(c) State two conditions in which a thermocouple is very suitable for temperature
measurement.

..........................................................................................................................................
as

......................................................................................................................................[2]
R
ir
S

======= (Page 229 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


56 A thermocouple is used to measure the temperature of the inner wall of a pottery kiln.

(a) In the space below, draw a labelled diagram of a thermocouple that could be used for
this purpose. [2]

or
zo
(b) Describe

(i) how you would read the temperature of the wall from the thermocouple,

an
...................................................................................................................................

M
...................................................................................................................................

(ii) how the thermocouple works.

...................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................
hid
...................................................................................................................................
[2]

(c) State two conditions in which a thermocouple is very suitable for temperature
as

measurement.

..........................................................................................................................................
R

......................................................................................................................................[2]
ir
S

======= (Page 230 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


57 Fig. 57.1 shows a metal plate-warmer.

plate of
food metal
warming-tray

handle

or
zo
candle heater

an
Fig. 57.1

The plate-warmer contains two small candle heaters. Plates of food are placed on top of the
warming-tray.

(a) (i)
M
State the name of a process by which the thermal energy from the candles passes to the
warming-tray.

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(ii) State the name of the process by which thermal energy moves through the warming-tray.
hid

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) The outside of the plate-warmer is shiny.


as

Suggest how this helps the plate-warmer to stay hot.


R

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(c) The handles of the plate-warmer are made from metal.

Identify a problem with this, and suggest how the problem could be solved.
ir

problem: ....................................................................................................................................
S

action: .......................................................................................................................................
[2]

[Total: 5]

======= (Page 231 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


58 Fig. 58.1 shows an experiment to observe the motion of smoke particles in air.

microscope

or
zo
P
light

an
smoke particles
bright dot
in air

(a) (i)
Fig.58.1

M
Fig. 58.2 shows the view through the microscope of one smoke particle, labelled P.

On Fig. 58.2, draw 3 lines to show the movement of this particle.


Fig. 58.2

[2]
hid
(ii) Explain what causes the smoke particle to move.

...........................................................................................................................................
as

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
R

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

(b) The air containing the smoke particles becomes warmer.

Suggest how this changes the movement of the smoke particles.


ir

...................................................................................................................................................
S

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

[Total: 5]

======= (Page 232 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


59 A student is investigating a mixture of water and ice. The water and ice are at the same temperature.
He uses a thermometer.

(a) Fig. 59.1 shows a thermometer.

X Y narrow tube

or
–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C

zo
Fig. 59.1
scale glass

an
(i) On Fig. 59.1, label X and Y. [2]
(ii) The thermometer is put into the mixture of water and ice.

scale.
–10 0 10 20
M
On Fig. 59.2, draw an arrow pointing to the reading on the

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C
[1]

Fig. 59.2
hid

(b) The beaker of ice and water is left in a warm room for five hours.

State what happens to the ice during this time. Describe this process in terms of the molecules
as

in the ice.

...................................................................................................................................................
R

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
ir

...................................................................................................................................................
S

...................................................................................................................................................
[4]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 233 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


60 Fig. 60.1 shows apparatus that a student uses to make an estimate of the specific heat
capacity of iron.

thermometer electrical heater

or
iron block

zo
Fig. 60.1

an
(a) The power of the heater is known. State the four readings the student must take to find
the specific heat capacity of iron.

M
1. ......................................................................................................................................

2. ......................................................................................................................................

3. ......................................................................................................................................
hid
4. ................................................................................................................................. [3]

(b) Write down an equation, in words or in symbols, that could be used to work out the
specific heat capacity of iron from the readings in (a).
as

[2]
R

(c) (i) Explain why the value obtained with this apparatus is higher than the actual value.

...................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [1]
ir

(ii) State one addition to the apparatus that would help to improve the accuracy of the
S

value obtained.

...................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [1]

======= (Page 234 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


61 (a) Fig. 61.1 shows the paths of a few air molecules and a single dust particle. The actual air
molecules are too small to show on the diagram.

paths of
air molecules

dust particle

or
Fig. 61.1

zo
Explain why the dust particle undergoes small random movements.

an
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

M
..........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [4]

(b) Fig. 62.2 shows the paths of a few molecules leaving the surface of a liquid. The liquid is
below its boiling point.
hid

air and vapour


liquid
as

Fig. 62.2
R

(i) State which liquid molecules are most likely to leave the surface.

...................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [1]
ir

(ii) Explain your answer to (i).


S

...................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [2]

======= (Page 235 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


62 (a) Here is a list of descriptions of molecules in matter.

description soli
solid

free to move around from place to place

can only vibrate about a fixed position

closely packed

or
relatively far apart

zo
almost no force between molecules

an
strong forces are involved between molecules

M
In the columns alongside the descriptions, put ticks next to those which apply to the
molecules in

(i) a solid,

(ii) a gas. [4]

(b) The water in a puddle of rainwater is evaporating.


hid

Describe what happens to the molecules when the water evaporates.

..........................................................................................................................................
as

.................................................................................................................................... [2]
R

[Total: 6]
ir
S

======= (Page 236 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


63 Fig. 63.1 shows water being heated by an electrical heater. The water in the can is not
boiling, but some is evaporating.

can

or
heater

zo
water Fig. 63.1

an
(a) Describe, in terms of the movement and energies of the water molecules, how
evaporation takes place.

M
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
hid
.................................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) State two differences between evaporation and boiling.


as

1 .......................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
R

2 .......................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) After the water has reached its boiling point, the mass of water in the can is reduced
ir

by 3.2 g in 120 s. The heater supplies energy to the water at a rate of 60 W. Use this
information to calculate the specific latent heat of vaporisation of water.
S

specific latent heat = ............................. [3]

======= (Page 237 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


64 (a) Equal volumes of nitrogen, water and copper at 20 °C are heated to 50 °C.
(i) Which one of the three will have a much greater expansion than the other two?

..................................................................................................................................
(ii) Explain your answer in terms of the way the molecules are arranged in the three
substances.

..................................................................................................................................

or
..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

zo
[3]

(b) Fig. 64.1 shows a thermometer with a range of –10 °C to 50 °C.

an
M
–10 °C 50 °C

Fig. 64.1

Explain what is meant by


(i) the sensitivity of a thermometer,
hid

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................
as

(ii) the linearity of a thermometer.

..................................................................................................................................
R

..................................................................................................................................
[2]
ir
S

======= (Page 238 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


65 The apparatus shown in Fig. 65.1 is set up in a laboratory during a morning science lesson.

flask

air

or
clamp

zo
tube

an
water

M Fig. 65.1

Later in the day, the room temperature is higher than in the morning.
hid
(a) What change is observed in the apparatus?

.................................................................................................................................... [1]
as

(b) Explain why this change happens.

.................................................................................................................................... [1]
R

(c) Suggest one disadvantage of using this apparatus to measure temperature.

.................................................................................................................................... [1]
ir
S

======= (Page 239 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


66 Fig. 66.1 shows apparatus that could be used to measure the specific latent heat of ice.

60 W heater
power supply

melting ice at 0 °C

beaker

or
Fig. 66.1

zo
(a) Describe how you would use the apparatus. You may assume that ice at 0 °C and a
stopwatch are available. State all the readings that would be needed at each stage.

an
..........................................................................................................................................

M
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [4]

(b) In an experiment, 120 g of ice at 0 °C is to be melted. The specific latent heat of ice is
340 J/g. Assume that all the energy from the heater will be used to melt the ice.
hid

Calculate the expected time for which the 60 W heater is switched on.
as

expected time = …………………… [2]


R

(c) When the experiment is carried out, the ice melts in slightly less time than the expected
time.
(i) State one reason why this happens.

...................................................................................................................................
ir

.............................................................................................................................. [1]
S

(ii) Suggest one modification to the experiment that would reduce the difference
between the experimental time and the expected time.

...................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [1]

======= (Page 240 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


67 Fig. 67.1 shows a way of indicating the positions and direction of movement of some
molecules in a gas at one instant.

or
cylinder piston

Fig. 67.1

zo
(a) (i) Describe the movement of the molecules.
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

an
(ii) Explain how the molecules exert a pressure on the container walls.

M
...................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) When the gas in the cylinder is heated, it pushes the piston further out of the cylinder.

State what happens to


hid
(i) the average spacing of the molecules,

.............................................................................................................................. [1]
as

(ii) the average speed of the molecules.

.............................................................................................................................. [1]
R

(c) The gas shown in Fig. 5.1 is changed into a liquid and then into a solid by cooling.

Compare the gaseous and solid states in terms of

(i) the movement of the molecules,


ir

...................................................................................................................................
S

.............................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) the average separation of the molecules.

...................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [1]

======= (Page 241 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


68 (a) Fig. 68.1 shows a copper rod AB being heated at one end.

copper rod

B A

Bunsen
Fig. 68.1
burner

or
(i) Name the process by which heat moves from A to B.

zo
..................................................................................................................................

(ii) By reference to the behaviour of the particles of copper along AB, state how this

an
process happens.

..................................................................................................................................

M
..................................................................................................................................

(b) Give an account of an experiment that is designed to show which of four surfaces will
absorb most heat radiation.
[3]

The four surfaces are all the same metal, but one is a polished black surface, one is a
hid
polished silver surface, one is a dull black surface and the fourth one is painted white.
Give your answer under the headings below.

labelled diagram of the apparatus


as
R

readings to be taken
ir
S

one precaution to try to achieve a fair comparison between the various surfaces

..........................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................[3]

======= (Page 242 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


69 The apparatus in Fig. 69.1 is used to investigate temperature rise when some water is heated.
+

lagging heater

beaker

or
water Fig. 69.1

zo
(a) Name the instrument used to measure the temperature of the water.

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

an
(b) State the purpose of the lagging.

M
..........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) Describe how the mass of the water may be determined, stating the apparatus you
would use.

..........................................................................................................................................
hid

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
as

..........................................................................................................................................
R

..........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [4]

(d) The heater is switched on and eventually the water starts to boil.
ir

State two things that may be observed about the water when it is boiling.
S

1. ......................................................................................................................................

2. ......................................................................................................................................
[2]

[Total: 8]

======= (Page 243 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


70 One side of a copper sheet is highly polished and the other side is painted matt black.
The copper sheet is very hot and placed in a vertical position, as shown as in Fig. 70.1.
copper sheet
Fig. 70.1 matt black side polished side

or
A student places her hands at equal

distances from the sheet, as shown in

zo
left hand right hand
Fig. 70.1.

an
(a) Explain

M
(i) why her hands are not heated by convection,

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) why her hands are not heated by conduction.


hid
..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................. [1]
as

(b) State and explain which hand gets hotter.

..........................................................................................................................................
R

..........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) It is suggested that one side of the copper sheet cools to a lower temperature than the
ir

other side. Explain why this does not happen.


..........................................................................................................................................
S

..........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 244 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


71 Fig. 71.1 shows a small, closed, transparent chamber containing smoke.
microscope
smoke in chamber

closed
transparent bright light
chamber

or
Fig. 71.1

zo
The chamber is brightly lit and observed through a microscope. The smoke particles are
seen as very small, bright dots.

an
(a) Describe the movement of the dots.

..........................................................................................................................................

M
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]
hid
(b) Explain, in terms of molecules, how this movement is caused.

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
as

..........................................................................................................................................
R

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) Describe what is seen as the smoke particles move towards and away from the observer.

..........................................................................................................................................
ir

..........................................................................................................................................
S

..........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 5]

======= (Page 245 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


72 Fig. 72.1 shows two identical metal cans, open at the top, used in an experiment on thermal
energy. The outside of can A is polished and the outside of can B is painted black.

polished black
surface surface

or
can A can B

zo
Fig. 72.1

(a) The cans are heated to the same temperature. Predict and explain the relative rates of

an
loss of thermal energy by infra-red radiation from the two cans.

..........................................................................................................................................

M
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]
hid
(b) (i) A student is provided with the two cans, a supply of hot water and two thermometers.

Describe the experiment he should carry out to test your answer to (a).

..................................................................................................................................
as

..................................................................................................................................
R

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................
ir

..................................................................................................................................
S

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [4]

======= (Page 246 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) Another student is given the same equipment but finds two polystyrene tiles.
Fig. 72.2 shows the tiles alongside the cans.

polished black
surface surface

or
polystyrene can A can B
tiles

zo
Fig. 72.2

an
State how she could use the tiles to improve the experiment, and explain why this
is effective.

M
..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [2]
hid

source of infra-red radiation.

State and explain which can of water heats up more quickly.


as

..........................................................................................................................................
R

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]
ir

[Total: 10]
S

======= (Page 247 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


73 (a) Thermal energy is supplied to a certain substance at a constant rate. The temperature of the
substance varies with time as shown in Fig. 72.1.

D
temperature

B C

or
A

zo
an
time
Fig. 73.1
At the temperature indicated by point A on Fig. 73.1, the substance is in the solid
state. State what is happening to the substance
(i) in the region AB,
M
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
hid

(ii) in the region BC,

...........................................................................................................................................
as

...........................................................................................................................................
R

(iii) in the region CD.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
ir

(b) Suggest why ice at 0 °C is more effective for cooling a drink than the same mass of water at
0 °C.
S

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

======= (Page 248 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) Steam is pumped into cold water in a container.

(i) State and explain what happens to the temperature of the water in the container.

statement ..........................................................................................................................

explanation ........................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

or
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]

zo
(ii) State and explain what happens to the mass of water in the container.

an
statement ..........................................................................................................................

explanation ........................................................................................................................

M
...........................................................................................................................................

[Total: 9]
[2]
hid
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 249 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


74 Some water forms a shallow puddle on a metal surface in a laboratory, as shown in Fig. 73.1

puddle of water

metal surface

or
zo
Fig. 74.1

Later in the day, it is noticed that the puddle has disappeared and the metal surface is dry.

an
(a) Which process has caused the disappearance of the puddle? Tick one box.

boiling

condensation M
evaporation
hid
freezing
[1]

(b) In terms of molecules, describe how this process occurs.


as

...................................................................................................................................................
R

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

(c) When this process occurs, it causes cooling.


ir

In terms of molecules, explain why this cooling occurs.


S

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

[Total: 5]

======= (Page 250 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


75 (a) A laboratory liquid-in-glass thermometer has a range from –10 °C to 110 °C.

Describe what you would do to check the accuracy of

(i) the 0 °C mark on the thermometer,

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

or
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

(ii) the 100 °C mark on the thermometer.

zo
...........................................................................................................................................

an
...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

M
(b) The temperature of some water is reduced to –10 °C.

In which state is the water at this temperature? ....................................................................[1]

(c) The measurement of temperature can be carried out using any physical property that changes
with temperature. Two examples are given below.
hid
the volume of a liquid
the resistance of a wire
as

Add two more examples. You may re-use words from the examples if you wish, but you do not
have to do so.
R

1. the of

2. the of
[2]
ir

[Total: 6]
S

======= (Page 251 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


76 (a) There are three states of matter.

Draw three lines, each line connecting a state of matter to the diagram representing the
arrangement of the particles in that state of matter.

state of matter diagram

solid

or
zo
an
liquid

gas
M [1]
(b) Fig. 76.1 shows a perfume bottle.
hid

plastic
stopper
as

air and
vapour
R

perfume

perfume Fig. 75.1


bottle
ir

(i) A student pours a small amount of perfume onto her arm. She notices that her arm feels
S

cold as the perfume evaporates. Explain why the evaporating perfume produces a
cooling effect on her arm.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

======= (Page 252 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) When the perfume bottle is left by a window on a hot day, the stopper pops out of the
bottle. Suggest why the stopper pops out of the bottle.
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [3]

or
[Total: 6]
77 Fig. 77.1 shows a simple liquid-in-glass (alcohol) thermometer made by a

zo
technician in a laboratory.
Fig. 77.1

an
The thermometer is to be used to measure temperatures in the range −10 °C to
110 °C. There is no scale on the thermometer.

(a) The scale is added using fixed points.


M
State the temperature of each of the fixed points used.

upper fixed point = .................................................. °C


hid
lower fixed point = .................................................. °C
[2]

(b) Describe how the thermometer is cooled to its lower fixed point.
as

...................................................................................................................................................
R

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
ir

(c) Identify the physical property used by a liquid-in-glass thermometer to measure temperature.
Tick one box.
S

colour pressure

expansion resistance
[1]

[Total: 5]

======= (Page 253 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


78 Fig. 78.1 shows some of the apparatus that a student uses to determine the specific heat capacity
of aluminium.

connections to electric circuit


electric heater

insulating lid

thermometer

or
aluminium block

insulating container

zo
Fig. 78.1

an
(a) State the measurements the student needs to make, including those from the electric circuit.
For each quantity measured, state a symbol.

M
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
hid
...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]
as

(b) Use your symbols from (a) to complete the formula used to determine the specific heat
capacity c.
R

specific heat capacity c = ...................................................................................[2]


ir

(c) Another student performs the experiment without using insulation. He obtains a higher value
S

for c. Explain why this student’s measurements lead to this higher value.

...................................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................................. [1]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 254 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


79 (a) In the box below, sketch a diagram to represent the molecular structure of a liquid. Show the
molecules as small circles of equal size.

[2]

or
(b) A teacher in a school laboratory pours liquid ethanol from a bottle into a glass dish. The
glass dish rests on an electronic balance. Although the temperature of the laboratory is below
the boiling point of ethanol, the mass of ethanol in the dish quickly decreases as ethanol

zo
evaporates.

(i) State the effect of this evaporation on the temperature of the remaining ethanol.

an
...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii)

M
Explain, in terms of the ethanol molecules, why this is happening.

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) The specific latent heat of vaporisation of ethanol is 850 J / g.


hid
Calculate the thermal energy required to evaporate 3.4 g of ethanol.
as
R

thermal energy = ............................................... [2]

(iv) Suggest two ways in which the rate of evaporation of ethanol from the dish can be
reduced.
ir

1. .......................................................................................................................................

2. .......................................................................................................................................
S

[2]

[Total: 8]

======= (Page 255 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


80 (a) Fig. 80.1 shows a syringe containing 100 cm3 of air at atmospheric pressure. Atmospheric
pressure is 1.0 × 105 Pa.

piston

Fig. 80.1

or
The open end of the syringe is sealed and the piston is pushed inwards until the air occupies
a volume of 40 cm3. The temperature of the air remains constant.

zo
Calculate the new pressure of the air in the syringe.

an
(b) M
air pressure = ........................................................ [2]
A syringe is used to transfer smokey air from above a flame to a small glass container.
Extremely small solid smoke particles are suspended in the air in the container.
The container is brightly illuminated from the side and viewed through a microscope.
(i) The movement of the suspended smoke particles is called Brownian motion.
hid
Describe this Brownian motion.
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
as

.......................................................................................................................................[2]
R

(ii) Explain what causes the motion of the smoke particles.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
ir

.......................................................................................................................................[2]
S

(c) In the space below, sketch a diagram to represent the molecular structure of a solid. Show the
molecules as small circles of equal sizes.

[2]

[Total: 8]

======= (Page 256 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


81 A bimetallic strip is made from two metals, brass and invar, stuck together. A student clamps the
bimetallic strip, as shown in Fig. 81.1, and heats the end.

clamp invar

or
brass
clamp stand
heat

zo
an
Fig. 81.1

When the bimetallic strip is heated, the brass expands more than the invar. The bimetallic strip
bends.

M
(a) On Fig. 81.1, sketch the position of the strip after it has been heated.

(b) (i) Suggest how the bimetallic strip may be used to measure temperature. Include the idea
of fixed points.
[1]
hid
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
as

...........................................................................................................................................
R

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [3]

(ii) Suggest one reason why, in practice, a thermometer using this bimetallic strip would be
difficult to use.
ir

...........................................................................................................................................
S

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 5]

======= (Page 257 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


82 Fig. 82.1 shows a piece of apparatus used to show the transfer of thermal energy in liquids.

crystals coloured water

glass water
tube

or
zo
an
heat

M
Fig. 82.1
The glass tube is filled with cold water. Crystals that dissolve slowly are inserted into the bottom of
the tube. The water around the crystals becomes coloured.

When the glass tube is heated as shown in Fig. 82.1, the coloured water moves.

(a) (i) On Fig. 82.1, draw arrows indicating the direction of movement of the water in each section
hid

of the tube. [1]

(ii) State the name of this method of thermal energy transfer in the water.
as

...................................................................................................................................... [1]
R

(b) Explain why the water moves in this way.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
ir

...................................................................................................................................................
S

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [4]

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 258 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


83 (a) An object of mass m and specific heat capacity c is supplied with a quantity of thermal
energy Q. The temperature of the object increases by ∆θ .
Write down an expression for c in terms of Q, m and ∆θ .

c = ............................................................[1]

or
(b) Fig. 4.1 shows the heating system of a hot water shower.

zo
power supply

an
M
cold water in hot water out

heating element
Fig. 83.1

Cold water at 15 °C flows in at the rate of 0.0036 m3 / minute. Hot water flows out at the same rate.
(i) Calculate the mass of water that passes the heating element in one minute. The density
hid
of water is 1000 kg / m3.
as
R

mass = ...........................................................[2]

(ii) The power of the heating element is 8.5 kW.


Calculate the temperature of the hot water that flows out. The specific heat capacity of
water is 4200 J /(kg °C).
ir
S

temperature = ...........................................................[4]
[Total: 7]

======= (Page 259 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


84 (a) Smoke particles are introduced into a glass box containing air. Light shines into the box so
that, when observed through a microscope, the smoke particles can be seen as bright points
of light. Describe the motion of the smoke particles and account for this motion in terms
of the air molecules.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

or
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

zo
...................................................................................................................................................

an
...............................................................................................................................................[4]

(b) Fig. 84.1 shows a quantity of gas in a cylinder sealed by a piston that is free to move.

cylinder
M
gas
Fig. 84.1
piston
hid

(i) The temperature of the gas is increased. State what happens, if anything,

1. to the piston,
as

...........................................................................................................................................
R

2. to the pressure of the gas.

...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
(ii) The piston is now fixed in place and the temperature of the gas is increased further.
ir

Explain, in terms of the behaviour of molecules, what happens to the pressure of the gas.
S

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 8]

======= (Page 260 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


85 (a) X and Y are liquid-in-glass thermometers. The scale of each thermometer starts at 0 °C.

X has a large range, good linearity and high sensitivity.


Y has a small range, poor linearity and low sensitivity.

Explain what is meant by

(i) the difference in their ranges,

...........................................................................................................................................

or
...........................................................................................................................................

zo
(ii) the difference in their linearities,

...........................................................................................................................................

an
...........................................................................................................................................

(iii) the difference in their sensitivities.

M
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
[3]
hid
(b) A thermocouple is used to measure the temperature of a small volume of liquid.

(i) Draw and label a sketch of the arrangement.


as
R

[3]

(ii) The temperature of the liquid is changing rapidly.


ir

Explain why the thermocouple is able to respond quickly to this rapid change.

...........................................................................................................................................
S

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]
[Total: 8]

======= (Page 261 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


86 (a) In the space below, draw a simple labelled diagram of the apparatus used to demonstrate
Brownian motion.

or
zo
an
[2]

(b) State what is observed.

M
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]
hid
(c) Explain what is observed in terms of molecules.

...................................................................................................................................................
as

...................................................................................................................................................
R

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

[Total: 6]
ir
S

======= (Page 262 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


87 (a) State two examples of physical properties that vary with temperature and that may be used
for the measurement of temperature.

1. ...............................................................................................................................................

2. ...............................................................................................................................................
[2]

(b) When first manufactured, a liquid-in-glass thermometer has no scale markings.

or
(i) Describe the procedure needed to determine

zo
1. the position on the thermometer of the lower fixed point,

....................................................................................................................................

an
....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

2.
M
the position on the thermometer of the upper fixed point.

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................
hid
....................................................................................................................................
[3]

(ii) Explain why


as

1. the graduations marked on the thermometer between the fixed points are spaced
equally,
R

....................................................................................................................................

................................................................................................................................[1]

2. the expansion of the glass of the thermometer is ignored.


ir

....................................................................................................................................
S

................................................................................................................................[1]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 263 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


88 Fig. 88.1 shows a liquid-in-glass thermometer.

capillary tube

–10 0 1
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80

liquid
Fig. 88.1

or
zo
(a) The thermometer is used for measuring temperatures in school laboratory experiments.

State the units in which the temperatures are measured. .......................................... [1]

an
(b) On Fig. 881, mark where the liquid thread will reach when the thermometer is placed in

(i)

(ii)
M
pure melting ice (label this point ICE),

steam above boiling water (label this point STEAM).

(c) A liquid-in-glass thermometer makes use of the expansion of a liquid to measure


temperature. Other thermometers make use of other properties that vary with
[1]

[1]

temperature.
hid
In the table below, write in two properties, other than expansion of a liquid, that can be
used to measure temperature.
as

example expansion OF a liquid


1. OF
R

2. OF

[2]

[Total: 5]
ir
S

======= (Page 264 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


89 Fig. 89.1 shows a sealed steel cylinder filled with high pressure steam.

steam

Fig. 89.1
Fig. 4.2 shows the same cylinder much later when all the steam has condensed.

or
water
Fig. 89.2

zo
(a) (i) Describe the movement of the molecules in the high pressure steam.

an
..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

(ii) M
............................................................................................................................ [2]

Explain how the molecules in the steam exert a high pressure on the inside walls of
the cylinder.

..................................................................................................................................
hid
..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................ [2]
as

(b) Describe, in terms of particles, the process by which heat is transferred through the
cylinder wall.
R

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [2]
ir

(c) When all the steam has condensed, 75 g of water is in the cylinder.
S

Under these high pressure conditions, the specific latent heat of vaporisation of steam
is 3200 J / g. Calculate the heat lost by the steam as it condenses.

heat = ................................................ [2]

[Total: 8]

======= (Page 265 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


90 The whole of a sealed, empty, dusty room is kept at a constant temperature of 15 °C. Light
shines into the room through a small outside window.

An observer points a TV camera with a magnifying lens into the room through a second
small window, set in an inside wall at right angles to the outside wall.

Dust particles in the room show up on the TV monitor screen as tiny specks of light.

(a) In the space below draw a diagram to show the motion of one of the specks of light over
a short period of time.

or
zo
an
[1]

(b) After a period of one hour the specks are still observed, showing that the dust particles

M
have not fallen to the floor. Explain why the dust particles have not fallen to the
floor. You may draw a labelled diagram to help your explanation.
hid

..........................................................................................................................................
as

..........................................................................................................................................
R

..........................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) On another day, the temperature of the room is only 5 °C. All other conditions are the
same and the specks of light are again observed.
ir

Suggest any differences that you would expect in the movement of the specks when the
temperature is 5 °C, compared to before.
S

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 4]

======= (Page 266 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


91 Fig. 91.1 shows apparatus that could be used to determine the specific latent heat of fusion of
ice.

finely crushed ice

40 W electric heater glass funnel

or
zo
stand with clamps to hold
funnel and heater

Fig. 91.1

an
(a) In order to obtain as accurate a result as possible, state why it is necessary to

readings,
M
(i) wait until water is dripping into the beaker at a constant rate before taking

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) use finely crushed ice rather than large pieces.


hid
..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................ [1]
as

(b) The power of the heater and the time for which water is collected are known. Write down
all the other readings that are needed to obtain a value for the specific latent heat of
fusion of ice.
R

..........................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [2]
(c) Using a 40 W heater, 16.3 g of ice is melted in 2.0 minutes. The heater is then switched
ir

off. In a further 2.0 minutes, 2.1 g of ice is melted. Calculate the value of the specific
latent heat of fusion of ice from these results.
S

specific latent heat of fusion of ice = ................................................ [4]

[Total: 8]

======= (Page 267 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


92 (a) Fig. 92.1 shows the cooling curve for a pure substance. The substance is liquid at A.
temperature
(i) Describe what is happening to the substance between
A
1. A and B, ...............................................................................

2. B and C, ................................................................................
C
B
3. C and D. .................................................................................

D [3]

or
Fig. 92.1 time

zo
(ii) During which of the sections of the graph is energy being lost from the substance to
the surroundings? Put a tick in any of the boxes to indicate where this is happening.

an
between A and B

between B and C

between C and D
M [2]
(iii) What is the state of the substance at D?
hid
................................................. [1]

(b) When the temperature reaches that at D, the substance is then heated steadily until it
temperature
as

again reaches the temperature it had at A. Fig. 92.2


On the axes of Fig. 92.2, sketch a graph of
temperature against time for the heating of
R

the substance. [2]


ir

[Total: 8]
S

time

======= (Page 268 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


93 A bicycle pump has its outlet sealed with a tight rubber bung, as shown in Fig. 6.1.

handle

bung B A
air piston
Fig. 93.1

or
(a) The temperature of the air in the pump is kept constant. The handle of the pump is
pushed in so that the piston moves from A to B. Tick the correct box in each row of the
table below to show how each quantity varies as the piston is moved.

zo
an
greater with greater with same with
piston at A piston at B piston at A or B

the average speed of the air molecules

the frequency with which the air


molecules hit the walls and the piston

the pressure of the air in the pump


M
hid
[3]

(b) When the handle is pushed in even further, the rubber bung pops out of the hole.

Which two forces are equal just before the bung pops out? Tick two boxes.
as

friction force between bung and hole


R

resultant due to forces of air on each side of piston

resultant due to forces of air on each side of bung


ir

gravitational force on bung


S

force of air on walls


[2]

[Total: 5]

======= (Page 269 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


94 Three wires and a meter are used to construct a thermocouple for measuring the
surface temperature of a pipe carrying hot liquid, as shown in Fig. 94.1.

meter

wire 1 wire 2

cold junction

or
wire 3
hot junction

zo
hot liquid in pipe

an
Fig. 94.1

(a) Copper wire and constantan wire are used in the construction of the thermocouple.

State which metal might be used for


M wire 1 ......................................................

wire 2 ......................................................
hid
wire 3 ......................................................
[1]

(b) State what type of meter is used.


as

.................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) State one particular advantage of thermocouples for measuring temperature.


R

.................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 3]
ir
S

======= (Page 270 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


95 Fig. 95.1 shows two experiments to investigate energy transfer in water.

water water
ice

gentle heating
Fig. 95.1

or
ice trapped by small piece of
wire gauze

zo
gentle heating
Experiment 2
Cold water is gently heated at the top. The ice

an
Experiment 1
Cold water is gently heated at the bottom. The trapped at the bottom remains solid, even
ice at the top melts before the water boils. when the water at the top begins to boil.

(b) (i)
M
(a) Name the process by which thermal (heat) energy travels through the glass.

............................................................................................................................................. [1]

Name the principal process in Experiment 1 which takes the energy from the water at the
bottom to the ice at the top.
hid
..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Describe how the process in (b)(i) occurs.


as

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
R

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) Suggest two reasons why the ice in Experiment 2 does not melt, even when the water at the
ir

top begins to boil.


S

1. ...............................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

2. ...............................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................. [2]

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 271 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


96 (a) The list below contains terms that are used when dealing with heat and temperature.

boiling point, melting point, internal energy, thermal capacity

(i) Which one of these quantities will increase when an object is heated?

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Which one of these determines the temperature rise when an object is given a quantity
of energy, without changing state?

or
..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) Some liquid is heated until its temperature stops rising.

zo
Which one of these quantities describes the temperature at which this happens?

an
..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Fig. 96.1 shows an apparatus containing a brass rod. The brass rod is inside a tube, called a

steam
in
M
steam jacket, through which steam may be passed. The rod is fixed at the right-hand end,
but free to move at the left-hand end. The dial micrometer indicates any movement of the left
hand end.
thermometer
steam
out
hid
dial steam brass
micrometer jacket rod rigid frame
as

fixed end

Fig. 96.1
R

Steam is now passed through the steam jacket. In the boxes below, write down what will
happen to the readings on the thermometer and the dial micrometer, and why.

what will happen why


ir

reading on
thermometer
S

reading on dial
micrometer
[4]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 272 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


97 A student in a laboratory uses the apparatus shown in Fig. 97.1 to determine the specific
heat capacity of aluminium.
to low voltage
supply The readings obtained in the
and measuring experiment are given below.
thermometer instruments

mass of aluminium block = 0.930 kg


electrical heater
initial temperature of block = 13.1 °C
final temperature of block = 41.3 °C
aluminium block

or
electrical energy supplied = 23 800 J

(a) Define specific heat capacity.

zo
Fig. 97.1
................................................................................................

............................................................................................... [2]

an
(b) Use the readings above to calculate the specific heat capacity of aluminium. State the
equation you use.

M
specific heat capacity = ......................................................... [3]

(c) Because the student knows it is good scientific practice to repeat readings, after a short time
he carries out the experiment again, supplying the same quantity of electrical energy. This time
the temperature readings are:
initial temperature of block = 41.0 °C final temperature of block = 62.1 °C
hid
(i) Use these figures to calculate a second value for the specific heat capacity of
aluminium.

specific heat capacity = ......................................................... [1]


as

(ii) The student did not make any mistakes when taking the readings.
Suggest why the second value for the specific heat capacity of the aluminium is greater
R

than the first.


...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) Suggest two ways of improving the experiment in order to give as accurate a result as
ir

possible.
S

1. ...............................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

2. ...............................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

[Total: 10]

======= (Page 273 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


98 A solar panel is mounted on the roof of a house. Fig. 4.1 shows a section through part of the solar
panel.
sunlight

trapped
air copper pipe,
painted black
water
glass sheet

or
insulating metal backing sheet,
material painted black

Fig. 98.1

zo
A pump makes water circulate through the copper pipes. The water is heated by passing through
the solar panel.

an
(a) Suggest why
(i) the pipes are made of copper,

(ii)
M
...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

the pipes and the metal backing sheet are painted black,

...........................................................................................................................................
hid

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iii) an insulating material is attached to the metal backing sheet,


as

...........................................................................................................................................
R

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(iv) the presence of the glass sheet increases the energy collected by the water.

...........................................................................................................................................
ir

..................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) During one day, 250 kg of water is pumped through the solar panel. The temperature of this
S

water rises from 16 °C to 38 °C. The water absorbs 25% of the energy falling on the solar panel,
and the specific heat capacity of water is 4200 J / (kg °C).
Calculate the energy falling on the solar panel during that day.

energy = ......................................................... [4]

[Total: 8]

======= (Page 274 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


99 (a) Fig. 99.1 represents the path taken in air by a smoke particle, as seen in a Brownian motion
experiment. The smoke particles can be seen through a microscope, but the air molecules
cannot.

(i) State what causes the smoke particles to move like this.

..............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................. [1]

or
(ii) What conclusions about air molecules can be drawn from this
Fig. 99.1 observation of the smoke particles?

zo
...........................................................................................................................................

an
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

M
..................................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) A can, containing only air, has its lid tightly screwed on and is left in strong sunlight.
hid
as

Fig. 99.2
R

(i) State what happens to the pressure of the air in the can when it gets hot.
................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) In terms of molecules, explain your answer to (b)(i).

...........................................................................................................................................
ir

...........................................................................................................................................
S

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [3]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 275 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


100 (a) (i) Name the process by which thermal energy is transferred through a metal rod.

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) Describe how this process occurs.


...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

or
(b) An iron rod and a copper rod of equal length are each held by hand at one end, with the other
end in the flame from a Bunsen burner, as shown in Fig. 100.1.

zo
iron rod copper rod

an
Fig. 100.1
M
The copper rod becomes too hot to hold much sooner than the iron rod. What does this
information tell you about iron and copper?

............................................................................................................................................. [1]
hid

(c) Gas has to be above a certain temperature before it burns.


Fig. 100.2 shows two similar wire gauzes, one made of iron wire and one made of copper
wire. Each is held over a Bunsen burner. When the gas supply is turned on and ignited below
as

the gauze, the effect is as shown in Fig. 100.2.


R

iron gauze copper gauze

observation: flame appears both above observation: flame only appears


and below the gauze below the gauze
ir

Fig. 100.2
S

How can these observations be explained?

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................. [4]
[Total: 8]

======= (Page 276 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


101 (a) Define specific heat capacity.

...................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(b) Solar energy is striking the steel deck of a ship.

(i) Describe how the colour of the deck affects the absorption of the solar energy.

or
...........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

zo
(ii) The solar energy strikes the deck at the rate of 1400 W on every square metre. The steel
plate of the deck is 0.010 m thick.

an
Steel has a density of 7800 kg / m3 and a specific heat capacity of 450 J / (kg °C). 13% of
the solar energy striking the deck is absorbed and the rest is reflected. Using these
figures, calculate

M
1. how many joules of solar energy are absorbed by 1.0 m2 of the deck in 1.0 s,
hid

number of joules = ......................................................... [1]

2. the mass of 1.0 m2 of deck,


as
R

mass = ......................................................... [2]

3. the rate of rise in temperature of the deck, stating the equation you use.
ir
S

rate of rise = ................................................. °C / s [3]

[Total: 9]

======= (Page 277 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


102 In Fig. 102.1, the smoke cell consists of an illuminated glass box into which some smoke has
been injected.

microscope

or
Fig. 102.1

zo
smoke
cell light

an
(a) Describe briefly what is seen when the contents of the smoke cell are viewed through the
focused microscope.

M
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
hid
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

(b) State the name we normally give to what is seen.

...............................................................................................................................................[1]
as

(c) What deductions about the properties and behaviour of air molecules can be made from
R

these observations?

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
ir

...............................................................................................................................................[3]
S

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 278 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


103 (a) State what is meant by the term melting point.

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

(b) Some ice has all reached its melting point, and it begins to melt. What happens to the
temperature of the ice as it melts?

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

or
(c) A certain substance has a melting point of –10 °C (minus 10 °C). A small amount of this
substance is cooled from 50 °C to –18 °C in a very cold freezer unit.

zo
On Fig. 103.1, sketch a possible graph that shows how the temperature of the substance
varies with time during the cooling process.

an
60

temperature / °C

40

20
M
hid

0
time
as

–20
R

–40
ir
S

–60

Fig. 103.1 [4]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 279 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


104 The circuit in Fig. 104.1 is connected, and the ammeter reading is noted as the water is heated.

It is found that the ammeter reading increases as


A the temperature rises.

(a) (i) State what happens to the resistance of


component X as the temperature rises.

or
insulated .................................................................................. [1]
connecting
wires
(ii) Suggest what component X might be.

zo
X
.................................................................................... [1]

an
(b) This circuit is to be used as a thermometer.
Fig. 104.1
(i) What must be done to calibrate it

M
heat

1. at 0°C,

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]
hid
2. at 100 °C?

...........................................................................................................................................
as

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [3]
R

(ii) The resistance of X does not vary linearly with temperature between 0 °C and 100 °C.

How will this affect the use of this circuit as a thermometer?

...........................................................................................................................................
ir

...........................................................................................................................................
S

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

[Total: 9]

======= (Page 280 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


105 Matter exists in three states: solid, liquid and gas.

Steam is coming out of a kettle of boiling water. When the steam strikes a cold jug, it makes the
jug wet.

(a) In which of the three states is

(i) the boiling water, ...............................................................................................................

(ii) the steam, .........................................................................................................................

or
(iii) the water on the jug? .....................................................................................................[3]

zo
(b) All of the following words are names of things that could happen during a change of state.

boiling, condensation, evaporation, melting, solidification

an
State which of these is used to describe what happens to the steam to make the jug wet.

M
...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(c) When the steam hits the jug, what happens to the energy stored in the steam?

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

[Total: 5]
hid
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 281 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


106 (a) Equal volumes of a gas held at constant pressure, a liquid and a solid undergo the same
temperature rise.

(i) State which of the three, solid, liquid or gas,

1. expands the most, ..............................

2. expands the least. ..............................

(ii) Explain why the pressure of the gas must be kept constant for this comparison.

or
...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

zo
(b) Fig. 106.1 shows an alcohol thermometer.

an
–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 °C
Fig.106.1

(i)
M
State two properties of alcohol which make it suitable for use in a thermometer.

1. ........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

2. ........................................................................................................................................
hid

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

(ii) State two changes to the design of this thermometer which would make it more
as

sensitive.

1. ........................................................................................................................................
R

...........................................................................................................................................

2. ........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]
ir

(c) Explain why it is an advantage for the glass surrounding the alcohol in the bulb of the
S

thermometer to be very thin.

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 282 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


107 Heat is transferred by conduction, convection and radiation.

(a) (i) State which of the three methods is responsible for the transfer of heat from the
Sun to the Earth.

...................................................................................................................................

(ii) Explain why the other two methods cannot be involved in this transfer.

...................................................................................................................................

or
...................................................................................................................................

zo
...................................................................................................................................
[2]

an
(b) A hand feels hot when placed above a lighted match, as shown in Fig. 107.1.
Explain in detail how convection causes this to happen.

................................................................................................

M
................................................................................................

................................................................................................

................................................................................................
hid
................................................................................................ Fig. 107.1 [2]

(c) Fig. 107.2 shows a layer of fibreglass placed between the ceiling of a room and the roof of
a house.
as

roof
R

ceiling
fibreglass

Fig. 107.2
ir

Explain how the layer of fibreglass helps to keep the room warm when it is cold outside.
S

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................[2]

======= (Page 283 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


108 Thermal expansion can be a problem.

or
zo
gap in

an
bridge
Fig. 108.1

(a) Explain in detail why the gaps are needed. M


Small gaps are left in railway lines and in bridges, as shown in Fig. 108.1.

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
hid

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
as

......................................................................................................................................[3]
R

(b) State one other problem caused by thermal expansion and explain how it can be solved.

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
ir

......................................................................................................................................[1]
S

======= (Page 284 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


109 A student investigates the evaporation of water. He pours 100 cm3 of water into measuring
cylinder A and 100 cm3 of water into measuring cylinder B. Measuring cylinder A is
kept at 40 °C and B is kept at 80 °C in the same part of the laboratory. Fig. 109.1 shows
the two measuring cylinders after 3 days.

cm3 cm3
100 100
90 90
80 80

A 70 70
B

or
60 60
kept at kept at
50 50
40°C 40 40
80°C

zo
30 30

20 20
10 10

Fig. 109.1

an
(a) (i) Using ideas about molecules, explain why more water evaporates when the water
is kept at 80 °C.

M
..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................
hid

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................ [2]
as

(ii) Apart from an increase in temperature, state one change that causes water to
evaporate faster.
R

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................ [1]

(b) The specific latent heat of vaporisation of water is 2300 J / g and the density of water is
ir

1.0 g / cm3. During the three days, the water level in B drops from the 100 cm3 mark to
the level shown in Fig. 2.1. Calculate the energy used to evaporate water from B during
S

the three days.

energy = ................................................ [2]

======= (Page 285 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


110 Fig. 110.1 shows a thermometer.

°C -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110

Fig. 110.1

(a) Explain how to calibrate a thermometer.

..........................................................................................................................................

or
..........................................................................................................................................

zo
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

an
..........................................................................................................................................

(b) (i)
M
.................................................................................................................................... [3]

State the range of the thermometer in Fig. 110.1.

............................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) State how you know that the scale of the thermometer in Fig. 110.1 is linear.
hid
..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................
as

............................................................................................................................ [1]

(c) Fig. 110.2 shows a thermometer which is more sensitive than the thermometer in Fig. 110.1.
R

Only 0 °C is marked on this new thermometer.

On Fig. 110.2, draw the temperature markings for 10 °C and 20 °C. [1]

°C 0
ir
S

Fig. 110.2

======= (Page 286 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


111 During a marathon race, the runner shown in Fig. 3.1 is very hot.

Fig. 111.1
At the end of the race, evaporation and convection cool the
runner.

(a) (i) Explain how evaporation helps the runner to


lose energy. Use ideas about

molecules in your answer.

or
..................................................................................................................................

zo
..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

an
............................................................................................................................. [2]

(ii)

M
Explain why hot air rises around the runner at the end of the race.

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................
hid
............................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) At the end of the race, the runner is given a shiny foil blanket, as shown
in Fig. 111.2. Wearing the blanket stops the runner from cooling too quickly.
as

Explain how the shiny foil blanket helps to reduce energy losses. Use ideas about
R

conduction, convection and radiation in your answer.

..........................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................. Fig. 111.2


ir

..........................................................................................................................................
S

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [3]

======= (Page 287 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


112 Liquid air contains a mixture of oxygen and nitrogen.
The boiling point of nitrogen is –196 °C and the boiling point of oxygen is –183 °C. A
sample of liquid air in a beaker is allowed to warm up slowly.
Fig. 112.1 shows how the reading of a thermometer in the beaker varies with time t.

-18
temperature

or
/ C

-19

zo
an
-20

M 1 2 3

Fig. 112.1

(a) Describe the two changes of state that occur and state when they occur.
4
t / min

..........................................................................................................................................
hid

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
as

..................................................................................................................................... [3]
R

(b) The liquid air contains 200 g of liquid oxygen and 800 g of liquid nitrogen.
The specific heat capacity of liquid oxygen is 1.7 J / (g °C) and the specific heat capacity
of liquid nitrogen is 2.0 J / (g °C).
Calculate the thermal energy needed to warm the liquid from –205 °C to −196 °C.
State the formula that you use in your calculation.
ir
S

energy = ................................................ [4]

======= (Page 288 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


113 Fig. 113.1 shows a metal pan containing water on a cooker. The hotplate heats the
water.
handle
water

or
X
metal pan
cooker

zo
hotplate

an
Fig. 113.1

(a) (i)

(ii)
M
State the method of heat transfer through the metal pan.

............................................................................................................................. [1]

Describe how the molecules transfer heat through the metal pan.

..................................................................................................................................
hid

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................. [1]
as

(b) (i) On Fig. 113.1, draw an arrow to show the direction of movement of the water at point X.
[1]
R

(ii) Explain why the water moves in this direction.

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................
ir

..................................................................................................................................
S

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................. [3]

======= (Page 289 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


114 Fig. 114.1 shows apparatus to measure the specific latent heat of fusion of water.
In this question, you may ignore heat transfer to the ice from the room.

electric heater

or
crushed ice at 0°C

funnel

zo
an
glass beaker

M
Fig. 114.1
The heater is switched on and water drips into the beaker at a constant rate.
In 2.0 minutes, 31 g of water drips into the beaker. The power of the heater is 85 W.
(a) Calculate the amount of electrical energy supplied to the heater in 2.0 minutes.
hid

energy = ………………………………… [2]


as

(b) Use your answer to (a) to calculate the specific latent heat of fusion of water.
R

specific latent heat = ………………………………… [2]


ir

(c) In another experiment using the same heater, ice colder than 0 °C is used.
State why less water drips into the beaker in 2.0 minutes.
S

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

======= (Page 290 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


115 Fig. 115.1 shows the arrangement of molecules in a solid and
in a liquid.

solid liquid

or
Fig. 115.1

zo
(a) State one difference between the two arrangements.

..........................................................................................................................................

an
..........................................................................................................................................

M
..................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) By writing about the forces between molecules and the motion of molecules, explain
why

(i) the molecules of a solid and of a liquid have different arrangements,

..................................................................................................................................
hid

............................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) the evaporation of a liquid cools the liquid,


as

..................................................................................................................................
R

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................. [2]
ir

(iii) the rate of evaporation is greater when a liquid is hotter.


S

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................. [2]

======= (Page 291 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


116 Fig. 116.1 shows a metal roof. One side is facing the Sun.

sunlight

or
metal roof

zo
Fig. 116.1

an
(a) State the means by which thermal energy (heat) is transferred from the Sun to the Earth
and explain why other means of thermal energy transfer are not involved.

M
..........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) Describe how thermal energy is transferred through the metal roof from the heated
surface.
hid
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
as

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) During the night, the metal roof loses 1.2 × 106 J of thermal energy and its temperature
R

falls by 20 °C. The specific heat capacity of the metal in the roof is 400 J / (kg °C).
Calculate the mass of metal in the roof.
ir
S

mass = ................................ [2]

======= (Page 292 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


117 Water at a temperature of 16 °C enters an ice-making machine and emerges as ice cubes at a
temperature of –5 °C. The melting point of ice is 0 °C.

(a) Calculate the total energy removed from 1.0 kg of water as it cools from 16 °C, changes into
ice, and then cools to –5 °C.

specific heat capacity of liquid water = 4.2 × 103 J / (kg °C)


specific latent heat of fusion of water = 3.4 × 105 J / kg
specific heat capacity of ice = 2.1 × 103 J / (kg °C)

or
zo
an
(b) Using ideas about molecules,

(i)
M
explain why energy is needed to change ice into water,
energy = .......................................................... [3]

...........................................................................................................................................
hid
...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [1]
as

(ii) suggest why less energy is needed to change ice into water than to change the same
mass of water into steam.
R

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [1]
ir
S

======= (Page 293 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


118 (a) Explain, using ideas about molecules,

(i) why a balloon filled with gas expands when heated,

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

or
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

(ii) why a balloon filled with water expands very little when heated.

zo
...........................................................................................................................................

an
.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(b)
b) ( A bubble of gas rises from the bottom of a lake to the surface. The pressure at the bottom
of the lake is 3.0 × 105 Pa and the pressure at the surface is 1.0 × 105 Pa. The volume of

M
the bubble at the bottom of the lake is 2.0 cm3.

Calculate the volume of the bubble at the surface.


hid
as

volume = .............................................................[2]
R

(ii) State one assumption that you have made in your calculation in (i).

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]
ir
S

======= (Page 294 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


119 A student slowly heats a sample of solid wax in a test-tube.
Fig. 4.1 shows how the temperature of the wax varies with time t.

60

55

temperature 50
°C

or
45

zo
40

35

an
0 2 4 6 8 10
t / min

Fig. 119.1

M
(a) State what is meant by the melting point of a substance.

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[1]
hid
(b) Thermal energy (heat) passes into the wax throughout the experiment.

(i) Describe what effect this energy has on the wax between t = 0 and t = 4 min.
as

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]
R

(ii) Describe and explain what effect this energy has on the wax between t = 4 min and
t = 8 min.

...........................................................................................................................................
ir

...........................................................................................................................................
S

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

(c) The wax expands as the temperature rises. It expands more between t = 8 min and 9 min
than between t = 0 and 1 min. Explain why.

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

======= (Page 295 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


120 Fig. 120.1 shows the plan of a bedroom and part of the main room of a house. Other rooms are not
shown.

main room 22 °C

outside of
house 32 °C
door

or
bedroom
18 °C

zo
window

an
Fig. 120.1
The temperatures of the main room, the bedroom and the outside of the house are shown on
Fig. 120.1.

thermal energy input to bedroom M


Fig. 120.2 shows all the thermal energy (heat) inputs to the bedroom in one hour.

through door and walls from main room 50 000 J

through walls from outside of house 2 000 000 J


hid
through window 1 000 000 J

from person sleeping in bedroom 250 000 J


as

Fig. 120.2

(a) Suggest why more thermal energy enters the bedroom from the outside of the house than
R

from the main room.

...............................................................................................................................................[1]
ir
S

======= (Page 296 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) An air conditioner keeps the temperature constant in the bedroom by removing thermal
energy.

(i) Calculate the total thermal energy that the air conditioner removes from the bedroom in
one hour.

or
zo
an
thermal energy = ................................................[1]

(ii) M
The electrical power input to the air conditioner is 300 W.
Calculate the electrical energy input into the air conditioner in 1 hour.
hid
as
R

energy = .............................................................[2]

(c) The air conditioner cools the air at the top of the room. This causes a convection current in
the room.

Explain how the cold air gives rise to the convection current.
ir

...................................................................................................................................................
S

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[3]

======= (Page 297 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


121 (a) Fig. 121.1 shows a laboratory thermometer.

°C -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110

liquid

Fig. 121.1

(i) State the range of the thermometer shown in Fig. 121.1.

or
.............................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) Describe how Fig. 121.1 shows that the thermometer has a linear scale.

zo
..................................................................................................................................

an
..................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [1]

(iii)
thermometer.
M
The manufacturer of the thermometer changes the design to make a more sensitive

Fig. 121.2 shows part of the scale on the original


thermometer. On Fig. 121.3, draw a more sensitive scale.
hid
part of the scale
on the original
10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 thermometer
as

Fig. 121.2
R

your scale showing


a more sensitive
thermometer

Fig. 121.3 [1]


ir

(b) State one other property, apart from volume or expansion, which can be used to
S

measure temperature.

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

======= (Page 298 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


122 (a) The average input power to a freezer is 80 W. The cost of 1 kW h is 25 cents.
(i) Explain what is meant by the kilowatt-hour (kW h).

..................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [2]

(ii) Calculate the cost of running the freezer for one week.

or
zo
an
cost = .................................................. [3]

(b) A large jug containing 1.5 kg of water is placed in the freezer.

(i)
capacity of water is 4.2 J / (g °C).
M
The water cools from 25 °C to 0 °C in a time of 60 minutes. The specific heat

Calculate the thermal energy (heat) removed from the water as it cools from 25 °C
to 0 °C.
hid
as

energy removed = .................................................. [3]


R

(ii) After the water has reached 0 °C, thermal energy is removed from the water at the
same rate as in (i).
The specific latent heat of fusion of water is 3.3 × 105 J / kg.
Calculate the mass of water at 0 °C that becomes ice in 60 minutes.
ir
S

mass = ................................................ [2]

======= (Page 299 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(iii) Describe the arrangement and the movement of the molecules

1. in liquid water,

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

or
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

zo
2. in ice.

..................................................................................................................................

an
..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

(iv) Ice at 0 °C becomes water at 0 °C.


M
.............................................................................................................................. [2]

State what, if anything, happens to the kinetic energy and the potential energy of
the molecules as this happens.
hid
kinetic energy: ..........................................................................................................

potential energy: .......................................................................................................


[1]
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 300 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


123 Fig. 123.1 shows a flask, partly full of a liquid and partly full of air. tube

Fig. 123.1

When the flask is heated, the pressure of the air X


inside the flask increases and the liquid rises up the
air
tube.
0.15 m
liquid

flask

or
Y

(a) Explain, using ideas about molecules, why heating the air inside the flask causes the

zo
pressure to increase.

..........................................................................................................................................

an
..........................................................................................................................................

100 °C.

(i)
M
..................................................................................................................................... [3]

(b) A teacher uses the flask as a thermometer. He marks the liquid level at 0 °C and at

Describe how the teacher obtains these temperatures.

..................................................................................................................................
hid

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................. [2]
as

(ii) State two ways in which the thermometer can be made more sensitive.
R

1. ...............................................................................................................................

2. ...............................................................................................................................
[2]
(iii) The thermometer has a non-linear scale.
ir

Explain what is meant by a non-linear scale on a thermometer.


S

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................. [2]

======= (Page 301 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) The inner cross-sectional area of the tube is 5.0 × 10–5 m2.
The density of liquid in the tube is 1200 kg / m3.
The distance between X and Y is 0.15 m.
The gravitational field strength g is 10 N / kg.

Calculate

(i) the mass of liquid in the tube,

or
zo
mass = .................................................. [2]

an
(ii) the weight of liquid in the tube,

M weight = .................................................. [1]

(iii) the pressure at the bottom of the tube caused by the liquid column between X
and Y.
hid
as
R

pressure = .................................................. [2]

(d) When the flask is completely full of liquid, the liquid moves up the tube a smaller distance
for the same temperature rise. State why.
ir

..........................................................................................................................................
S

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

======= (Page 302 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


124 Fig. 124.1 shows apparatus used when determining the specific heat capacity of aluminium.

power meter 1
supply

meter 2

or
zo
thermometer

an
electrical heater

M aluminium block
hid

Fig. 124.1
as

Meter 1 and meter 2 are electrical meters.


R

(a) State the quantities measured by meter 1 and by meter 2.

meter 1: .....................................................................................................................................

meter 2: .....................................................................................................................................
[1]
ir

(b) The following results are obtained in the experiment:


S

initial temperature of block = 18 °C


final temperature of block = 40 °C
mass of block = 0.85 kg
energy supplied to heater = 17 000 J

======= (Page 303 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Assuming that no heat is lost from the block during the experiment, calculate the specific heat
capacity of aluminium.

or
zo
an
specific heat capacity = .......................................................... [2]

(i) M
(c) In practice, some heat is lost from the block and the air above it becomes hot.

Describe and explain the process by which the hot air moves away from the block.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
hid

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]
as

(ii) Suggest how to reduce the loss of heat from the block in the experiment.
R

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [1]
ir
S

======= (Page 304 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


125 Two metal saucepans contain the same mass of hot water at the same initial temperature.
Pan A is white and pan B is black, but otherwise the two saucepans are identical.
Both saucepans are uncovered and cool under the same conditions.
The cooling curves for the two saucepans are shown in Fig. 10.1.

100

temperature / °C
80

or
zo
60 pan A (white)

an
40 pan B (black)

20
0 M 2 4 6
time / minutes

Fig. 125.1
hid
(a) Describe how the water in a pan loses heat by

(i) conduction,
as

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
R

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) convection.

...........................................................................................................................................
ir

...........................................................................................................................................
S

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) (i) Explain why pan B cools faster than pan A.

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

======= (Page 305 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) Describe and explain how Fig. 125.1 is different when the pans are covered and the
experiment is repeated.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

or
(c) The specific heat capacity of water is 4200 J / (kg °C).

(i) Explain what is meant by specific heat capacity.

zo
...........................................................................................................................................

an
...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii)

M
The specific heat capacity of water is very high. Suggest one disadvantage of this when
water is used for cooking.

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [1]
hid
(iii) The water in pan A cools for 8 minutes, as shown in Fig. 10.1. During this time, the water
loses an average of 9000 J of thermal energy per minute.

1. Calculate the mass of water in pan A.


as
R

mass = .......................................................... [3]

2. The mass of water in pan B is the same as that in pan A.


ir

Calculate the thermal energy lost from the water in pan B during the 8 minutes.
S

loss of thermal energy = .......................................................... [2]

======= (Page 306 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


126 (a) A student makes a diagram of the molecules in a liquid, as shown in Fig. 126.1.

motion
molecule

or
Fig. 126.1

zo
Suggest two ways in which the student’s diagram does not show the positions and motion of
the molecules accurately.

an
1. ...............................................................................................................................................

M
...................................................................................................................................................

2. ...............................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

(b) Some of the molecules of a liquid evaporate.


hid
(i) Describe what happens during evaporation.

...........................................................................................................................................
as

.......................................................................................................................................[1]
R

(ii) Explain why evaporation has a cooling effect on the liquid.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
ir

.......................................................................................................................................[2]
S

======= (Page 307 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) The beaker shown in Fig. 126.2 contains pure water at a temperature of 80 °C. A thermometer,
initially at room temperature, is placed in the air just above the water.
The reading on the thermometer starts to increase slowly.

thermometer

or
zo
an
water

(i)
M Fig. 126.2

Explain how convection in the air causes the reading on the thermometer to increase.

...........................................................................................................................................
hid
.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(ii) A heater is placed underneath the beaker and the water boils vigorously to produce
steam. The thermometer reading increases quickly.
as

Explain how the water in the gas state gives thermal energy (heat) to the thermometer.
R

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
ir

.......................................................................................................................................[2]
S

======= (Page 308 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(iii) The heater placed underneath the beaker has a power of 200 W.

The mass of water in the beaker is initially 100 g.

The water in the beaker is heated for a time of 120 s. During this time, the temperature of the
water in the beaker rises from 80 °C to 100 °C and then the water boils. At the end of this time,
the mass of water in the beaker is 95 g.

The specific heat capacity of water is 4.2 J / (g °C).


The specific latent heat of vaporisation of water is 2250 J/ g.

or
Calculate the thermal energy (heat)
1. produced by the heater in 120 s,

zo
an
thermal energy = ...........................................................[2]

2.
M
used to warm the water from 80°C to 100°C,
hid

thermal energy = ...........................................................[2]

3. used to reduce the mass of water in the beaker,


as
R

thermal energy = ...........................................................[2]


ir

4. produced by the heater that is not transferred to the water.


S

thermal energy = ...........................................................[1]

======= (Page 309 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


127 Two different kettles are used to heat water, as shown in Fig. 127.1.

electric kettle gas heated


kettle

gas burner

or
zo
Fig. 127.1

Data for the two kettles is shown in Fig. 127.2.

an
thermal energy (heat)
energy supplied to the
supplied by the kettle
kettle in one minute / J

electric kettle
gas heated kettle
M
120 000
130 000
to the water in one minute / J
95 000
90 000

Fig. 127.2
hid
(a) (i) Calculate the efficiency of the electric kettle.
as
R

efficiency = ........................................................... [2]

(ii) Calculate the useful power of the gas heated kettle.


ir
S

power = ........................................................... [2]

======= (Page 310 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) Both kettles contain the same mass of water, at the same initial temperature.

State and explain which kettle brings the water to boiling point first.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

or
(c) The boiling water produces steam at 100 °C.

zo
State one difference between molecules in the steam and molecules in the boiling water.

...................................................................................................................................................

an
...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

128 M
A metal can and a plastic bottle, both containing liquid, are cooled by placing them in a jug of
melting ice, as shown in Fig. 1281.
hid

jug
as

melting ice
R

Fig. 128.1

The can and bottle each contain 330 g of the same liquid at 15 °C.

(a) The specific heat capacity of the liquid is 4.2 J / (g °C).


ir

Calculate the thermal energy released when 330 g of the liquid at 15 °C cools to 2 °C.
S

energy = .......................................................... [2]

======= (Page 311 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) When water at 0 °C is used in the jug, instead of the melting ice, the cooling is slower.

Explain why cooling is faster when using melting ice in the jug, rather than water at 0 °C.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

or
...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

zo
(c) The liquid in the metal can cools down faster than the liquid in the plastic bottle.

an
Suggest why this happens.

...................................................................................................................................................

M
...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
hid
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 312 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


129 (a) Equal volumes of air, copper and water are heated from 20 °C to 80 °C. They expand by
different amounts.

Draw a line from each box on the left-hand side to show which expands the most and which
expands the least.

air
expands the most

or
copper

zo
expands the least
water
[1]

an
(b) Fig. 129.1 shows a mercury thermometer.

0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 °C

M Fig. 129.1

This thermometer has a suitable range for use in laboratory experiments, but has a low
sensitivity for some experiments.

(i) With reference to this thermometer, describe what is meant by


hid

1. range,

......................................................................................................................................
as

......................................................................................................................................
R

..................................................................................................................................[1]

2. low sensitivity.

......................................................................................................................................
ir

......................................................................................................................................
S

..................................................................................................................................[1]

(ii) State one change in the design of a thermometer that increases its sensitivity.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

======= (Page 313 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


130 (a) (i) State what is meant by melting point.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

(ii) The temperature of a liquid is between its melting point and its boiling point.

Using ideas about molecules, describe the changes that occur when the liquid evaporates.

or
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

zo
...........................................................................................................................................

an
...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[3]

(b) The boiling point of nitrogen is –196 °C.

M
Liquid nitrogen, below its boiling point, is stored in a vacuum flask, as shown in Fig. 10.1.
hid
glass walls
liquid
nitrogen
vacuum
as
R

Fig. 130.1

The flask has two glass walls with a vacuum between them.
ir

(i) Suggest where, in the apparatus shown in Fig. 130.1, evaporation occurs.

.......................................................................................................................................[1]
S

======= (Page 314 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) State and explain the advantage of having a vacuum between the two glass walls.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[3]

or
(c) The liquid nitrogen reaches –196 °C, its boiling point. A small piece of metal at 20 °C is lowered

zo
slowly into the liquid nitrogen.

Bubbles form within the liquid nitrogen as it boils.

an
(i) State what is inside the bubbles.

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(ii)
M
The small piece of metal has a mass of 50 g. When it is lowered into the liquid nitrogen,
the metal cools to –196 °C.

The specific heat capacity of the metal is 0.39 J / (g °C).


The specific latent heat of vaporisation of nitrogen is 200 J / g.
hid
Calculate

1. the thermal energy (heat) lost from the metal as it cools,


as
R

thermal energy = .......................................................... [3]

2. the mass of nitrogen that boils away.


ir
S

mass = .......................................................... [2]

======= (Page 315 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


131 A beaker is filled with water and placed on a hot-plate to boil, as shown in Fig. 131.1. The hot-plate is
on top of a balance, which measures the mass of water in the beaker.

bubble

boiling water
hot-plate

or
zo
Fig. 131.1

an
The liquid boils for a long time. There are bubbles within the boiling water.

M
(a) State what is inside each bubble.

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) The mass of water is measured at two different times, while the water is boiling steadily.

During this time


hid
• the mass of water in the beaker decreases by 20 g
• the energy supplied to the hot-plate is 52 000 J
• the energy lost from the hot-plate and beaker to the atmosphere is 6000 J
as

Calculate the specific latent heat of vaporisation of water.


R

specific latent heat = ...........................................................[3]


ir

(c) The beaker of water is taken off the hot-plate. The boiling stops but evaporation still continues
and the water cools.
S

Explain, using ideas about molecules, how evaporation causes cooling.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

======= (Page 316 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


132 A mercury thermometer uses the expansion of mercury to measure temperature. The
thermometer is calibrated by placing it in pure melting ice, and then in steam at 100 °C. This
is illustrated in Fig. 132.1.

or
mercury column

zo
an
melting ice steam

M Fig. 132.1

(a) State the temperature of the thermometer when it is in pure melting ice.

......................................................................................................................................[1]
hid

(b) The length of the mercury column is 4.0 cm in pure melting ice and 28.0 cm in the
steam. Calculate the temperature for a length of 22.0 cm.
as

temperature = ………...................……°C [2]


R

(c) The heat capacity of the thermometer is 2.4 J/°C. Calculate the amount of energy
needed to heat the thermometer from the temperature of pure melting ice to 100 °C.
ir

energy = ………...................……J [1]


S

(d) State one other physical property of a substance that may be used to measure
temperature.

......................................................................................................................................[1]

======= (Page 317 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


133 A heat pipe is a device that transmits thermal energy along its length. It can transmit energy

thousands of times faster than a solid copper rod. Fig. 133.1 shows a heat pipe attached to
black metal fins. The fins absorb energy from the Sun. The sealed pipe transmits this energy
along its length into a tank of cold water.

tank of
cold water
energy from
Sun

or
zo
black metal fins

an
alcohol
Fig. 133.1
partially evacuated copper
pipe sealed at both ends

M
Thermal energy from the fins is conducted through the walls of the copper pipe and causes the
alcohol to boil. The boiling creates a higher pressure. At the end of the copper pipe in contact with
cold water, the alcohol condenses and creates a lower pressure. The liquid alcohol runs along the
pipe to be boiled again. There is little change in the temperature of the alcohol.
hid
(a) (i) Describe how molecules in the copper conduct energy to the alcohol.
as
R

(ii) Explain how boiling and condensation within the heat pipe cause the transfer of
ir

energy.
S

======= (Page 318 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) Explain why the heat pipe is able to transfer energy at a fast rate. [4]

or
zo
(b) In one minute, a mass of 25 g of alcohol condenses at the end of the heat pipe. The specific
latent heat of vaporisation of alcohol is 840 J/g.

an
(i) Define specific latent heat of vaporisation.

(ii)
M
Calculate the amount of energy released when 25 g of alcohol condenses. You may
neglect any change in the temperature of the alcohol.
hid
as
R

(iii) Calculate the maximum rise in temperature that the energy calculated in (ii) produces
when used to heat 500 g of cold water. The specific heat capacity of water is 4.2 J/(g °C).
ir
S

[6]

======= (Page 319 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


134 A student uses a mobile phone. He is concerned that the energy of the radio waves may cause a
temperature rise in his brain. To investigate this effect, he calculates and tries to measure the
heating effect of the phone on a nearby glass beaker of water.

Information from manufacturer

constant input power 0.20 W


pulse of radio waves

or
time

zo
The mobile phone emits pulses of radio waves.
Each pulse of waves has energy 0.00012 J.

an
There are 216 pulses of waves in 1.0 s

(a) Calculate M
The phone is used for 360 s when next to a glass beaker containing 50 g of water.

(i) the number of pulses of radio waves produced during the phone call, [2]
hid
as

(ii) the total energy of the radio waves emitted during the phone call,
[2]
R
ir
S

======= (Page 320 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(iii) the maximum temperature rise produced in 50 g of water if all of the energy calculated
in (ii) is absorbed by the water. The specific heat capacity of water is 4.2 J/(g °C). [3]

or
zo
(b) The manufacturer gives the input power of the phone as 0.20 W.

an
(i) Calculate the energy supplied by the battery when the phone is used for 360 s. [2]

M
hid
(ii) Calculate the fraction of the energy supplied by the battery that is converted into radio
wave energy during the phone call. [1]
as
R
ir

(c) The student uses the mercury-in-glass thermometer shown in Fig. 134.1.
S

He does not detect any temperature rise in the water in the beaker when the phone is used.

°C –10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110

Fig. 134.1

======= (Page 321 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(i) Describe how you would check the 0 °C and 100 °C points on the thermometer. [2]

or
zo
(ii) Explain why the thermometer is not sensitive enough to detect the temperature rise. [1]

an
sensitive.
M
(iii) State and explain one change that will make a mercury-in-glass thermometer more
[2]
hid
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 322 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


135 Three horizontal rods are placed with one end just above a Bunsen flame. The other end of
each rod is coated with wax, as shown in Fig. 3.1.

wax copper
brass
wax
glass
wax

or
Fig. 135.1

(a) Describe how you would use the apparatus to discover which rod is the best conductor

zo
of heat.

..........................................................................................................................................

an
..........................................................................................................................................

M
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) Two metal teapots are identical except that one is black on the outside and the other is
white on the outside, as shown in Fig. 135.2.
hid
as
R

Fig. 135.2
The teapots each contain the same amount of hot water. State and explain which
teapot will cool down more quickly.

..........................................................................................................................................
ir

..........................................................................................................................................
S

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [3]

======= (Page 323 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


136 One type of renewable energy source is shown in Fig. 136.1.

Earth’s surface

hot water cold water


and steam down
up

cracks in hot
rocks

or
zo
Fig. 136.1

(a) (i) State the name of the renewable energy source shown in Fig. 136.1.

an
............................................................................................................................ [1]

(ii) State what is meant by a renewable energy source.

M
..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................ [1]

(b) 1000 kg of cold water at a temperature of 20 °C is pumped down to the hot rocks. 100 kg
hid
of water returns as steam and 900 kg as hot water, both at a temperature of 100 °C.
The specific heat capacity of water is 4200 J / (kg °C) and the specific latent heat of
vaporisation of water is 2.3 × 106 J / kg.
Calculate
as

(i) the energy needed to heat 1000 kg of water from 20 °C to 100 °C,
R

=energy ................................................ [2]


ir

(ii) the energy needed to produce 100 kg of steam from water that is already at 100 °C.
S

=energy ................................................ [2]

======= (Page 324 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


137 Fig. 137.1 shows an electric boiler in a school kitchen.

boiler
plastic
handle
Y

or
zo
Fig. 137.1

an
The boiler contains 35 kg of water at 22 °C. The specific heat capacity of water is 4200 J / (kg °C).

(a) (i)

M
Calculate the thermal energy (heat) needed to raise the temperature of the water from
22 °C to its boiling point. [3]
hid

(ii) The water in the boiler is heated with a 2600 W immersion heater. Calculate the minimum
time for the heater to bring the water to its boiling point. [2]
as
R
ir

(iii) Suggest one reason why the actual time is greater than the time calculated in (ii). [1]
S

======= (Page 325 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) (i) The immersion heater is placed in the water at the bottom of the boiler. Explain in detail
how this ensures that the thermal energy (heat) is transferred throughout the water. [4]

or
zo
an
(ii) The boiler is made of steel and has two large plastic handles. When the water is boiling,
the steel surface at X is hot while the plastic handle at Y is cool. Explain why. [2]

M
hid
as

(c) Before the water reaches boiling point, water vapour is seen escaping from the boiler.
R

(i) State the name of the process that produces this water vapour.
[1]
ir
S

(ii) State two differences between this process and boiling.


[2]

======= (Page 326 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


138 A motor car has a 12 V electrical supply. Fig. 5.1 shows a heating element in the rear window.
This heater uses a current of 35 A from the supply.
heater

Fig. 138.1

or
(a) Calculate

(i) the power developed by the heater,

zo
an
power = ......................................... [2]

(ii)
M
the thermal energy (heat) generated by the heater in 2.0 minutes.
hid
thermal energy = ......................................... [3]

(b) One cold morning, the rear window of this car is covered in ice. Ice has a specific latent
heat of fusion of 330 J / g.
as

(i) Calculate the maximum mass of ice that this heater melts in 2.0 minutes.
R

mass = ......................................... [2]


ir

(ii) State two reasons why the actual quantity of ice melted in 2.0 minutes may be less
than the value calculated.
S

1. ...............................................................................................................................

2. ...............................................................................................................................
[2]

======= (Page 327 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


139 Fig. 1.1 shows an ice cube at 0 °C.

Fig. 139.1
0.040 m
The sides of the cube are of length 0.040 m. Ice at
0.040 m
0 °C has a density of 920 kg / m3.

or
0.040 m
(a) Calculate

zo
(i) the mass of the ice cube,

an
(ii) the weight of the ice cube.
M mass = ....................................................[3]
hid

weight = ....................................................[1]
as

(b) The specific latent heat of fusion of ice is 3.4 × 105 J / kg. Calculate the thermal energy (heat)
absorbed by the ice cube as it melts.
R
ir

thermal energy = ....................................................[2]


S

======= (Page 328 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


140 Fig. 140.1 shows the flame of a Bunsen burner. flame

(a) A thermocouple thermometer contains a


voltmeter. It is used to measure the temperature in
the flame of the Bunsen burner.

(i) On Fig. 140.1, draw a labelled diagram of Bunsen


the structure of the thermocouple thermometer burner

or
as it measures the temperature in the flame. [2] Fig. 140.1

(ii) Describe how the fixed points and the reading

zo
of the voltmeter are used to determine the value
of the temperature in the flame.

an
...........................................................................................................................................

M
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]
hid
(b) The thermocouple thermometer is used to measure the temperature in the flame because
it can measure very high temperatures. State and explain one other advantage of using a
thermocouple thermometer to determine temperature.
as

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
R

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

141 A crankshaft is a shaped metal bar that is part of a car engine. It is free to rotate about an axis, as
shown in Fig. 141.1.
F
0.050 m
ir

P
S

axis of
crankshaft

crankshaft
direction
of rotation

======= (Page 329 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


When the crankshaft is horizontal, a vertical force F of 8200 N acts downwards on the
crankshaft at P. This causes the crankshaft to rotate. The distance between P and the axis of the
crankshaft is 0.050 m.

(a) (i) State what is meant by the moment of a force.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

or
(ii) The crankshaft is horizontal. Calculate the moment of F about the axis of the crankshaft.

zo
an
moment = ....................................................[2]

(iii)
M
The size and direction of the vertical force F, acting on the crankshaft at P, remain
constant. Explain why the moment of F decreases as the crankshaft rotates through a
small angle.

...........................................................................................................................................
hid
.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) The force F on the crankshaft at P is exerted by a metal rod connected to a piston. The piston
traps high-pressure gas in a cylinder, as shown in Fig. 141.2.
as

Fig. 141.2 cylinder

high-pressure gas
R

The force F, of 8200 N, acts because the


high-pressure gas pushes down on the
piston. The air pressure outside the cylinder
piston
is 1.0 × 105 Pa and the cross-sectional area
of the piston is 0.0067 m2.
ir

(i) Calculate the minimum value of the metal rod


pressure of the gas in the cylinder.
S

P
force F

pressure = ....................................................[3]

======= (Page 330 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) Suggest why, in practice, the pressure of the gas in the cylinder is greater than the value
calculated in (i).

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

(c) The piston moves in the cylinder and the gas expands. State and explain what happens to the
force F.

or
...............................................................................................................................................[1]

zo
(d) Explain, in molecular terms, why heating a gas at constant volume causes its pressure to
increase.

an
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

M
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]
hid
142 A lead bullet of mass 1.9 g is fired from a rifle in a sports club. The bullet misses the target and
embeds itself in a wall behind the target. The bullet melts as it is stopped by the wall. The specific
latent heat of fusion of lead is 2.2 × 104 J / kg.
as

(a) State what is meant by melting point.

...................................................................................................................................................
R

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) (i) Calculate the energy required to melt the bullet, at its melting point, without raising its
temperature.
ir
S

energy = ...........................................................[3]

======= (Page 331 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) Assume that the energy that melts the bullet is equal to its kinetic energy just before it
strikes the wall. Calculate the speed of the bullet just before it strikes the wall.

or
speed = ...........................................................[3]

(iii) Suggest two reasons why the speed of the bullet as it leaves the rifle is greater than the

zo
value calculated in (ii).

1. ........................................................................................................................................

an
2. ........................................................................................................................................
[2]

M
(c) Describe how the molecular structure of the lead changes as it melts.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
hid
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[3]
as
R

(d) On another occasion, lead bullets of twice the mass are used. One of these heavier bullets
hits the wall with the speed calculated in (b)(ii). State and explain whether this bullet melts as
it is stopped by the wall.

...................................................................................................................................................
ir

...................................................................................................................................................
S

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[3]

======= (Page 332 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


143 Fig. 143.1 shows a domestic heater that is used to heat a room. It contains 16 large bricks
each of mass 7.5 kg.

or
Fig. 143.1
During the night, the bricks are heated from a temperature of 17 °C to 96 °C. The bricks are

zo
made from a material that has a specific heat capacity of 2300 J / (kg °C).

an
(a) Calculate the thermal energy (heat) supplied to the bricks.

M thermal energy = ................................................. [3]

(b) During the day, the bricks gradually cool and the stored thermal energy is released to
the room. After 7.0 hours, the bricks have cooled to 17 °C.
hid

(i) Calculate the average rate of release of thermal energy to the room during these
7.0 hours.
as
R

rate = ................................................. [2]

(ii) At the beginning of the day, the heater releases thermal energy at a greater rate
than later in the day.
ir

Suggest why.
S

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................. [2]

======= (Page 333 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) Fig. 143.2 is a diagram of the heater standing on the floor of the room and placed next to
one of the walls.

wall

or
heater

zo
an
floor

Fig. 143.2

room. You may draw on Fig. 143.2. M


Describe, and explain in detail, how the thermal energy is transferred throughout the

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
hid

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
as

..........................................................................................................................................
R

..................................................................................................................................... [5]

(d) State one method of thermal insulation that is used to keep a room warm, and explain
why it is effective.

..........................................................................................................................................
ir

..........................................................................................................................................
S

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [3]

======= (Page 334 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


144 (a) No thermal energy (heat) is transferred from the surface of the Sun to the Earth by
either conduction or convection. Explain why this is so.

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) In a certain country, the climate is very sunny and hot during the day and extremely cold
during the night. Explain how painting the houses white helps to maintain a

or
comfortable temperature both during the day and during the night.

during the day: .................................................................................................................

zo
..........................................................................................................................................

an
..........................................................................................................................................

during the night: ...............................................................................................................

M
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
[3]

145 Fig. 145.1 shows food being cooked in an electric grill.


red-hot heating elements
Fig. 145.1
hid
There are red-hot heating elements above the food and
thermal energy (heat) is transmitted to the food by
radiation.
(a) Explain what is meant, in this case, by radiation.
as

....................................................................................
R

..........................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]
(b) Explain why very little thermal energy is transmitted to the food by
(i) conduction,
ir

..................................................................................................................................
S

.............................................................................................................................. [1]

(ii) convection.
..................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [1]

======= (Page 335 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


146 (a) Draw a labelled diagram to show the structure of a liquid-in-glass clinical thermometer.

or
[2]

(b) A clinical thermometer is used to measure the temperature of a patient. When removed,

zo
the thermometer cools but it continues to show the maximum temperature reached.
Explain how this happens.

an
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

147
M
...................................................................................................................................... [2]

A large test-tube contains wax above its melting point. It is placed in a cool room.

Fig. 147.1 shows how the temperature T of the wax changes in a time of 30 minutes.
hid
80

70
T / °C
as

60

50
R

40

30
ir

20
S

10

0
0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30
time / minutes
Fig. 147.1

======= (Page 336 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(a) Determine the melting point of the wax.

melting point = .................................................. [1]


(b) The test-tube contains 110 g of wax that has a specific latent heat of fusion of 210 J / g.
Calculate the thermal energy transferred from the wax between 3 and 16 minutes.

or
energy = .................................................. [2]

zo
(c) (i) State what happens to the wax between 3 and 16 minutes.

.............................................................................................................................. [1]

an
(ii) Between 3 and 16 minutes, the temperature of the wax is above room temperature
and energy is lost to the room.

M
Explain, in terms of molecules, why the temperature of the wax remains constant.

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................
hid
.............................................................................................................................. [2]
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 337 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


148 The casing of an electric kettle is made of white plastic. Fig. 148.1 shows the heating element
positioned in the base of the kettle.

water

or
heating element

zo
Fig. 148.1

an
(a) (i) The heating element supplies thermal energy to the water at the bottom of the kettle.

Describe and explain how the thermal energy is transferred throughout the water.

M
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
hid
.......................................................................................................................................[3]

(ii) Explain why a kettle with its heating element in the water at the top of the kettle does not
heat the water uniformly.
as

...........................................................................................................................................
R

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) The kettle is powered by a 230 V supply. It is switched on for 3.5 minutes and there is a current
of 9.6 A in the heating element.

(i) Calculate the thermal energy produced in the heating element in this time.
ir
S

thermal energy = ...........................................................[2]

======= (Page 338 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) The kettle contains 1.6 kg of water that was at an initial temperature of 22 °C.
The specific heat capacity of water is 4200 J / (kg °C).
Calculate the maximum possible temperature of the water.

temperature = ...........................................................[3]

or
(iii) Suggest one reason why the temperature of the water, after 3.5 minutes, is less than the
value calculated in (b)(ii).

zo
...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

an
(c) Explain one advantage of

(i) using plastic for the casing of a kettle,

M
...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(ii) choosing white as the colour for the outside of the casing.
hid
...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]
as

(d) The kettle is switched on again and the water reaches its boiling point. It starts to boil and the
kettle remains switched on.
R

(i) State the meaning of boiling point.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]
ir

(ii) Explain, in terms of molecules, what happens to the thermal energy that is supplied
when the water is boiling.
S

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

======= (Page 339 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


149 A test-tube contains solid wax. The melting point of the wax is 58 °C.

The test-tube is partially immersed in a beaker of boiling water and the wax melts. A thermometer
is placed in the liquid wax.

At time t = 0, the thermometer reads 90 °C and the test-tube is immediately removed from the
water. The test-tube then cools to room temperature of 23 °C.

(a) The temperature of the wax changes as it cools to room temperature.

On the axes of Fig. 5.1, sketch a graph to show how the temperature changes with time t.

or
Mark on the temperature axis 90 °C, 58 °C and 23 °C. [3]

zo
an
temperature / °C

M
hid
as

0
0
t
R

Fig. 149.1

(b) On the completed graph of Fig. 149.1, mark a point H, where half of the wax is solid and
half is liquid.
[1]
ir

(c) The specific latent heat of fusion of the wax is 220 J / g and the mass of the wax is 45 g.
S

Calculate the thermal energy released by the wax as it solidifies.

thermal energy = ...........................................................[2]

======= (Page 340 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


150 (a) State what happens to the molecules of a gas as its temperature increases.

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) Fig. 150.1 shows a runner in a long distance race. He tips water over himself to keep cool.

or
zo
an
M
hid

Fig. 150.1

(i) Explain, in terms of molecules, how the evaporation of water keeps the runner cool.
as

...........................................................................................................................................
R

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[3]
ir

(ii) At one point in the race, a strong breeze blows past the runner and the water evaporates
more quickly.
S

Suggest one reason why the water evaporates more quickly in the breeze.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

======= (Page 341 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


151 In a steam cleaner, water is heated to its boiling point and is then turned into steam (water in the
gas state).

(a) Define boiling point.

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

or
(b) (i) Describe the molecular structure of a liquid.

...........................................................................................................................................

zo
...........................................................................................................................................

an
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

(ii) M
...................................................................................................................................... [2]

Explain, using ideas about molecules, why thermal energy (heat) must be supplied to the
water as it boils.

...........................................................................................................................................
hid
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
as

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]
R
ir
S

======= (Page 342 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


152 A gas is trapped at atmospheric pressure in a cylinder by a piston. The piston is held in a fixed
position by a movable rod. Fig. 152.1 shows the cylinder.

Fig. 152.1 trapped gas


The cylinder is heated. As the
temperature of the gas increases,
its pressure increases.(a) Explain, piston
in terms of molecules, why the cylinder
pressure of the trapped gas
increases.

or
rod

...................................................................................................................................................

zo
...................................................................................................................................................

an
...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

M
(b) The rod is pulled down and the piston is then free to move as shown in Fig. 152.2.

trapped gas

piston
hid

cylinder

rod
as

Fig. 152.2
R

As the piston moves, the temperature of the gas remains constant.

State and explain, in terms of molecules, what happens to the pressure of the gas.
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
ir

...................................................................................................................................................
S

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [3]

======= (Page 343 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


153. Fig. 153.1 shows a metal coffee cup on a metal warming plate.

coffee

metal cup air

Fig. 153.1 Fig.15 3.2


metal warming plate

There is a small electrical heater inside the warming plate that keeps the plate hotter than the

or
coffee.

(a) Describe how heat is transferred through the metal and then to all of the liquid in the cup.

zo
...................................................................................................................................................

an
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

M
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
hid
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

(b) A cup of a different shape is placed on the same heater, as shown in Fig. 153.2. The two cups
are made of the same metal and contain the same amount of coffee. Explain why the coffee
as

in the cup in Fig. 153.2 is not kept as warm as the coffee in the cup in Fig. 153.1.

...................................................................................................................................................
R

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(c) The outside surface of the cup can be either black or white and can be either dull or shiny.
ir

(i) Underline which colour and which type of surface is best to keep the coffee warm.
S

black white dull shiny [1]

(ii) Explain your answer to (c)(i).

...........................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................... [1]

======= (Page 344 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


154 Different energy sources are used to generate electricity.
(a) Energy sources are renewable or non-renewable.

(i) Nuclear energy is described as a non-renewable source.

Explain what is meant by a non-renewable energy source.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

or
(ii) Four of the energy sources used are:

zo
hydroelectric oil geothermal wind

an
Write the name of these energy sources in the correct column of the table below.

non-renewable

M
renewable and caused by
energy from the Sun
renewable and not caused by
energy from the Sun

[3]
hid

(iii) State one way in which using nuclear energy is better for the environment than using oil.
...........................................................................................................................................
as

.......................................................................................................................................[1]
R

(iv) State one way in which using nuclear energy is worse for the environment than using oil.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]
ir

(b) Fig. 154.1 is a block diagram of a power station that produces electrical energy from oil.
S

fuel energy input from oil


thermal energy (heat) internal energy of steam

electrical energy
burner boiler turbine
output

(i) Write the name of the missing part of the power station in the empty box on Fig. 9.1. [1]

======= (Page 345 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(i) State the form of energy that the turbine possesses.
.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(iii) A small boiler in the power station contains 24 m3 of water at 30 °C. High pressure in the
boiler increases the boiling point of water to 120 °C.

Thermal energy supplied to the boiler is used to heat the water from 30 °C to 120 °C and
then to turn it all to steam at 120 °C.

The density of water is 1000 kg / m3.


The specific heat capacity of water is 4200 J / (kg °C).

or
The specific latent heat of vaporisation of water is 2.3 × 106 J / kg.

1. Calculate the mass of water in the boiler.

zo
an
mass = ...........................................................[1]

2.
M
Calculate the total thermal energy (heat) supplied to the boiler.
hid
as

thermal energy = ...........................................................[4]


R

(iv) The electrical energy output from the power station is transmitted over long distances at
a high voltage. Explain why electricity is transmitted at a high voltage.
...........................................................................................................................................
ir

...........................................................................................................................................
S

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

======= (Page 346 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


155 Fig. 155.1 shows apparatus used to measure the specific

heat capacity of a metal. thermometer

Fig 155.1

The electric heater is switched on and supplies 17 000


J of thermal energy (heat) to the block of metal.
electric
The temperature of the metal rises from 16 °C to 38 °C. heater
The mass of the block of metal is 850 g. No energy is lost

or
from the metal.
block of
(a) Calculate the specific heat capacity of the metal. metal

zo
an
M
specific heat capacity = ...........................................................[2]

(b) Calculate the heat capacity of the block of metal.


hid
as

heat capacity = ...........................................................[1]


R

(c) Explain how thermal energy (heat) is conducted through the metal.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
ir

...............................................................................................................................................[1]
S

======= (Page 347 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


156 When a sample of a solid is heated, it becomes a liquid and eventually becomes a gas.

(a) Fig. 156.1 shows the arrangement of the molecules in the solid.

Fig. 156.1

In the space below, draw the arrangement of the


molecules in the liquid.

or
[1]

(b) Complete the table by describing the motion of the molecules in the solid, liquid and gas.

zo
motion of the molecules

an
solid

liquid

gas
M
[3]
hid
(c) Suggest why a gas is able to fill a container but a solid has a fixed shape.

...................................................................................................................................................
as

...................................................................................................................................................
R

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]
ir
S

======= (Page 348 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


157 Fig. 157.1 shows apparatus used to measure the specific heat capacity of a metal.

thermometer

or
zo
electric
heater

an
block of
metal

M Fig. 157.1

The electric heater is switched on and supplies 17 000 J of thermal energy (heat) to the block of
metal. The temperature of the metal rises from 16 °C to 38 °C. The mass of the block of metal is
hid
850 g. No energy is lost from the metal.

(a) Calculate the specific heat capacity of the metal.


as
R

specific heat capacity = ...........................................................[2]

(b) Calculate the heat capacity of the block of metal.


ir
S

heat capacity = ...........................................................[1]

(c) Explain how thermal energy (heat) is conducted through the metal.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[1]
======= (Page 349 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )
158 Nuclear power stations produce a useful form of energy. Fig. 158.1 shows part of a nuclear

reactor.

control rod steam to drive turbines

concrete casing

or
fuel rod
cold water from turbines

zo
pump

an
Fig. 158.1

(a) State the name of the process that releases energy in the nuclear reactor.

M
...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) Suggest a suitable radioactive material used for the fuel rods.

...............................................................................................................................................[1]
hid
(c) Below are four statements that describe the operation of a nuclear power station.
They are not in the correct order.

J The generator produces electricity.


as

K The energy is used to boil water.


R

L The nuclei split, releasing energy.

M The steam drives a turbine.

Place the statements in the correct order.


ir

[3]
S

(d) The nuclear reactor is contained in a very thick concrete casing. Suggest why.

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

======= (Page 350 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(e) Suggest one advantage and one disadvantage of a nuclear power station compared with a
wind turbine.

advantage .................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

disadvantage ............................................................................................................................

or
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]

zo
(f) Wind turbines use a renewable source of energy.

State the name of another renewable source of energy.

an
...............................................................................................................................................[1]

[Total: 10]

159
M
Fig. 159.1 shows an electric heating element in a beaker containing water. The heating element is
switched on.
hid
beaker

water
as

heating element
R

Fig. 159.1

Explain how thermal energy is transferred throughout the water in the beaker. Use ideas about
density and expansion in your answer.
ir

..........................................................................................................................................................
S

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................................[5]
======= (Page 351 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )
[Total: 5]
160 Water can exist as ice, liquid water and steam. Fig. 160.1 represents the arrangement of the
molecules in the three forms of water.

ice

liquid water

or
steam

zo
an
Fig. 160.1

(a) Each diagram in Fig. 160.2 shows a change of state.

M
Add the correct label for each change. The first has been done for you.

condensation
hid

...........................
as
R

...........................
ir

...........................
S

[3]

Fig. 160.2

(b) Some gas is heated at constant pressure.

Describe what happens to the molecules of gas as the temperature increases.

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]
======= (Page 352 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )
(c) Fig. 6.3 shows a metal bar.

height
width length

Fig. 160.3

When the metal bar is heated, the bar expands.

or
Identify the dimensions that increase in size when the bar is heated.

zo
Tick (3) all boxes that apply.

length

an
width

height

M
(d) State one use and one disadvantage of the expansion of materials when they are heated.
[1]

use ............................................................................................................................................

disadvantage ............................................................................................................................
hid
[2]

[Total: 8]
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 353 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


161 Fig. 161.1 shows a Galilean thermometer. This thermometer is used to measure the approximate
temperature of the surrounding air.

bulb E, label: 28 °C

glass cylinder bulb D, label: 26 °C


bulb C, label: 24 °C
bulb B, label: 22 °C

water

or
bulb A, label: 20 °C
Fig. 161.1

zo
The glass cylinder contains water. When the temperature of the water changes, so does its density.
Each bulb has a label printed with a temperature, as shown in Fig. 161.1. The bulbs have

an
different densities. At 21 °C, only bulb A is at the bottom of the cylinder.

(a) Explain, in terms of density, why bulb A is at the bottom of the cylinder and the other bulbs are
floating.

M
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
hid
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

(b) The temperature of the surrounding air increases to a temperature above 23 °C.
as

(i) Suggest one reason why there is a delay before the temperature of the water increases
to 23 °C.
R

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(ii) Explain why, after this delay, bulb B sinks. Assume the bulbs do not expand.

...........................................................................................................................................
ir

...........................................................................................................................................
S

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[3]

(c) Bulbs A, B and C are now at the bottom of the cylinder. Bulbs D and E are floating.

State the possible temperature range of the water in the cylinder.

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

======= (Page 354 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


162 (a) (i) State two ways in which evaporation is different from

boiling.
1 ........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

2 ........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

or
[2]

(ii) Give one example of a change of state which does not involve boiling or evaporation.

zo
.......................................................................................................................................[1]

an
(b) The graph in Fig. 162.1 shows the variation of temperature with time for a substance that is
initially liquid.

temperature

A
M B
hid

C
Fig. 162.1
as

time
R

(i) State what is taking place at points A, B and C. You should say what changes of state, if
any, are taking place.

point A ...............................................................................................................................

point B ................................................................................................................................
ir

point C ...............................................................................................................................
[3]
S

(ii) Suggest why the graph is steeper at point C than at point A.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 355 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


163 Fig. 6.1 shows apparatus that is used to demonstrate some effects of the transfer of energy by
radiation.

glass bulb
painted heater shiny
matt black glass bulb

glass tube glass tube

or
air air

zo
an
liquid

Fig. 163.1

M
The glass bulb painted matt black, the shiny glass bulb and the spaces above the liquid in the tube

all contain air.

The heater glows red when switched on. The heater is the same distance from each bulb.

(a) State the two types of radiation that are emitted by the heater.

1 ................................................................................................................................................
hid

2 ................................................................................................................................................
[1]
as

(b) Before the heater is switched on, the liquid levels in the glass tube are the same.

State and explain any changes in the liquid levels that take place when the heater is
R

switched on.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
ir

...................................................................................................................................................
S

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

[Total: 5]

======= (Page 356 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


164 Fig. 164.1 shows workers pouring liquid metal.

or
Fig. 164.1

zo
(a) The metal changes from hot liquid to cool solid.

an
Describe what happens to the arrangement, separation and motion of the atoms as the metal
changes from hot liquid to cool solid.

...................................................................................................................................................

M
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
hid
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
as

.............................................................................................................................................. [3]

(b) The workers cool their tools in water. They spill some water onto the floor but later the floor is
R

dry. Explain what happens to the water. State the name of the process.

explanation ...............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
ir

...................................................................................................................................................
S

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

process .....................................................................................................................................
[3]

======= (Page 357 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


165 A house has white wooden walls and a black wooden door, as shown in Fig. 4.1.

(a) The Sun is shining on the door and the front wall of
the house.
white
(i) State the name of the process by which thermal
black Fig. 165.1 energy is transferred from the Sun to the Earth.

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

or
(ii) Fig. 4.2 shows part of the white wall and the black door of the house. Two thermometers
have been attached, one to the wall and the other to the door.

zo
Fig.165.2

an
Thermometer A measures the temperature
thermometer A of the white wall. Thermometer B measures
the temperature of the black door.

thermometer B
M
Suggest which thermometer has the higher temperature and explain why.
The thermometer readings are recorded
after the Sun has been shining on the house
for some time.

higher temperature ............................................................................................................


hid

explanation ........................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
as

.......................................................................................................................................[3]
R

(b) The air conditioning unit inside a room in the house is switched on. The air conditioning unit
takes in warm air and gives out cold air, as shown in Fig. 165.3.
Fig. 165.3

ceiling
cold air Explain how the air conditioning unit cools all
the air in the room.
ir

air conditioning
unit
S

room door

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................[3] [Total: 7]

======= (Page 358 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


166 (a) A 240 V, 60 W lamp is connected to a 240 V supply. The lamp has a constant temperature.

State

(i) the rate at which the lamp transfers energy to the surroundings,

rate = ...........................................................[1]

(ii) the names of the thermal processes by which the lamp transfers energy to the

or
surroundings.

...........................................................................................................................................

zo
.......................................................................................................................................[1]

an
(b) Fig. 166.1 shows a thick copper block that has been heated to 400 °C. One side of the block is
dull black. The other side of the block is polished and shiny.

thermometer A M thermometer B
hid
copper block

dull black surface polished shiny surface Fig. 166.1


as
R

(i) In Experiment 1, the thermometer bulbs are both painted black. They are placed at equal
distances from the surfaces of the block. The maximum temperature shown by each
thermometer is recorded. Explain any difference between the maximum
temperature shown by the two thermometers.

...........................................................................................................................................
ir

...........................................................................................................................................
S

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[3]

======= (Page 359 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) In Experiment 2, the thermometer bulbs are both shiny silver-coloured. They are placed
at the same distances from the surfaces of the block as in Experiment 1.

State and explain any differences that are observed in the maximum temperatures
shown by the thermometers in Experiments 1 and 2.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

or
...........................................................................................................................................

zo
...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

an
(c) Fig.166.2 shows a firefighter wearing shiny silver-coloured clothing.

M
hid
as
R
ir

Fig. 166.2
S

State the benefit to a firefighter of wearing shiny silver-coloured clothing.

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

[Total: 8]

======= (Page 360 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


167 A balloon contains a fixed mass of gas.

(a) Explain, in terms of the momentum of molecules, how the gas in the balloon exerts a pressure.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

or
...............................................................................................................................................[2]

zo
(b) Explain, in terms of molecules, why the pressure of the gas increases when the volume of the
balloon decreases. The temperature of the gas is constant.

an
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

M
...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

(c) The initial volume of the gas is 500 cm3 and its pressure is 1.1 # 105 Pa. The volume is
reduced to 200 cm3. The temperature of the gas is constant.
hid
Calculate the new pressure.
as
R
ir
S

pressure = ...........................................................[2]

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 361 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


168 (a) (i) An electric kettle contains 600 g of water at 20 °C. The heater in the kettle operates at

240 V. The specific heat capacity of water is 4200 J / (kg °C). The current in the heater is 12
A. Calculate the time taken for the temperature of the water to rise to 100 °C.

or
zo
time = ...........................................................[4]

an
(ii) State one assumption you made in your calculation in (a)(i).

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

a diagram.
2 thermometers
M
(b) Using the apparatus shown in Fig. 168.1, describe an experiment to demonstrate good and bad
emitters of thermal radiation. Include the expected results and the conclusion. You may use

supply of hot water

white
side
hid
black
side

metal water bottle a ruler


Fig. 168.1
as
R
ir

...................................................................................................................................................
S

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

[Total: 9]

======= (Page 362 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


169 A footballer and a referee are discussing a puddle of water that has formed on the pitch. The
footballer wears a white shirt whilst the referee wears a black shirt which, apart from its colour,
is identical. Fig. 5.1 shows the two men looking at the puddle.

white shirt black shirt


The weather is bright and sunny.

(a) State and explain how the


temperature of the white shirt

or
differs from the temperature of
Fig. 169.1 the black shirt.

zo
puddle

an
...................................................................................................................................................

M
...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

(b) The volume of water in the puddle is slowly decreasing.

(i) Describe how two changes in the weather conditions could affect the rate at which the
puddle dries.
hid

change 1 ...........................................................................................................................

effect ..................................................................................................................................
as

...........................................................................................................................................
R

change 2 ...........................................................................................................................

effect ..................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
ir

(ii) Explain, in terms of the water molecules, what happens as the puddle dries.
S

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 363 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


170 A cup made from plastic, containing a hot drink, is shown in Fig. 170.1.

plastic sides

hot drink

air

or
zo
Fig. 170.1

an
(a) State the term given to materials that reduce the transfer of thermal energy.

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) The hot drink gradually cools.

M
Describe and explain two processes by which thermal energy is transferred from the hot
drink.

...................................................................................................................................................
hid
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
as

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
R

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [5]
ir

[Total: 6]
S

======= (Page 364 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


171 A vehicle may have tyres of type A or type B, as shown in Fig. 171.1.

Fig. 171.1

(a) State and explain the type of tyre that is

suitable for travelling over soft ground.

or
zo
type A type B

an
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

M
...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [3]

(b) The temperature of the air in a tyre increases. This affects the motion of the air molecules in
the tyre.
hid
Describe and explain the changes.

...................................................................................................................................................
as

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
R

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [3]

[Total: 6]
ir
S

======= (Page 365 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


172 Fig. 172.1 shows a liquid-in-glass thermometer.

liquid

°C
–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110

Fig. 172.1

or
(a) (i) Which of these metals is often used for the liquid in thermometers?
Tick the correct box.

zo
magnesium

an
mercury

silver [1]

(ii)

(iii)
M
The thermometer is placed inside a freezer containing ice.
Suggest the temperature of the ice. Draw an arrow on Fig. 6.1.
A thermometer is calibrated using two fixed points. State the temperatures of the two
fixed points.
[1]

lower fixed point = ............................. °C


hid
upper fixed point = ............................. °C [1]

(b) The sentences are about thermal processes.


Complete each sentence. Use words from the box. Each word may be used once, more than
as

once or not at all.


R

conductor convection emitter insulator radiation reflection

• A dull black surface is a good ...............................

• Copper is used to make pans because it is a good thermal ................................


ir

• In fluids, thermal energy is transferred mainly by ........................................


S

• Thermal energy reaches Earth from the Sun by means of ......................


[4]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 366 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


173 A beaker contains water at room temperature. Fig. 173.1 shows the beaker placed on a tripod above
a Bunsen burner.

Fig. 173.1

The Bunsen burner is lit and the temperature of

the water begins to increase.

(a) The water is evaporating.

or
(i) Describe one difference between
evaporation and boiling.

zo
an
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

(ii) M
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

State and explain what happens to the rate at which the water evaporates as its
temperature increases.

...........................................................................................................................................
hid
...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]
as

(b) After a few minutes, the water reaches its boiling point temperature. The water continues to
gain energy from the Bunsen burner.
R

(i) State what happens to the temperature of the water in the beaker.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(ii) The specific latent heat of vaporisation of water is 2.3 × 106 J / kg. After the water reaches
ir

its boiling point, it takes 12 minutes for 0.095 kg of water to boil away.
S

Calculate the average rate at which energy is being supplied to the water by heating.

rate of energy supplied = ...........................................................[3]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 367 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


174 (a) Explain why houses in hot countries are often painted white.
Use ideas about the transfer of thermal energy in your answer.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

or
...............................................................................................................................................[3]

(b) As a star approaches the end of its life, the amount of radiation emitted from it per second

zo
changes.

The star cools down.

an
State any effect on the rate of emission of radiation.

...................................................................................................................................................

175
M
...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(a) The molecules of most liquids are, on average, slightly further apart than the molecules of a
[Total: 4]

solid.
hid
State one other difference between the molecular structures of a solid and a liquid.

...................................................................................................................................................
as

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) A glass tube passes through a stopper and into a glass flask. Fig. 175.1 shows that the flask is
R

completely full of a liquid and that there is also some liquid in the tube.

Fig. 175.1
stopper
The flask is immersed in a large
glass tube beaker of very hot water. At first, the
ir

level of the liquid in the tube falls,


but after a short time it rises.
S

glass flask (i) Explain why, at first, the level of


liquid the liquid in the tube falls.

======= (Page 368 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[3]

(ii) Explain why the liquid level in the tube stops falling and starts to rise.

...........................................................................................................................................

or
...........................................................................................................................................

zo
.......................................................................................................................................[2]

an
[Total: 6]

176 A silver spoon has a thermal capacity of 7.2 J / °C.

(a) Explain what is meant by thermal capacity. M


...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
hid

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

(b) The silver spoon is dropped into a saucepan of boiling water. The internal energy of the
as

spoon increases as its temperature increases from 22 °C to 100 °C.

(i) Calculate the increase in the internal energy of the spoon.


R

increase in internal energy = ...........................................................[1]


ir

(ii) State, in terms of the atoms, what is meant by internal energy.


S

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

======= (Page 369 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) The spoon is removed from the boiling water and immediately it begins to transfer energy to
the surroundings. The temperature of the surroundings is 22 °C.

On Fig. 176.1, sketch a graph to show how the temperature of the spoon changes with time
from the instant that it is removed from the water. [3]

100
temperature / °C

or
80

zo
60

an
40

20
Fig. 176.1
0
0 M time
[Total: 8]

177 Unwanted gold jewellery is heated in a furnace until it melts. Fig. 177.1 shows the liquid gold being
poured into a mould to make a gold bar.
hid

The melting point of gold is 1100 °C.

(a) State two ways in which the molecular structure


as

of gold at 1200 °C differs from its structure at


1000 °C.
R

Fig. 177.1
ir

1. ...............................................................................................................................................
S

...................................................................................................................................................

2. ...............................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
[2]

======= (Page 370 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) In the furnace, 0.84 kg of solid gold reaches its melting point.
The furnace continues to supply thermal energy and, after a short time, all the gold melts.

(i) Explain, in terms of the molecules, why thermal energy is needed to melt the gold.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(ii) The specific latent heat of fusion of gold is 64 kJ / kg.

or
Calculate the thermal energy supplied to melt all the gold.

zo
an
thermal energy = .......................................................... [2]

178

°C 0 10 20
M
Fig. 178.1 shows a mercury-in-glass thermometer made using a glass capillary tube.

-10 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110

glass capillary tube


mercury
hid
Fig. 178.1

(a) Describe how to check that the 100 °C mark is in the correct position on the thermometer.
as

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
R

.............................................................................................................................................. [3]

(b) Some thermometers contain ethanol instead of mercury.

A second glass capillary tube is identical to the tube in Fig. 178.1, except that it has no
ir

markings on the glass. This tube is used to make an ethanol-in-glass thermometer. The
volume of the ethanol in this thermometer is equal to the volume of mercury in the
S

thermometer in Fig. 178.1. The thermal expansion of ethanol is more than that of mercury.
State and explain how the maximum possible range of the ethanol-in-glass thermometer
differs from the range of the thermometer in Fig. 178.1.

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]

======= (Page 371 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


179 A boiler containing water is plugged into a 230 V mains supply. The heater in the boiler is operating
at full power.

(a) The power used by the heater is 2.8 kW.

(i) Calculate the current in the heater.

or
zo
current = ...........................................................[3]

an
(ii) The wiring in the cable from the socket and in the boiler remains safe and does not
overheat provided that the current is less than 20 A.

M
Suggest a suitable fuse rating for the circuit.

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) The specific heat capacity of water is 4200 J / (kg °C). The heater is used to increase the
temperature of 6.3 kg of water.
hid
(i) In a certain time, the temperature of the water increases from 23 °C to 49 °C.

Calculate the change in the internal energy of the water.


as
R

change in internal energy = ...........................................................[2]

(ii) The heater supplies thermal energy to the water at a constant rate. It takes more time for
the temperature of the water to increase from 49 °C to 75 °C than from 23 °C to 49 °C. In
ir

both cases, the increase in temperature is the same.

Suggest why it takes more time for the temperature to increase from 49 °C to 75 °C.
S

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

======= (Page 372 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) Fig. 179.1 shows the heater at the bottom of the water in the boiler.

steel Fig. 179.1

water heater
(i) Explain how thermal energy
is transferred from the heater
throughout the water.

or
zo
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

an
...........................................................................................................................................

(ii)
M
...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[3]

The part of the boiler that holds the water is made from steel.

Describe, in terms of particles, how thermal energy passes through the steel.
hid
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
as

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
R

.......................................................................................................................................[3]

(iii) State and explain, in terms of particles, what happens to the density of the steel as its
temperature increases.
ir

...........................................................................................................................................
S

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

======= (Page 373 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


180 A student draws diagrams that represent three states of matter, as shown in Fig.180.1
Box B shows the arrangement of particles in a liquid.

box A box B box C

Fig. 180.1

or
(a) (i) In box A, draw the arrangement of particles in a solid. [1]

zo
(ii) In box C, draw the arrangement of particles in a gas. [1]

(b) Write the correct term for each change of state below each arrow in Fig. 4.2.

an
solid liquid gas liquid

M Fig. 180.2

(c) A wet beaker is in a warm room. After several hours the beaker is dry.
[2]

State and explain what happens to the water.


hid

Use your ideas about molecules in your answer.

...................................................................................................................................................
as

...................................................................................................................................................
R

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
ir

...............................................................................................................................................[3]
S

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 374 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


181 (a) Some materials are poor conductors of thermal energy (heat energy).

State the term that describes materials that are poor conductors of thermal energy.

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) Some materials are good conductors of thermal energy.

Draw a ring around each material that is a good conductor of thermal energy.

or
air aluminium copper glass plastic water [1]

(c) A student has two rods made of different materials. The rods are the same size.

zo
Describe an experiment to identify which material is the better conductor of thermal energy.

an
You may draw a diagram in the space below.

M
hid
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
as

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
R

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[3]
ir

[Total: 5]
S

======= (Page 375 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


182 (a) In Fig. 182.1, each box represents a state of matter. Each arrow shows a change of state. Some
labels are missing.

freezing boiling
liquid

Fig. 182.1

(i) On Fig. 182.1, write the name of the state of matter in each of the empty boxes. [1]

or
(ii) On Fig. 182.1, on each unlabelled arrow, write the change of state that it represents. [1]

zo
(b) These statements are about particles in a liquid. Two statements are correct.

Tick the boxes next to the two correct statements.

an
The particles are in a regular pattern.

M
The particles are as far apart as those in a gas.

The particles are a similar distance apart to those in a solid.

The particles vibrate about fixed positions. [2]

The particles move randomly. [Total: 4]


hid

183 (a) State three factors that determine the rate of evaporation of water.

1. ...............................................................................................................................................
as

2. ...............................................................................................................................................
R

3. ...............................................................................................................................................
[3]

(b) A person climbs out of a swimming pool and stands in the open air.

Explain why evaporation of water from the surface of the person’s body causes the person to
ir

feel cold.

...................................................................................................................................................
S

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

[Total: 5]

======= (Page 376 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


184 (a) (i) In the space below, draw a labelled diagram of the structure of a thermocouple
thermometer. Include the device from which a reading is taken.

or
zo
[3]

an
(ii) A thermocouple thermometer is used to measure the temperature of the flame of a small
candle.

State two reasons why the thermocouple thermometer is suitable for this application.

M
1. .......................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

2. .......................................................................................................................................
hid
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]

(b) State and explain any effect on the sensitivity of a liquid-in-glass thermometer of:
as

(i) reducing the diameter of the capillary tube


R

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]
ir

(ii) increasing the volume of the liquid-filled bulb.


S

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

[Total: 9]

======= (Page 377 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


185 (a) A student is supplied with a small block of iron, a thermometer and an electrical heater of
power P. There are two holes drilled in the iron block. The heater fits tightly into one
hole and the student places the thermometer into the other hole.

Fig. 185.1 shows the equipment.

or
cable
thermometer

zo
an
heater

M
iron block

Fig. 185.1

The student uses this equipment when determining the specific heat capacity of iron.
hid
State:

• the other equipment the student will need


• the measurements the student needs to take
as

• the equation used when calculating the value of the specific heat capacity of iron.

...................................................................................................................................................
R

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
ir

...................................................................................................................................................
S

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[4]

======= (Page 378 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) In the student’s home there is a wood-burning stove, which is also made of iron. The mass of
the wood-burning stove is 85 kg.

(i) State what is meant by the thermal capacity of an object.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(ii) The specific heat capacity of iron is 460 J / (kg °C).

or
Calculate the thermal capacity of the wood-burning stove.

zo
thermal capacity = ...........................................................[2]

[Total: 7]

an
186 A rock from space is travelling at high speed towards the Earth.
(a) Complete the equation for the kinetic energy of an object travelling with a speed v and state
what any other terms in the equation represent.

kinetic energy = M [1]

(b) The mass of the rock is 0.60 kg. When it hits the Earth, its average temperature increases by
hid
25 °C.
(i) The specific heat capacity of the rock is 560 J / (kg °C). Calculate the increase in the
internal energy of the rock.
as
R

increase in internal energy = ........................................................... [2]

(ii) Use the answer from (b)(i) to determine the minimum possible speed of the rock when it
hits the Earth.
ir

minimum speed = ........................................................... [2]


S

(iii) Suggest one reason why the speed determined in (b)(ii) is less than the actual speed of
the rock when it hits the Earth.

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [1]
[Total: 6]

======= (Page 379 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


187 Fig. 187.1 shows a cylindrical copper kettle that contains cold water.

cold water

copper

or
cable heater

zo
Fig. 187.1

an
The kettle is used to heat water and there is an electric heater at the base.

(a) State and explain the advantage of heating the water from below.

M
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [2]
hid

(b) As the water is heated, it expands.

(i) Explain, in terms of molecules, why water expands when it is heated.


as

...........................................................................................................................................
R

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]
ir

(ii) Copper also expands when heated.


S

State what happens to level X of the water in the kettle. Explain your answer in terms of
the expansion of the copper and the water.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 5]

======= (Page 380 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


188 A house has several solar panels on the roof.

These panels use energy from the Sun both to generate electricity and to raise the temperature of
water that passes through tubes inside the panels.

(a) The panels on the roof of the house have a black surface.

(i) State how energy from the Sun travels through space before it reaches the Earth.

...........................................................................................................................................

or
...................................................................................................................................... [1]

zo
(ii) Explain the advantage of using panels that have a black surface.

...........................................................................................................................................

an
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

M
...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) On one occasion, the panels are supplying an electric current of 15 A at a voltage of 24 V.

(i) Calculate the electrical energy generated by the panels in one hour.
hid
as

electrical energy = ........................................................... [2]

(ii) In the same time, 51 kg of cold water is pumped through the panels. The temperature of
R

the water increases from 16 °C to 45 °C.

The specific heat capacity of water is 4200 J / (kg °C).

Calculate the increase in thermal energy of the water.


ir
S

thermal energy increase = ........................................................... [3]

[Total: 8]

======= (Page 381 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


189 A nurse uses a mercury-in-glass, clinical thermometer to measure the temperature of a patient.

Fig. 189.1 shows the structure of a clinical thermometer.

mercury constriction Fig. 189.1

°C
34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42

(a) The clinical thermometer has a small range and a high sensitivity.

or
(i) State what is meant by

zo
1. range,

....................................................................................................................................

an
............................................................................................................................... [1]

2. sensitivity.

M
....................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) State and explain one feature of this clinical thermometer that produces a high sensitivity.
hid
...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
as

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]
R

(b) State the purpose of the constriction in the clinical thermometer.

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
ir

(c) Explain, in terms of the mercury molecules, how an increase in temperature produces an
increased reading on the thermometer.
S

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [3]
[Total: 8]

======= (Page 382 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


ATP
1 A student was asked to carry out an experiment to compare the insulating properties of
cotton wool, cardboard and polystyrene. The apparatus provided was hot water, a
thermometer, a stopclock and a copper can with a lid, as shown in Fig. 1.1.

thermometer

or
copper can lid

zo
water

insulation

an
Fig. 1.1

The student wrapped one of the insulators around the can, poured hot water into the can,

temperature / °C
80
M
and then took temperature and time readings as the water cooled. This was then repeated
for each insulator. The graph in Fig. 5.2 shows how the student displayed his readings.

polystyrene
60
hid
40

cotton wool
20
as

cardboard
0 time / min
0 5 10 15
R

(a) (i) Using the information on the graph, which material appears to be the best insulator?
..................................................................................................................................

(ii) Justify your answer by referring to the information on the graph.


ir

..................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................. [2]
S

(b) In this experiment, it is important to control the variables. Suggest three variables that
the student should keep constant for this experiment.

1. .....................................................................................................................................

2. .....................................................................................................................................

3. ..................................................................................................................................... [3]
Total: [5]

======= (Page 383 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


2 In a heating experiment, a student takes the temperature of a beaker B containing water at
room temperature. Fig. 2.1 shows the thermometer used.

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C

Fig. 2.1

(a) State the temperature reading shown on the thermometer.

or
temperature reading = ............................. [1]

(b) The student then transfers a small metal cylinder from beaker A of boiling water to the

zo
beaker B of water at room temperature, as shown in Fig. 2.2.

string

an
boiling
water

beaker A
M metal
cylinder

Fig. 2.2 beaker B


water at
room
temperature

The student assumes that the metal is at a temperature of 100 °C when it enters the
hid
water in beaker B. The temperature of the water in beaker B rises to 36 °C.
(i) Calculate the temperature rise of the water in beaker B.
as

temperature rise = ..........................................


(ii) Calculate the temperature fall of the metal cylinder.
R

temperature fall = ...........................................


[3]

(c) The student uses these readings and some other information to calculate the specific
heat capacity of the metal.
ir

Why is it important to transfer the metal between the beakers as quickly as possible?
S

..........................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [1]

Total: [5]

======= (Page 384 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


3 The IGCSE class is investigating the change in temperature of hot water as cold water is
added to it.

The students are provided with 100 cm3 of hot water and a supply of cold water at room
temperature.

(a) The thermometer in Fig. 1.1 shows the temperature of the cold water.

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110


C

or
Fig. 3.1

zo
Record the temperature of the cold water, as shown in Fig. 3.1.

an
.................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) A student records the temperature of the hot water. He then pours 20 cm3 of the cold

M
water into the beaker containing the hot water. He records the temperature  of the
mixture of hot and cold water and the volume V of cold water added. He then repeats
the process four times until he has added a total of 100 cm3 of cold water. The table
shows the readings.

V/ /
hid
0 80.0

20 58.0
as

40 48.0

60 40.5
R

80 34.0

100 29.0

(i) Complete the column headings in the table. [1]


ir
S

======= (Page 385 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) Use the data in the table to plot a graph of temperature  (y-axis) against volume
V (x-axis).

or
zo
an
M
hid
as
R

0 20 40 60 80 100
ir

V / cm3 [5]
S

======= (Page 386 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) A sketch graph of the readings taken by another student carrying out a similar
experiment is shown in Fig. 3.2.
The theoretical line shows the results expected by the student after calculating the
values of . The student assumed that all the heat lost by the hot water was gained by
the cold water when the cold water was poured into the beaker.
The other line shows the experimental results.

80

or
/C

zo
70

an
60

50
M theoretical line

experimental line
hid
40

Fig. 3.2
as

30
0 20 40 60 80 100
R

V / cm3

The student carried out the experiment with care. Suggest a practical reason why the
experimental line differs from the theoretical line.

..........................................................................................................................................
ir

.................................................................................................................................... [1]
S

Total: [8]

======= (Page 387 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


4 An IGCSE student is investigating the temperature rise of water in beakers heated by
different methods. The apparatus is shown in Fig. 4.1. Beaker A is heated electrically and
beaker B is heated with a Bunsen burner.
fixed voltage power source

A
beaker B
V

or
zo
Bunsen burner
beaker A

an
Fig. 4.1

The student first records room temperature.

—10 0 10 20 M
(a) Fig. 4.2 shows the thermometer at room temperature.

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 10
o
C

Fig. 4.2
hid
(i) Write down the value of room temperature.

room temperature = ......................... [1]


(ii) The two beakers are heated from room temperature for the same length of time.
as

The new water temperature for beaker A is 30 °C and for beaker B is 28 °C. Calculate the
temperature rise of the water in each beaker.
R

temperature rise in beaker A = ...............................

temperature rise in beaker B = ......................... [1]


(b) The electrical heater and the Bunsen burner both have the same power and both
beakers were heated from room temperature for the same length of time. Suggest why
ir

there is a difference in temperature rise between beaker A and beaker B.

..........................................................................................................................................
S

.................................................................................................................................... [2]

(c) In order to keep the heating effect of the electrical heater constant throughout the
heating period, the student adjusts the current. Name the component in the circuit that
the student uses for this purpose.

.................................................................................................................................... [1]

======= (Page 388 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


5 The IGCSE class is investigating the temperature changes that occur when hot and cold
water are mixed.
(a) A student pours 50 cm3 of water into a beaker. He then measures the temperature 1
of the water in the beaker. Write down the value of 1 shown on the thermometer in
Fig. 5.1.

°C
–10

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110

or
Fig. 5.1 1 = ................................................. [2]

(b) The student then measures the temperature 2 of some hot water. He pours 50 cm3

zo
of this hot water into the beaker of water at room temperature. He then records the
temperature 3 of the water in the beaker. His readings are

an
2 = 76 °C,

3 = 42 °C.

Calculate

(i)

(ii)
M
the temperature rise of the cold water, ......................................

the temperature fall of the hot water. .........................................


[2]
hid
(c) A theoretical calculation based on the equation

thermal energy lost by hot water = thermal energy gained by cold water
as

predicts a higher value for the temperature 3 than the value that is obtained by this
experiment. Suggest
R

(i) a practical explanation for the difference in values,

..................................................................................................................................

(ii) two practical improvements that you could make to the procedure for this experiment
to obtain a result that is closer to the theoretical result.
ir

1. ..............................................................................................................................
S

2. ........................................................................................................................ [3]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 389 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


6 A student is investigating the effect of surface area exposed to the air on the rate of cooling
of hot water.

thermometer

thermometer

100 cm3

or
beaker water

zo
100 cm3 measuring
cylinder
water

an
A B

M Fig. 6.1

The student is provided with two containers. The beaker is labelled A and the measuring
cylinder is labelled B. Each container contains 100 cm3 of hot water. He records the
temperature of the water at 30 s intervals for a total of four minutes. Table 3.1 shows the
readings of time t and temperature θ .

Table 6.1
hid

container A container B
(beaker) (measuring cylinder)
t /s θ / °C θ / °C
as

0 85 85
R

30 76 79

60 68 74

90 63 69

120 59 66
ir

150 56 63
S

180 54 61

210 52 59

240 51 58

======= (Page 390 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(a) (i) Use the data in Table 6.1 to plot a graph of θ / °C ( y-axis) against t /s (x-axis) for the
beaker. Draw the best-fit curve.

(ii) Use the data for the measuring cylinder to plot another curve on the same graph
axes that you used for part (a)(i).

or
zo
an
M
hid
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240
t /s
[6]
as

(b) The experiment is designed to investigate the effect of the surface area exposed to the
air on the rate of cooling. State briefly the effect of a larger surface area on the rate of
cooling. Justify your answer by reference to your graph.
R

statement ..........................................................................................................................

justification ........................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [2]
ir

[Total: 8]
S

======= (Page 391 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


7 The IGCSE class is investigating the cooling of thermometer bulbs under different conditions.
The students are provided with two thermometers A and B. Thermometer B has cotton wool
wrapped around the bulb. Fig. 7.1 shows thermometer A.

thermometer A

or
zo
stand

an
water

M
hid
Fig. 7.1

The students measure the temperature θ of the hot water in the beaker. Fig. 2.2 shows the
thermometer reading.
as

-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 100°C


R

thermometer A

Fig. 7.2

(a) Record in Table 7.1 at time t = 0 s the temperature θ shown in Fig.7.2.


ir

(b) The students remove the thermometer from the water, starting the stopclock at the
same time. Table 7.1 shows the temperature of the thermometer bulb at 30 s
S

intervals. The experiment is repeated using thermometer B which has cotton wool
wrapped around the thermometer bulb.

======= (Page 392 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Complete Table 7.1 by inserting the appropriate unit in the time and in the temperature
column headings.

Table 7.1

Thermometer A Thermometer B

t/ θ/ θ/

or
0 81

30 51 72

zo
60 43 58

an
90 37 49

M
120 34 43

150 30 38

180 28 34

210 27 31
[2]
hid

(c) Suggest which thermometer cooled more quickly at first. Justify your answer by reference
to the readings.
as

statement .........................................................................................................................
R

justification .......................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [2]

under different conditions (in this experiment one thermometer bulb is covered with cotton
ir

wool), it is important to control other experimental conditions. Suggest two conditions that
should be controlled in this experiment.
S

1. ......................................................................................................................................

2. ................................................................................................................................. [2]

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 393 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


8 An IGCSE student is investigating the rate of cooling of water in different containers.
Fig.8.1 shows the two containers.

thermometer

thermometer
container A

or
container B

Fig. 8.1

zo
Approximately 200 cm3 of hot water is poured into container A. A stopclock is started and
the temperature of the water is recorded at 30 s intervals. Hot water is then poured into

an
container B until there is sufficient to cover the thermometer bulb. The stopclock is started
and the temperature of the water is recorded at 30 s intervals. All the temperature readings
are shown in Table 2.1.

MTable 8.1

container A container B

t/ θ/ θ/
hid
0 80 78

71 66
as

65 59

59 55
R

56 51

55 49

54 48
ir

(a) (i) Complete the column headings in the table.


S

(ii) Complete the time column in the table.


[2]

======= (Page 394 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) Calculate the temperature change of the water in each container over the period of
180 s.

Container A temperature change = ............................................

or
Container B temperature change = ....................................... [1]

(c) State which container, A or B, has the greater rate of cooling. Justify your answer by

zo
reference to the readings.

Statement ........................................................................................................................

an
Justification ......................................................................................................................

M
..................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) To make a fair comparison between the rates of cooling of the hot water in the two
containers it is important to control other experimental conditions. Suggest two conditions
that should be controlled in this experiment.

1. ......................................................................................................................................
hid
2. ................................................................................................................................. [2]
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 395 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


9 The IGCSE class is investigating the cooling of water.

Fig. 9.1. shows the apparatus used.


Hot water is poured into the beaker and temperature

readings are taken as the water cools. Table 2.1 shows

thermometer the readings taken by one student.

t /s θ / °C
Fig. 9.1

or
0 85

30 78

zo
hot 60 74
water
90 71

an
120 69

M
150 67

Table 9.1
300 63
hid

(a) (i) Using the information in the table, calculate the temperature change T1 of the water
in the first 150 s.
as
R

T1 = ...........................................

(ii) Using the information in the table, calculate the temperature change T2 of the water
in the final 150 s.
ir
S

T2 = ............................................
[3]

======= (Page 396 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) Plot a graph of θ / °C (y-axis) against t / s (x-axis) for the first 150 s. [5]

or
zo
an
M
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
hid
t /s

(c) During the experiment the rate of temperature change decreases.


as

(i) Describe briefly how the results that you have calculated in part (a) show this
trend.
R

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

(ii) Describe briefly how the graph line shows this trend.
ir

..................................................................................................................................
S

..................................................................................................................................
[2]

======= (Page 397 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


10 The IGCSE class is investigating the rate of cooling of water.

Fig. 10.1 shows the apparatus.

thermometer

or
water

test-tube

zo
an
MFig. 10.1

(a) Record room temperature θ R as shown on the thermometer in Fig. 10.2.

°C
-10

10 0

110
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90
hid
Fig. 10.2

θR = ........................................[1]
as

(b) A student pours hot water into the test-tube until it is about two thirds full of water and
places the thermometer in the water. When the thermometer reading stops rising, she
R

measures the temperature θ of the water and recordsθ in Table 10.1 at time t = 0. She
starts a stopclock and records in the table the time t and the temperature θ of the water
every 30 s. She removes the thermometer and pours away the water from the test-tube.
She then wraps cotton wool insulation round the test-tube and repeats the procedure.

(i) Complete the time and temperature column headings in the table.
ir

(ii) Complete the time column in the table.


S

======= (Page 398 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Table 10.1

t/ tube without tube with


cotton wool cotton wool
θ/ θ/
0 79 80

65 67

58 60

or
55 57

53 56

zo
52 55

an
51 54
[2]

the readings.
M
(c) State in which experiment the cooling is more rapid. Justify your answer by reference to

experiment .......................................................................................................................

justification .......................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................[2]
hid

(d) If these experiments were to be repeated in order to check the results, it would be
important to control the conditions. Suggest two conditions that should be controlled.
as

1. ......................................................................................................................................

2. ..................................................................................................................................[2]
R

(e) Suggest two alternative insulating materials that could be used in place of cotton wool.

1. ......................................................................................................................................

2. ..................................................................................................................................[2]
ir

[Total: 9]
S

======= (Page 399 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


11 The IGCSE class is investigating the rate of cooling of water.

The apparatus is shown in Fig. 11.1.


Fig. 11.1
thermometer

(a) Record room temperature θ R as shown on the t


thermometer in Fig. 11.2.

beaker

or
water

Fig. 11.2

zo °C
–10

100

110
0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90
an
θR = ........................................[1]

water cools, as shown in Table 11.1.


M
(b) The beaker contains 200 cm3 of hot water. A student takes temperature readings as the

Table 11.1

t/ θ/
hid
0 79

30 65 [5]
60 58
as

90 55
R

120 53

150 52

180 51

(i) Complete the column headings in Table 11.1.


ir

(ii) Calculate the temperature fall T1 during the first 30 s of cooling.


S

T1 = ............................................

(iii) Calculate the temperature fall T2 during the final 30 s of cooling.

T2 = ........................................[3]

======= (Page 400 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) Plot the graph of temperature (y-axis) against time (x-axis).

or
zo
an
M
hid
[5]

(d) (i) State how the rate of cooling in the first 30 s differs from that in the final 30 s.
as

..................................................................................................................................
R

..................................................................................................................................

(ii) Explain how the graph line shows this difference.

..................................................................................................................................
ir

..............................................................................................................................[2]
S

[Total: 11]

======= (Page 401 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


12 The IGCSE class is investigating the heating of a thermometer bulb.
The apparatus is shown in Figs. 12.1, 12.2 and 12.3.
thermometer

card
metre rule
lamp

or
d
Fig. 12.1

(a) Record the value of room temperature θ R shown on the thermometer.

zo
-10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
°C

an
Fig. 12.2
θ R = ................................................. [1]
(b) A student switches on the lamp and places the thermometer so that its bulb is a

M
horizontal distance d = 100 mm from the surface of the lamp, as shown in Fig. 12.1. She
records the distance d between the thermometer bulb and the surface of the lamp. She
also records the temperature θ shown on the thermometer. She repeats the procedure
using values of d of 80 mm, 60 mm, 40 mm, 20 mm and 10 mm. The temperature
readings are shown in Table 12.1.
d / 00 θ / 00
(i) Record the d values in the table.
hid
(ii) Complete the column headings in the table. 52

56

(c) The student moves the thermometer away from the


as

61
lamp and waits for about a minute
67
for the thermometer to cool. She places the
R

thermometer so that its bulb is a vertical distance 75


dV = 100 mm from the top surface of the lamp, as
shown in Fig. 12.3. 86
[2]
Table 12.1
thermometer
ir

dv
S

lamp

Fig. 12.3

======= (Page 402 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


She records the temperature θ V shown on the thermometer: θ V = 55 °C.

Calculate the difference between θ V and the thermometer reading θH at a horizontal


distance of 100 mm from the lamp. State whether θ V is higher, lower or the same as θ H.

or
temperature difference = ......................................................

zo
θ V is ................................................. [1]

(d) A student suggests that θ V will be higher than the thermometer reading θH because

an
thermal energy will travel by infra-red radiation and convection to the thermometer bulb
above the lamp but by infra-red radiation only when the bulb is to one side of the lamp.

M
If the experiment were to be repeated in order to investigate this suggestion it would
be important to control the conditions. Suggest two such conditions, relevant to this
investigation, that should be controlled.

1. ......................................................................................................................................

2. ......................................................................................................................................
[2]
hid

(e) Briefly describe a precaution that you would take in this experiment in order to obtain a
reliable result.
as

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
R

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 7]
ir
S

======= (Page 403 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


13 An IGCSE student is investigating how the surface of a container affects the rate at which water
cools. She is using two test-tubes, labelled A and B, as shown in Fig. 13.1. Test-tube A has
no covering. Test-tube B is covered with foil.

thermometers

100 110 °C
100 110 °C

or
90

90
80

80

zo
70

an 70
60

60
cork
50

50
M
40

40
30

30
water-level
20

20
mark
10

10
0
0

hid
–10

–10
as

water water

A B
R

foil

Fig. 13.1
ir

(a) The cork and thermometer are removed from test-tube A and hot water is poured into
the test-tube up to the marked level. The cork and thermometer are replaced.
S

(i) The thermometer reading rises to the value shown in Fig. 13.1.

Read and record, in the first row of Table 2.1, this temperature θ at time t = 0 s.

======= (Page 404 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) The temperatures θ of the thermometer in test-tube A at times t = 30 s, 60 s, 90 s, 120 s,
150 s and 180 s are shown in Table 13.1.

Complete the column headings and column t values in the table.

Table 13.1 test-tube A test-tube B

t/

or
71.5 76.0

zo
67.5 73.0

an
64.0 70.5

60.5 68.5

(b)
M 58.0

56.0

The procedure is repeated for test-tube B. Fig. 13.1 shows the thermometer reading of
66.5

65.0
[3]

test-tube B at the start of the experiment.


hid

Read and record, in the first row of Table 13.1, this temperature θ at time t = 0 s.

(c) The temperatures θ of the thermometer in test-tubeB at times t = 30 s, 60 s, 90 s, 120 s,


as

150 s and 180 s are shown in the table.

State in which test-tube, A or B, the water cools at the greater rate. Justify your answer by
R

referring to the results.

test-tube .....................

justification ................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
ir

...................................................................................................................................................
S

[2]

(d) Suggest one aspect of the practical procedure which may be a source of unreliability in the
experiment.

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

======= (Page 405 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


14 The IGCSE class is investigating the scale of a thermometer.
(a) Record room temperature θ R as shown on the thermometer in Fig. 14.1.

°C
-10

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110
Fig. 14.1

θR = .................................................. [1]

or
A student pours hot water into a beaker. She measures the temperature θ of the water
in the beaker every 30 s. The readings are shown in Table 2.1.

zo
Table 14.1

t/ d/

an
0 80
30 74
60
90
120
M 69
65
63
150 61
hid
180 60

(b) (i) Using Fig. 14.2, measure, and record in the table, the distance d from the end of the
thermometer to the position of the liquid in the thermometer at the first temperature
as

reading in the table.


R

d °C
-10

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110
ir

Fig. 14.2
S

(ii) Repeat the measurement in (b)(i) for all the other temperature readings. [2]

(iii) Complete the column headings in the table. [1]

======= (Page 406 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) The student plotted a graph of θ against d. A sketch of the graph obtained is shown in
Fig. 14.3.

80

Ƨ / °C

or
zo
0

an
0 d / cm

Fig. 14.3

(i)
M
Explain how the graph line shows that θ is not directly proportional to d.

..................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [1]
hid
(ii) Suggest why, when θ = 0 °C, the value of d is not zero.

..................................................................................................................................
as

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................
R

[1]

(d) Determine, as accurately as possible, the distance x between the 1 °C marks on the
thermometer shown in Fig. 14.2. Show your working.
ir
S

x = .................................................. [3]

[Total: 9]

======= (Page 407 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


15 The IGCSE class is investigating the cooling of water.
(a) A student places a thermometer in a beaker of cold water.

Using Fig. 15.1, record the temperature θ C of the cold water supplied to the student.

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C

Fig. 15.1

or
θC = . ....................................... [1]

zo
(b) The student pours 200 cm3 of hot water into a beaker. She measures the temperature of
the water at 30 s intervals. The readings are shown in Table 2.1.

an
Table 15.1

t/ θ/

M0

30

60
80

75

72

90 69
hid
120 67

150 66
as

Complete the column headings in the table. [1]

(c) The student empties the beaker and pours another 200 cm3 of the hot water into the
R

beaker. She measures the temperature θH of the water in the beaker.

78 °C
θ H = ............................................

She then empties the cold water from the measuring cylinder shown in Fig. 2.2 into the
beaker of hot water. She measures the temperature θA of the water in the beaker.
ir

θA = ................74 °C....................
........
S

======= (Page 408 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Using Fig. 15.2, record the volume VA of cold water.

cm3
25
VA = ........................................ [1]

20 (d) Estimate the volume V of cold water that,


added to the hot water, would give the same

temperature drop as allowing the hot water to cool

or
15
for 150 s.

zo
water
10 Use the evidence from the table and the readings in
parts (b) and (c). Explain briefly how you arrived at
your answer.

an
5

Fig. 15.2

M
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
hid
..........................................................................................................................................

V = ........................................ [2]
as

(e) This laboratory investigation could be used as a small-scale model for a process in a
factory. The laboratory investigation would be repeated many times.
R

Suggest two conditions that should be kept constant in order to provide reliable results.

1. ......................................................................................................................................

2. ......................................................................................................................................
[2]
ir

[Total: 7]
S

======= (Page 409 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


16 Some IGCSE students are investigating the cooling of water.

Fig. 16.1 shows how the apparatus is set up.


thermometers

stand

or
zo
hot
water Fig. 16.1

an
(a) A thermometer is placed on the bench so that room temperature can be measured.

Read and record room temperature θ R as shown on the thermometer in Fig. 16.2.

–10 0 10 20
M30 40 50 60 70
θR = ........................................[1]

80 90 100 110 °C
Fig. 16.2
hid
(b) A student pours hot water into the beaker so that the level is as shown in Fig. 16.1.

In Table 16.1, he then records the temperaturesθ every minute as the water cools untiltime
t = 6 minutes. Complete the column headings and complete the time column in Table 16.1. [2]
as

Table 16.1 thermometer bulb near the thermometer bulb near the
R

bottom of the beaker surface of the water

t/ θ/ θ/

0 82.0 76.0
ir

79.5 74.0

77.0 72.0
S

75.0 70.0

73.0 68.0

70.5 66.0

69.0 64.5

======= (Page 410 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) State in which position of the thermometer bulb the average rate of cooling is the greater.

Justify your answer by referring to the results.

position ............................................................................................................................

justification .......................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

or
[2]

(d) What precaution do the results suggest should be taken when measuring the

zo
temperature of a liquid?

Explain how the results show that this is a sensible precaution.

an
precaution ........................................................................................................................

M
..........................................................................................................................................

explanation ......................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
hid
[2]

(e) A student in a different school wants to repeat the experiment in order to check the
as

results. Suggest two experimental conditions which should be kept the same.
1. ......................................................................................................................................
R

..........................................................................................................................................

2. ......................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
[2]
ir

[Total: 9]
S

======= (Page 411 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


17 A student carries out an experiment to compare how quickly thermal energy is conducted
along rods made from different metals. Each rod is heated at one end with a Bunsen burner flame.

Each rod carries a marker held on the rod with a little wax. When the wax melts, the marker falls.

wax

rod marker

or
heat
tripod

zo
bench

an
Fig. 17.1

Name this piece of equipment.


M
(a) One other piece of equipment is required to compare how quickly thermal energy is conducted.

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) Suggest three possible variables that the student should keep constant in order to make a
fair comparison between the different metals.
hid

1. ...............................................................................................................................................

2. ...............................................................................................................................................
as

3. ...............................................................................................................................................
[3]
R

(c) Another student suggests that it would be helpful to measure the temperatures at both ends
of the rod. He suggests using a liquid-in-glass thermometer, normally used for measuring the
temperature of hot water.

Suggest two reasons why a liquid-in-glass thermometer is not suitable.


ir

1. ...............................................................................................................................................
S

2. ...............................................................................................................................................
[2]

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 412 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


18 The IGCSE class is investigating the cooling of a thermometer bulb under different conditions.

A student places a thermometer in a beaker of hot water, as shown in Fig. 18.1.

(a) Write down the temperature θ H of the

110 °C
Fig. 18.2 hot water, as shown on the thermometer
in Fig. 18.2.

100
90

or
Fig. 18.1

80
70

zo
60
thermometer

an
50
40
θH ............................................... [1]

30

water
M 20
10
0
–10

(b) The student removes the


thermometer from the beaker of
water. He immediately starts a
stopclock. He records the
temperature θ every 30 s. The
readings are shown in Table 18.1.
hid

Table 18.1 without insulation with insulation


as

t/ θ/ θ/
R

30 78 84

60 71 79

90 67 76

120 65 74
ir

150 63 73
S

======= (Page 413 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


He replaces the thermometer in the beaker of hot water and records its temperature.

90 °C
θH ....................................................

He removes the thermometer from the beaker of hot water and places it in a beaker containing
only dry cotton wool. The thermometer bulb is completely surrounded by cotton wool. He
immediately starts a stopclock, and records the temperature θ every 30 s. The readings are
shown in Table 18.1.

or
(i) Complete the column headings in the table. [1]
(ii) State whether the cotton wool insulation increases, decreases, or has no significant

zo
effect on the rate of cooling of the thermometer bulb, compared with the rate of cooling
with no insulation. Justify your answer by reference to the results.

an
M
hid

statement ..........................................................................................................................

justification ........................................................................................................................
as

...........................................................................................................................................
[2]
R

(c) Suggest two conditions that should be kept constant when this experiment is repeated.

1. ...............................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
ir

2. ...............................................................................................................................................
S

...................................................................................................................................................
[2]

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 414 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


19 The IGCSE class is investigating the cooling of water.

A student places a thermometer into a beaker containing 200 cm3 of hot water, as shown
in Fig. 19.1.

(a) (i) Record the temperature θ H of the hot water,


shown on the thermometer in Fig. 2.2. W rite

thermometer the value in Table 2.1 for time t = 0 s.


Fig. 19.2

or
(ii) The student leaves the thermometer in the
Fig. 19.1

110 °C
hot water and records the temperature

zo
every 30 s. The readings are shown in

100
Table 19.1.

an
90
water θ /
Table 19.1 t/

80
0

70
Complete the column headings in the table. [2] 30 74

60
60 67

50
(b) Plot a graph of θ / °C ( y-axis) against t /s (x-axis). 90 63

40
120 61

30
hid
150 59

20
10
as

0
–10
R
ir
S

[5]

======= (Page 415 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


20 The IGCSE class was performing a
thermometer
heating experiment. The apparatus is Fig.20.1
shown in Fig. 20.1.

beaker cable to
The aim was to determine the rate at power supply
which the temperature of 200 cm3 of
water increased when heated with an electric
water immersion
electric immersion heater. heater

or
The water was heated from room temperature up to 60 °C. The teacher measured the power of the
immersion heater and calculated (correctly) the time required to raise the temperature of 200 cm3 of

zo
water from 21 °C to 60 °C. The students found that the water must be heated for longer than the
calculated time.

an
(a) (i) What is the most likely cause of the longer time recorded? Tick the appropriate box.

an inaccurate thermometer

errors in reading the stopwatch

heat loss during the experiment


M
(ii) Suggest two precautions that could be taken to obtain more accurate results.
hid

...................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................
as

...............................................................................................................................[3]

(b) What is the reading on the thermometer shown in Fig. 20.2?


R

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C


ir

Fig. 20.2 reading = ........................ [1]


(c) The power P of the immersion heater is calculated using the equation P = V I
S

Calculate the power of an immersion heater in which the current is 5.5 A when the p.d.
across it is 12.0 V.

..........................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................[2]

======= (Page 416 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


21 The IGCSE class is investigating the rate of cooling of water in a beaker. Some of the
apparatus used is shown in Fig. 21.1.

thermometer

string
beaker

or
hot water

zo
an
Fig. 21.1

During the experiment, a student measures the temperature of the water, its volume, the

0 10 20 30
M
length of string wrapped round a beaker and the depth of water in the beaker.

(a) Write down the readings shown in Figs. 1.2 and 1.3. Include appropriate units.

–10 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C


hid

Fig. 21.2
cm3
100
as

temperature = ............................

80
R

60

40
Fig. 21.3 20
ir
S

volume of water in the measuring cylinder = ..................................... [3]

======= (Page 417 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) The string is wrapped 5 times round the beaker and marked as shown in Fig. 1.4.

mark

string

or
mark beaker

zo
Fig. 21.4

an
The string is held against a metre rule as shown in Fig. 21.5.

string

cm 10 20 30 40 M
50 60

Fig. 21.5
70 80 90

metre rule
hid
(i) Write down the length of the string between the marks.

length = ................................ cm
(ii) Calculate the circumference c of the beaker.
as
R

c = ........................................ cm
(iii) Suggest one source of error in this method of determining the circumference.

..................................................................................................................................
ir

..................................................................................................................................
S

(iv) Suggest one improvement to this method.

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................
[4]

======= (Page 418 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) A rule is placed beside the beaker, as shown in Fig. 21.6.

beaker 3

or
2

zo
water
1

cm

an
Fig. 21.6

M
(i) Write down the depth d of the water in the beaker.

d = ........................................ cm
(ii) Calculate the surface area A of the curved surface of the beaker up to the water
level using the equation A = dc.
hid
as
R

A = ..................................
[2]

(d) State the other measurements that need to be taken to determine the rate of cooling of
the water.
ir

..........................................................................................................................................
S

.................................................................................................................................... [2]

======= (Page 419 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


22 The IGCSE class carries out an experiment to investigate the effect of insulation on the rate
of cooling of hot water. The apparatus is shown in Fig.22.1.

Fig. 22.1

thermometer thermometer

insulation

or
water water

zo
bench
beaker A beaker B

an
The students each have two glass beakers A and B. Beaker B is insulated. They also have
a supply of hot water.

M
A student pours hot water into beaker A until it is approximately two thirds full and then
measures the temperature  of the hot water. He records this temperature in the table at
time t = 0 s. He then starts a stopwatch and records the temperature of the water at 30 s
intervals for a total of four minutes.

He repeats the experiment using beaker B. All the readings are shown in the tables below.
hid
beaker A beaker B

t/ / t/ /
as

0 80 0 80

30 67 30 69
R

60 59 60 62

90 54 90 57

120 51 120 53
ir

150 48 150 50

180 47 180 48
S

210 46 210 47

240 45 240 46

(a) Complete the column headings in the tables. [1]

======= (Page 420 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) Use the readings for beaker A to plot a graph of temperature  (y-axis) against
time t (x-axis). Start the temperature scale at 40 °C. Draw the best-fit curve. [4]

or
zo
an
M
hid

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280
t/s
as

(c) Use the readings for beaker B to plot another curve on the same graph axes that you
R

used in part (b). [2]

(d) The experiment you have just done was designed to investigate the effect of insulation
on the rate of cooling. Suggest two improvements that could be made to the design of
the experiment.
ir

1. ......................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
S

2. ......................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [2]

======= (Page 421 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


23 The IGCSE class is investigating conditions affecting the rate of cooling of a beaker of hot
water.

(a) The students start by measuring room temperature. Record the value of room
temperature as shown on the thermometer in Fig. 231.

—10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110


o
C

or
Fig. 23.1

zo
temperature = .................................. [2]

an
(b) The students are provided with hot water in beakers as shown in Fig. 23.2. Beaker A is
insulated and beaker B has a lid.

M
thermometer thermometer

lid
hid
insulation
as

water water
R

Beaker A Beaker B
ir

Fig. 23.2
S

The students measure and record the temperature θ of the water in each beaker every
30 s for a total of five minutes. One student’s readings are shown in the tables.

======= (Page 422 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


time / s θ / °C time / s θ / °C
0 83.0 0 82.0

30 82.0 30 82.0

60 81.0 60 81.0

90 79.5 90 80.0

120 79.0 120 79.0

or
150 77.0 150 78.0

zo
180 75.0 180 76.0

210 74.0 210 75.0

an
240 72.0 240 74.0

270 71.0 270 73.0

300 70.0

M 300

(i) Look at the temperature readings in the tables. State whether the insulation round
beaker A or the lid on beaker B or neither is most effective in keeping the water
hot. By reference to readings in the tables, justify your answer.
72.0
hid
statement .................................................................................................................

justification ...............................................................................................................
as

............................................................................................................................ [2]
(ii) Suggest a suitable material for the insulation around beaker A.
R

............................................................................................................................ [1]
(iii) To obtain reliable results in this experiment, it is important that variables are
controlled. State three variables that should be controlled in this experiment.

variable 1 ..................................................................................................................
ir

variable 2 ..................................................................................................................
S

variable 3 ............................................................................................................ [3]

======= (Page 423 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


24 An IGCSE student is investigating the cooling of a thermometer bulb.

The apparatus used is shown in Figs. 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3.

clamp
clamp

thermometer
in position A
thermometer

or
water water

zo
an
constant temperature water bath constant temperature water bath

Fig. 24.1
M clamp
Fig. 24.2
hid
thermometer
in position B
water
as
R

Fig. 24.3
constant temperature water bath

(a) The student places the thermometer in the water bath, as shown in Fig. 24.1.
ir

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C


S

Fig. 24.4

Write down the temperature θ H of the water bath, shown on the thermometer in Fig. 2 4.4.

θH = ................................................. [1]

======= (Page 424 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) The student moves the thermometer until the thermometer bulb is in position A above
the surface of the water, as shown in Fig. 24.2. She starts a stopclock. She records the
time and temperature readings every 30 s.

She replaces the thermometer in the water bath, still at temperature θ H.

She then moves the thermometer to position B, as shown in Fig. 24.3. She records the
time and temperature readings every 30 s.

All the readings are shown in Table 24.1.

or
Table 24.1

zo
position A position B
t/

an
30 79 66
60 74 42
90
120
150
180
M 70
66
61
56
29
27
26
26

(i) Complete the column headings in the table. [1]


hid

(ii) State in which position, A or B, the thermometer has the greater rate of cooling in
the first 30 s.
as

position ......................................................

(iii) Explain briefly how you reached this conclusion.


R

..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [1]
ir
S

======= (Page 425 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(iv) Calculate the temperature difference from 30 s to 180 s for each set of readings.

temperature difference for position A = ......................................................

temperature difference for position B = ......................................................

or
[1]

(v) Estimate room temperature θR.

zo
θR = ................................................. [1]

an
(c) Describe briefly a precaution you would take to make the temperature readings reliable.

M
..........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(d) A scientist is using this experiment as part of research into convection currents above
hot water.
hid
Suggest two conditions that should be kept constant when this experiment is repeated.

1. ......................................................................................................................................
as

2. ......................................................................................................................................
[2]
R

[Total: 8]
ir
S

======= (Page 426 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


25 An IGCSE student is investigating methods of preventing loss of thermal energy.

The student is using two beakers labelled A and B, as shown in Fig. 25.1.

110 °C

110 °C
thermometer thermometer
100

100

or
90

90
lid
80

80

zo
70

70
60

an 60
insulation
50

50
40

40
30

30
M
20

20
10

10
hot
0

0
water
–10

–10
hid
as

beaker A beaker B
R

Fig. 25.1

Beaker A has a layer of insulation and beaker B has a lid but no insulation.

The beakers contain hot water at the start of the experiment. The initial temperatures are as
shown in Fig. 2.1.
ir

(a) Read, and record in the first row of Table 25.1, the temperatures of the water in beakers
A and B at time t = 0. [1]
S

(b) The temperatures of the hot water after 30 s, 60 s, 90 s, 120 s, 150 s and 180 s are shown
in Table 25.1.

Complete the column headings and enter the values of t in the table.
[2]

======= (Page 427 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Table 25.1

beaker A beaker 8

t/

or
85.0 87.0

83.5 85.5

zo
82.0 84.5

an
81.0 84.0

M
79.5 83.0

78.5 82.5

(c) State from which beaker, if either, the rate of loss of thermal energy is the greater. Justify
your answer by referring to the results.
hid
beaker ....................................

justification .......................................................................................................................
as

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
R

[2]

(d) State one condition that should be controlled to ensure that the comparison between
beaker A and beaker B is a fair one.

..........................................................................................................................................
ir

..................................................................................................................................... [1]
S

======= (Page 428 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(e) A student points out that the experiment does not test the effectiveness of insulation in
reducing thermal energy loss.

Suggest a change to this experiment which could be made so that the effect of insulation
could be investigated. Explain why this change would help.

suggestion .......................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

or
explanation ......................................................................................................................

zo
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

an
[2]

[Total: 8]

26
M
The IGCSE class is investigating the cooling of water.

A student cools some water by four different methods.

Experiment A (cooling with stirring)


hid
(a) The student pours approximately 200 cm3 of hot water into a beaker.

She measures the temperature θ 1. Fig. 26.1 shows the thermometer.


as

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C


R

Fig. 26.1

Write down the temperature θ 1 shown on the thermometer in Fig. 26.1.

θ1 = .................................................. [1]
ir

(b) The student stirs the water for one minute. She then records the temperature θ2 of the
S

water.

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C

Fig. 26.2

======= (Page 429 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(i) Write down the temperature θ2 shown on the thermometer in Fig. 2.2.

θ2 = ......................................................

(ii) Calculate the temperature difference (θ1 – θ2).

or
(θ1 – θ2) = ......................................................
[1]

zo
Experiment B (cooling with pouring)

an
(c) The student starts again with approximately 200 cm3 of hot water at the same initial
temperature θ 1.
She carefully pours the water from the beaker into another beaker. She pours the water

M
back into the first beaker. She repeats this process four times.

She measures the temperature θ 3 of the water. Fig. 26.3 shows this temperature.

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C


hid
Fig. 26.3

(i) Write down the temperature θ 3 shown on the thermometer in Fig. 26.3.
as

θ3 = ......................................................
R

(ii) Calculate the temperature difference (θ1 – θ3).

(θ1 – θ3) = ......................................................


[1]
ir

Experiment C (cooling with a lid) and Experiment D (cooling without a lid)


S

======= (Page 430 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(d) The student pours approximately 200 cm3 of the hot water into each of two beakers. The
initial temperature of the water in each beaker is θ1.

She places a lid on one of the beakers. She allows both beakers to cool for 5 minutes.

At the end of the cooling period, she calculates the temperature differences.

or
11°C
temperature difference of C (with a lid) = ......................................................

zo
31°C
temperature difference of D (without a lid) = ......................................................

Rank the experiments A, B, C and D in order, with the one that produced the greatest

an
temperature drop first.

greatest temperature drop 1. ....................................

M 2. ....................................

3. ....................................

smallest temperature drop 4. ....................................


[1]
hid
(e) If this laboratory investigation is to be repeated many times to check the results, suggest
two conditions that should be kept constant in order to provide reliable results.

1. ......................................................................................................................................
as

2. ......................................................................................................................................
[2]
R

(f) A student complains that the investigation is not a fair comparison.

Suggest one way in which the investigation could be more fair.

..........................................................................................................................................
ir

...................................................................................................................................... [1]
S

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 431 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


27 The IGCSE class is investigating the cooling of hot water under different conditions.

Figs. 27.1 and 27.2 show the apparatus used.

thermometer thermometer

or
insulation

zo
an
water water

Fig. 27.1
M
(a) Record room temperature θ R as shown on the thermometer in Fig. 27.3.
Fig. 27.2

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C


Fig. 27.3
hid

θR = ................................................. [1]

(b) A student pours hot water into the uninsulated beaker shown in Fig. 27.1 until it is about
as

two-thirds full. She measures the temperature and immediately starts a stopclock. She
records the temperature every 30 s. She repeats the procedure using the insulated beaker as
shown in Fig. 27.2. The readings are shown in Table 27.1.
R

Table 27.1
without insulation with insulation
t/
0 80 79
ir

30 77 76
60 74 73
S

90 72 71
120 70 70
150 69 69

Complete the column headings in the table. [1]

======= (Page 432 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) State whether the cotton wool insulation increases, decreases, or has no significant effect on
the rate of cooling of the water, compared with the rate of cooling with no insulation. Justify
your answer by reference to the results.

statement ..................................................................................................................................

justification ................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

or
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]

zo
(d) The student suggests that a significant cause of loss of thermal energy from the beakers is
evaporation. Suggest how you would reduce the evaporation in this experiment.

an
...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(e) Suggest one condition that should not be changed when this experiment is repeated.

M
...............................................................................................................................................[1]

[Total: 6]
hid
28 The IGCSE class is investigating the cooling of hot water as cold water is added.
The apparatus is shown in Fig. 28.1.
as

clamp stand
R

thermometer
ir
S

Fig. 2.1

water

======= (Page 433 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(a) Record room temperature θR as shown on the thermometer in Fig. 2.2.

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C

Fig. 28.2

θR = ................................................. [1]

or
(b) A student pours approximately 150 cm3 of hot water into a beaker. She measures the
temperature θ of the water in the beaker.

zo
She adds a volume V = 10 cm3 of water at room temperature to the hot water in the beaker
and stirs it briefly. She measures the temperature of the water in the beaker.

an
She adds a total of 50 cm3 of cold water, 10 cm3 at a time, stirring and measuring the
temperature each time. The readings are shown in Table 2.1.

M V/
0
Table 28.1

82
75
hid

69

65
as

61

58
R

(i) The total volume of cold water added is V.

In Table 2.1, complete the volume V column.

(ii) Complete the column headings in the table.


ir

[2]
S

(c) Suggest one way you could reduce the loss of thermal energy to the surroundings during the
experiment.

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

======= (Page 434 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


29 The class is investigating the cooling of water. Fig. 29.1 shows the apparatus used.

thermometer (a) Record the temperature θ C of the cold water shown


on the thermometer in Fig. 29.2.

°C
0
or 11
0
10
90
zo
water

80
an 70
Fig. 29.1

60
50
M
θ C = ...........................................................[1]

40
(b) A student pours 100 cm3 of hot water into

30
a beaker. He records the temperature θ H of
the hot water in the beaker.
20
10

θH = 83 °C
hid
0

................................................................
0
–1

State one precaution that you would take to


ensure that the temperature reading is as Fig. 29.2
as

reliable as possible.

...................................................................................................................................................
R

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(c) The student adds 100 cm3 of cold water to the hot water in the beaker. He records the
temperature θ M of the mixture.
ir

θM = 46 °C
................................................................
S

Calculate the average temperature θA of the hot water and the cold water using the equation
(θ + θC)
θA = H .
2

θA = ...............................................................
[1]

======= (Page 435 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(d) The student carried out this experiment carefully.

He was expecting that the temperature θ M of the mixture would be the same as the average
temperature θ A of the hot water and the cold water.

Suggest two factors that could cause θ M and θ A to be different.

1. ...............................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

or
2. ...............................................................................................................................................

zo
...................................................................................................................................................
[2]

an
(e) Fig. 29.3 shows a measuring cylinder.
100
Three students take the volume reading. Their readings are: cm3
90


Student 1: 80 cm3

Student 2: 79 cm3

Student 3: 78 cm3
M 80
70
60
50
40
hid
30
20
Fig. 29.3 10
as
R

(i) State the correct reading.

correct reading = ...............................................................

(ii) Explain briefly the mistake made by one of the other students.
ir

Student ................... is incorrect, because ........................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
S

[2]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 436 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


30 The class is investigating the cooling of a thermometer bulb.

Figs. 30.1 and 30.2 show the apparatus.

thermometer thermometer

stand

or
water beaker

zo
Fig. 30.1 Fig. 30.2

an
(a) In the space in able
T 30.1, record the temperatureθ 1 of the hot water as shown on the
thermometer in Fig. 30.3.

M
hid
as
R
ir
S

Fig. 30.3
[1]

======= (Page 437 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) A student removes the thermometer from the beaker of hot water, as shown in Fig.30.2. She
immediately starts a stopclock, and records the temperature θ1 every 10 s for 1 minute. The
temperature readings are shown in Table 2.1.
t/ θ1 / θ2 /
0 33
72 30
65 28
59 27

or
53 26
Table 30.1 48 26

zo
43 25

an
She then adds 100 cm3 of cold water to the water in the beaker and repeats the procedure.
She records the temperature readings in the θ2 column of the table.

(c) (i)
(i)
(ii) Record the time readings in the table.
M
Complete the column headings in the table.

Using the readings in the θ1 column of the table, calculate the decrease in temperature
∆θ1 in 60 s.
[2]

∆θ1 = ...............................................................
hid

(ii) Using the readings in the θ2 column of the table, calculate the decrease in temperature
∆θ2 in 60 s.
∆θ2 = ...............................................................
as

(iii) State the reason why ∆θ2 is less than ∆θ1.


R

...........................................................................................................................................

........................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) State a precaution that you would take when reading the thermometer scale in order to obtain
reliable readings.
ir

...............................................................................................................................................[1]
S

(e) Suggest one reason why other students, carrying out this experiment with care, might obtain
values of ∆θ1 and ∆θ2 different from the values in part (c).

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 438 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


31 A student is investigating the transfer of thermal energy.

He uses the apparatus shown in Fig. 31.1.

thermometers

or
water

zo
level

an
glass
tube M
glass
beaker

water
level
hid
cold
water

hot
as

water
R
ir

Fig. 31.1
S

(a) The student pours 50 cm3 of cold water into the glass tube and 300 cm3 of hot water into the
beaker. The water levels are approximately as shown in Fig. 31.1.
In Table 31.1, record the temperatures θ C of the cold water and θ H of the hot water as shown
on the thermometers in Fig. 31.1. [1]

======= (Page 439 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Table 31.1 tube with 50 cm3 tube with 25 cm3
of cold water of cold water
t/ θC / θH / θC / θH /
0 20.0 87.0

30 33.0 82.0 34.0 82.0

60 40.5 79.0 49.0 79.5

or
90 49.0 78.0 59.5 76.0

zo
120 56.0 76.0 65.5 75.0

150 60.0 75.0 69.5 74.5

an
180 63.0 74.0 72.0 74.0

(b) The student lowers the glass tube into the beaker of hot water and immediately starts
a stopclock.

M
Table 31.1 shows the readings of the temperature θ C of the cold water and the temperature
θ H of the hot water at times t = 30 s, 60 s, 90 s, 120 s, 150 s and 180 s.

The student repeats the procedure with the same volume of hot water in the beaker but with
25 cm3 of cold water in the glass tube. The results are shown in the table.
hid

Complete the column headings in the table. [1]


(c) Write a conclusion stating how the volume of cold water in the tube affects its
temperature rise.
as

...................................................................................................................................................
R

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(d) Another student wishes to check the conclusion by repeating the experiment with 12.5 cm3 of
ir

cold water.

Suggest two conditions which he should keep the same so that the comparison will be fair.
S

1. ...............................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

2. ...............................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
[2]

======= (Page 440 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(e) Scientists in an industrial laboratory wish to use this experiment as a model of a heat
exchanger, which transfers thermal energy between liquids. Suggest two different
improvements to the apparatus which would make the heating of the cold water more
efficient. For your first suggestion, explain why it would be an improvement.

suggestion 1 .............................................................................................................................

explanation ...............................................................................................................................

or
...................................................................................................................................................

suggestion 2 ............................................................................................................................. [3]

zo
[Total: 8]
32 The IGCSE class is investigating the rate of cooling of hot water.

an
(a) A student measures room temperature. Write down the value of room temperature θ0
shown on the thermometer in Fig. 32.1.

°C
–10

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

100

110
Fig. 32.1
hid
θ0 = ................................................. [1]
(b) He then pours hot water into a beaker until it is about two-thirds full. He measures and
records the temperature θ of the hot
θ/
as

t/
water and at the same time starts a
stopwatch. As the water cools, he 0 68.0
records the temperature every 30 s for a
R

30 53.0
total of five minutes. His readings are
shown in the table 60 45.0

90 40.0

120 36.5

150 33.5
ir

180 32.0
S

210 30.0

240 29.0

270 28.5

300 28.0

======= (Page 441 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(i) Complete the column headings in the table.
(ii) Calculate the temperature fall T1 in the first minute of the experiment.

T1 = ....................................................

(iii) Calculate the temperature fall T2 in the final minute of the experiment.

T2 = ....................................................
[3]

or
(c) Theory suggests that the rate of cooling of the hot water at any time depends on the

zo
difference between the temperature of the water at that time and room temperature.

(i) State and explain whether your answers in (b) support this theory.

an
Statement .................................................................................................................

(ii)
M
Explanation ..............................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................ [1]

Suggest three variables that you would attempt to keep constant if this theory were
to be investigated further.

1. ...............................................................................................................................
hid

2. ...............................................................................................................................

3. ......................................................................................................................... [3]
as

(d) Suggest one addition you could make to the apparatus provided in order to reduce the
rate of evaporation of the water in the beaker.
R

.................................................................................................................................... [1]

[Total: 9]
ir
S

======= (Page 442 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


33 An IGCSE student is investigating the cooling of thermometer bulbs under different
conditions. He places a thermometer in a beaker of hot water and records the temperature h
of the hot water.

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C

Fig. 33.1
(a) Fig. 33.1 shows the thermometer. Write down the value of h that it shows.

h ................................................ [1]

or
He then moves the Table 33.1 Position A Position B
thermometer until the

zo
thermometer bulb is
t/ / /
just above the
surface of the water 30 65 56

an
(position A) and
immediately starts a 60 58 47
stopclock. He records
the time t and the 90 54 40
temperature reading 
every 30 s. The
readings are shown
in Table 33.1.
M
120

150

180
52

50

48
35

32

30

(b) Complete the column headings in the table. [1]


hid
The student replaces the thermometer in the hot water and then moves the
thermometer 15 cm away from the beaker to position B and immediately starts the
stopclock. He records the time t and the temperature reading  every 30 s. The readings
are shown in Table 2.1.
as

(c) State in which position the thermometer bulb cooled more quickly. Justify your answer
R

by reference to the readings.

statement .........................................................................................................................

justification .......................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [1]
ir

(d) To make a fair comparison between the rates of cooling of the thermometer bulbs in
S

the two positions, it is important to control other experimental conditions. Suggest two
conditions that should be controlled in this experiment.

1. ......................................................................................................................................

2. ................................................................................................................................ [2]

[Total: 5]

======= (Page 443 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


34 The IGCSE class is investigating the rate of heating and cooling of a thermometer bulb. The
apparatus used is shown in Fig. 2.1.
thermometer

lid

or
water
Fig. 34.1

zo
(a) Record the room temperature θr shown on the thermometer.

an
–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C

M θr = ................................................. [1]
(b) For the cooling experiment, a student places the thermometer into hot water as shown in
Fig. 34.1. When the temperature shown on the thermometer stops rising, she records the
temperature θ at time t = 0 s. She removes the thermometer from the water, immediately starts
a stopclock, and records the temperature shown on the thermometer at 30 s intervals. The
readings are shown in Table 34.1.
hid
For the heating experiment, the student takes another thermometer and records the
temperature θ shown on the thermometer at time t = 0 s. She places the thermometer in the
beaker of hot water, immediately starts the stopclock, and records the temperatureshown by the
thermometer at 10 s intervals. The readings are shown in Table 34.2.
as

Table 34.2
Table 34.1
R

t/ θ/ t/ θ/
0 74 0 25

30 60 10 69

60 52 20 80
ir

90 45 30 81
S

120 39 40 81

150 35 50 82

180 33 60 82

(i) Complete the column headings in both tables. [1]

======= (Page 444 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) Estimate the time that would be taken in the cooling experiment for the thermometer
to cool from the reading at time t = 0 s to room temperature θr .

estimated time = ................................................. [1]

(c) State in which table the initial rate of temperature change is the greater. Justify your
answer by reference to your readings.

The initial rate of temperature change is greater in Table .................................................

justification .......................................................................................................................

or
...................................................................................................................................... [1]

zo
(d) If one of these experiments were to be repeated in order to determine an average
temperature for each time, it would be important to control the conditions. Suggest two
such conditions that should be controlled.

an
1. ......................................................................................................................................

2. .................................................................................................................................. [2]

35
M
The IGCSE class is investigating the rate of cooling and the rate of heating of a thermometer
bulb. The set-up is shown in Fig. 35.1 and Fig. 35.2.
[Total: 6]

thermometer thermometer
hid
as
R

hot water

Fig. 35.1 Fig. 35.2


ir

A student places a thermometer in a beaker of hot water. When the reading on the
S

thermometer is steady, she records the temperature reading θ in Table 35.1 at time t = 0.

She immediately removes the thermometer from the water and starts a stopclock. As the
thermometer cools, she records the thermometer reading every 30 s, as shown in Table 35.1.

At time t = 210 s, she records the thermometer reading and immediately puts the thermometer
back in the hot water. As the thermometer heats up, she records the time and thermometer
reading every 30 s for 180 s, as shown in Table 35.2.

======= (Page 445 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Table 35.1 Table 35.2

t/ θ/ t/ θ/
0 82 210 50

30 74 240 66

60 66 270 75

90 63 300 77

or
120 57 330 78

150 55 360 78

zo
180 52 390 78

an
(a) Complete the column headings in both tables. [1]

(b) Calculate the change in the thermometer reading θc in the first 90 s whilst the
thermometer cools.

M θc = .................................................. [1]

(c) Suggest a conclusion about the initial rate of cooling of the thermometer bulb compared
hid
with the initial rate of heating. Justify your conclusion by reference to Tables
35.1 and 35.2.

conclusion ........................................................................................................................
as

justification .......................................................................................................................
R

...................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) When repeating this experiment in order to check the results, it is important to control
the conditions. Suggest two such conditions that should be controlled.

1. ......................................................................................................................................
ir

2. .................................................................................................................................. [2]
S

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 446 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


3 In Fig. 3.1, the length l of a mercury thread in a mercury thermometer is plotted against the
temperature θ recorded on the thermometer.

l / cm

100 ºC

or
20

zo
an
l 100 15

l
0 ºC
M 10
l0
hid
as

5
R

Fig. 3.1
0
ir

0 20 40 60 80 100

(a) Describe how you would measure the length l of the mercury thread on a day when the
S

laboratory temperature is 25 °C. You should use a 300 mm rule with a dead space at
each end, as shown in Fig. 3.2. In your answer, state what readings you would take and
how you would make your readings accurate. You may draw a diagram if you wish.

dead space dead space

Fig. 3.2
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

======= (Page 447 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


or
zo
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

an
..........................................................................................................................................

M
..........................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................[3]

(b) (i) Using the graph in Fig. 3.1, determine l0 (the value for l when θ is 0°C) and l100
(the value for l when θ is 100 °C).

l0 = ......................................................
hid

l100 = ...................................................

(ii) Hence calculate the increase in l when the temperature is raised by 1 °C.
as
R
ir
S

(iii) Describe how l varies with θ .

...................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................
[3]

======= (Page 448 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


3 In an experiment to calculate the specific heat capacity of lead, a long cardboard tube is
used with about 100 g of small pieces of lead. The lead is placed inside the tube and the
ends are closed with bungs. The tube is turned upside down many times, allowing the lead
to fall to the bottom each time, as shown in Fig. 3.1.

bung

cardboard tube Readings taken during the experiment:

or
initial temperature 1 of lead = 20.1 °C
length Fig. 3.1

zo
final temperature 2 of lead = 21.5 °C
of tube

lead length l of tube = 0.483 m

an
number of times tube turned upside
small hole down = 100

M
thermometer

Theory suggests that the potential energy lost by the lead when it falls is equal to the
thermal energy gained by the lead when it stops at the bottom of the tube.
hid
(a) Give a reason for turning the tube upside down a large number of times.

..........................................................................................................................................
as

.................................................................................................................................... [1]

(b) Explain why the thermometer is removed before the tube is turned upside down.
R

..........................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [1]

(c) It is suggested that the experiment can be improved by using a longer tube.
ir

Give one advantage and one disadvantage of using a longer tube.


S

advantage ........................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

disadvantage ...................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [2]

======= (Page 449 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


3 Fig. 3.1 shows the apparatus used to investigate the cooling of some water.

thermometer

water

test-tube

or
Fig. 3.1

zo
The initial temperature of the water is 90 °C and the temperature of the room is 20 °C.

an
(a) A student uses the thermometer and stopwatch to take readings and records them in a table.
Write the column headings in the table. [2]

M
(b) The student plots the results on a graph. [3]
hid
On the axes below,

(i) label the axes,


as

(ii) sketch the expected shape of the graph,

(iii) include any known values on the axes.


R
ir
S

0
0

======= (Page 450 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) Students are usually advised to repeat all readings as they perform an experiment. Explain
why this is not possible in this experiment.

...................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(d) Describe two practical ways to make the readings more accurate.

1. ...............................................................................................................................................

or
...................................................................................................................................................

zo
2. ...............................................................................................................................................

an
............................................................................................................................................. [2]

M
hid
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 451 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


39 Fig. 39.1 on next page shows four thermometers used in a science laboratory.
(a) State the temperature reading on thermometer A. ……………………… [1]

(b) 250 cm3 of boiling water is poured into a beaker as shown in Fig. 4.2. The temperature is
measured every 30 s for 10 minutes.

thermometer

or
Fig. 39.2
boiling water beaker

zo
an
(i) State and explain which thermometer from Fig. 39.1 is the most suitable for this
experiment.

..................................................................................................................................

M
..................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................. [3]
hid
(ii) Describe how the thermometer is used in this experiment to obtain accurate readings.

..................................................................................................................................
as

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................. [2]
R

(c) Thermometer D in Fig. 4.1 is used to measure the temperature of a person.


Fig. 4.3 shows a modern forehead thermometer. It is a thin flexible plastic strip that is
placed on the forehead. The colour of the numbers changes to show the temperature.
ir
S

Fig. 39.3

State one advantage of this thermometer when taking the temperature of a young child.

..........................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................... [1]

======= (Page 452 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


110

B 50 C
100

90

or
40

80

zo
A
70

an
110

D
M
60 30

100

40

90 50

80
39
hid
40

20
70

38

60 30
as

50
37
R

20

40

10
36

30 10
ir

20
0
35
S

10

Fig. 39.1 0
0
-10

-10

======= (Page 453 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


40 A student performs an experiment to find a value for the specific latent heat of vaporisation of water.

An electric kettle, half-filled with water, is placed on a top-pan balance, as shown in Fig. 1.1.

or
electric kettle

zo
an
top-pan balance

M
Fig. 40.1
hid
The kettle is switched on with the lid open.

When the water is boiling steadily, a stopwatch is started and the reading on the top-pan balance
is recorded.
as

The total mass M of the kettle and water is measured every 60 seconds. The readings are recorded
in the table of Fig. 40.2.
R

time t / s M/g m/g

0 1460 0

60 1410 50
ir

120 1359 101


S

180 1308

240 1258

300 1208

360 1157

Fig. 40.2

======= (Page 454 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(a) A column for the total loss in mass m of water is also shown in Fig. 40.2.

Complete this column. [1]

(b) On Fig. 40.3, plot a graph of m / g on the y-axis against t / s on the x-axis.

Draw the line of best fit.

or
zo
an
M
hid
as
R

0
0
ir

Fig. 40.3
[4]
S

(c) Describe the relationship between m and t.

...................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................. [1]

======= (Page 455 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(d) Determine the gradient of the graph.

Show your working clearly.

gradient = .................................................. [1]

(e) The specific latent heat L of vaporisation of water is given by the relationship

or
2020
L= .
gradient of the graph

zo
Calculate L.

an
L = ........................................... J / g [1]

(f) The mass of the empty kettle is 860 g.

M
By using your graph, or otherwise, estimate how long it takes from the start of timing for the
kettle to boil dry.
hid

time to boil dry = .................................................. [2]

(g) The student is careful not to touch the kettle during the experiment.
as

Suggest two reasons why this is sensible.

1. ...............................................................................................................................................
R

...................................................................................................................................................

2. ...............................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
ir

[2]
(h) During the experiment, some steam condenses on the lid and water drips back into the
S

kettle. Explain what effect this has on the value obtained for L.
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................. [1]

======= (Page 456 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


41 A group of students performs an experiment to investigate the flow of oil at different temperatures.
200 cm3 of oil is heated gently and its temperature  is recorded. The oil is then poured through a
funnel into a second beaker, as shown in Fig. 41.1.

beaker

oil funnel

or
oil

zo
beaker

an
oil
Fig. 41.1
The time t taken for the oil to flow through the funnel is recorded with a stopwatch.(a)

M
State why it is important to stir the oil during heating.

...................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) Explain why the oil is heated gently.


hid

...................................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................. [1]
as

(c) The experiment is repeated for several values of . Values of  and t are recorded in the table
of Fig. 41.2.
R

 / °C t/s

69 13.69

52 14.97

35 17.34
ir

24 21.16
S

17 25.16

10 28.85

Fig. 41.2

======= (Page 457 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(i) On Fig. 41.3, plot the graph of t / s on the y-axis against  / °C on the x-axis.

Start your graph from  = 0 °C and t = 12 s. Draw the curved line of best fit.

or
zo
an
M
hid
as
R
ir
S

12
0 Fig. 41.3
[4]
(ii) Estimate the time taken for oil at 80 °C to flow through the funnel.

................................................... [1]

(iii) State the maximum reading on a standard laboratory liquid-in-glass thermometer that is
suitable for this experiment.
................................................... [1]

======= (Page 458 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


42 The effect of surface colour on the cooling of an object is investigated.
Fig. 42.1 shows two sets of apparatus used in this investigation.

thermometer thermometer

test-tube A test-tube B

or
dull black shiny silver
outer surface outer surface

zo
hot water hot water
Fig. 42.1

an
Test-tube A has a dull black outer surface and test-tube B has a shiny silver outer surface.
The test-tubes containing hot water are allowed to cool.
Readings are taken for 20 minutes to allow cooling curves to be plotted.

curves may be compared.


M
(a) State two factors that must be the same for the two sets of apparatus so that the cooling

1. ...............................................................................................................................................

2. ...............................................................................................................................................
[2]
hid
(b) On Fig. 42.2, write the headings in the table that is to be used to record the results for
test-tube A.
as
R

Fig. 42.2 [2]

(c) On Fig. 42.3, sketch and label the shape of the cooling curves for test-tube A and for test-tube B.
ir
S

0
0
Fig. 42.3 [2]

======= (Page 459 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


43 A student compares the conduction of heat through different metals.
Fig. 43.1 shows the apparatus used.

hot water
metal rod

metal
box

Fig. 43.1 wax pea

or
Four rods of different metals each have one end fixed through a cork into a metal box. The metal
box contains hot water. Each rod has a pea attached to it by wax.

zo
(a) Heat from the hot water is conducted to the end of each rod.
Describe what happens to the wax and to the pea on one of the rods.

an
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

M
.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

(b) State two factors that should be the same for all the rods in this experiment.

1. ...............................................................................................................................................

2. ............................................................................................................................................... [2]
hid

(c) State how the experiment shows which of the metals is the best conductor of heat.

...................................................................................................................................................
as

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]
R

(d) The student is asked to suggest an improvement to the experiment.


He suggests placing several peas along each rod, as shown in Fig. 3.2.

hot
water
ir

Fig. 43.2
S

Explain how this gives a better comparison of the conduction of heat through the different metals.
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................................. [1]

======= (Page 460 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


44 A student investigates the cooling of water.
Some of the apparatus is set up as shown in Fig. 44.1.

stirrer

55 0 5
50 10
45 15
beaker
40 20 stopclock water
35
30 25
bench

or
Fig. 44.1

zo
A volume of 100 cm3 of boiling water is poured into the beaker. The student starts the stopclock
when the temperature of the water is 90 °C. The water is allowed to cool and its temperature θ is
recorded every 2 minutes.

an
(a) (i) On Fig. 44.1, draw the thermometer in the most suitable position for measuring the
temperature of the water as it cools. [1]

(ii)

M
Suggest a reason why the thermometer should be held in a clamp.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(iii) Describe how the student avoids parallax error when reading the thermometer.
hid

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]
as

(b) (i) The stopclock measures to the nearest second. Suggest why, in this experiment, the
student does not need to use a digital stopwatch measuring to 0.01 s.
R

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]
ir

(ii) Explain why the student places the stopclock close to the beaker.
S

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

======= (Page 461 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) The student records his results in a table. Fig. 44.2 shows the student’s results.

time t / minutes θ / °C
0 90
2 76
4 69
6 65
8 61

or
10 58
Fig. 44.2
12 55

zo
(i) On Fig. 44.3, plot the graph of θ / °C on they-axis against t / minutes on the x-axis.
Start your graph from θ = 40 °C and t = 0.

an
Draw a curved line of best fit.

M
hid
as
R
ir
S

[4]
40
0
Fig. 44.3

======= (Page 462 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) Explain why the temperature of the water does not fall to 0 °C.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(iii) Use your graph to determine the time taken for the temperature of the water to fall from
90 °C to 80 °C.

or
time taken = ........................................[1]

zo
(d) The experiment is repeated with the same volume of water in a wider beaker, as shown
in Fig. 44.4.

an
stirrer stirrer

water beaker M
original
water
wider
beaker
hid
Fig. 44.4

State and explain the effect of using the wider beaker on the time taken for the temperature of
the water to fall from 90 °C to 80 °C.
as

...................................................................................................................................................
R

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]
ir
S

======= (Page 463 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


45 A laboratory thermometer is used to measure the temperature of oil in a test-tube.
The thermometer is initially at room temperature.

Fig. 45.1 shows the thermometer.

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 °C


Fig. 45.1

(a) State the temperature shown by the thermometer in Fig. 45.1.

temperature = ............................................... [1]

or
(b) A test-tube of oil is heated in a bath of very hot water for 15 minutes, as shown in
Fig. 45.2.

zo
test-tube

an
oil water bath
at 90 °C

Fig. 45.2

HEAT
M gauze

tripod
hid
(i) Explain why the level of oil in the test-tube should be below the level of water in the
water bath.

..................................................................................................................................
as

.............................................................................................................................. [1]
R

(ii) A student removes the test-tube from the water bath. He then places the
thermometer in the oil. Describe how the reading on the thermometer changes
over the next few minutes.

..................................................................................................................................
ir

..................................................................................................................................
S

.............................................................................................................................. [2]

(iii) Describe how the student reads the thermometer accurately.

..................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [1]

======= (Page 464 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) A second student repeats the experiment in (b) using a temperature sensor instead of
a thermometer. The temperature sensor is connected to a data logger. The data logger
records the temperature every 0.1 s for 20 minutes.
On the axes shown in Fig. 45.3, sketch the shape of the graph produced by the
data logger.

or
temperature
/ °C

zo
an
[2]

M
0
0 time / minutes 20
Fig. 45.3

46 Acetophenone is a liquid at 19 °C but it becomes a solid at a temperature between 1 °C and


16 °C. You are to determine the temperature at which acetophenone becomes a
hid
solid. The apparatus given to you is shown in Fig. 3.1. Some liquid acetophenone is to be
cooled in a test-tube by immersing the test-tube in mixture of ice and water.
as

empty tube for thermometer laboratory temperature


acetophenone 19 ºC
R

acetophenone
ice and water mix
at ºC
ir

Fig. 46.1
S

(a) On Fig. 46.1, the temperature of the ice and water mixture is given as θ °C. What is the
value for the temperature θ °C? Explain your answer.

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................[2]

======= (Page 465 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) (i) In Fig. 46.1, the test-tube is shown to be empty. You can choose the amount of
acetophenone to use in the experiment. On Fig. 3.1, draw a line in the empty test-
tube to represent the surface of the acetophenone.

(ii) Give two reasons why you chose the amount you have indicated on Fig. 46.1.

1. ...............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................

2.. .......................................................................................................................... ...

or
................................................................................................................................... [3]

zo
(c) You are working with another member of the class. She suggests that you should plot a
graph of temperature against time in order to determine the temperature θs at which the
acetophenone becomes a solid. Fig. 46.2 shows some of the readings plotted on a

an
graph grid. Use the graph to obtain a value for θs.

temperature/ ºC

20

18
M
hid

16
as

14
R

12
ir

10
S

Fig. 46.2
6
0 2 4 6 8 10 12
cooling time/min

θs = ...................................................... [1]

======= (Page 466 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


47 A student wishes to measure the maximum temperature of a bunsen flame. A brass cube of
side 1 cm and a beaker of water are used. Tongs are used to hold the brass cube in the flame.
The cube is then transferred into a beaker of cold water. The apparatus is shown in Fig. 47.1.

cube
purple flame

blue cone

or
bunsen burner

zo
beaker

an
Fig. 47.1 cold water

experiment.
M
(a) Suggest one reason for using a cube made from a metal such as brass in this

..........................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [1]
hid
(b) In order to calculate the temperature of the flame, the student needs to know the
specific heat capacities of brass and of water. The mass of the brass cube and the
mass of water in the beaker are measured. What other measurements have to be
made?
as

..........................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [2]
R

(c) State two sources of error in the experiment.

1. ......................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
ir

2. ......................................................................................................................................
S

.................................................................................................................................... [2]

(d) Suggest a method of reducing one of the sources of error given in (c).

..........................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [1]

======= (Page 467 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


48 Three horizontal rods are placed with one end just above a Bunsen flame. The other end of
each rod is coated with wax, as shown in Fig. 48.1.

wax copper
brass
wax
glass
wax

Fig. 48.1

or
(a) Describe how you would use the apparatus to discover which rod is the best conductor

zo
of heat.

..........................................................................................................................................

an
..........................................................................................................................................

M
..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [2]

(b) Two metal teapots are identical except that one is black on the outside and the other is
hid
white on the outside, as shown in Fig. 48.2.
Fig. 48.2

The teapots each contain the


as

same amount of hot water. State


and explain which teapot will cool
down more quickly.
R

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................
ir

..........................................................................................................................................
S

..........................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [3]

======= (Page 468 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


49 A student plots a heating curve for water.
The student places an electrical heater in a beaker of water at room temperature, as shown
in Fig. 49.1.

thermometer
heater

water

beaker
Fig. 49.1

or
The student measures the temperature of the water every minute for thirty minutes.

zo
(a) The student suggests using the second hand of a wall clock to measure the time.
Another student suggests using a stopwatch reading to 0.01 s. Suggest and explain

an
which timer is the more suitable to use.

..........................................................................................................................................

On Fig. 49.2, complete the headings of the table.

Fig. 49.2
M
...................................................................................................................................... [1]
(b) The student draws a table to record the results.

[2]
hid

(c) The student starts with water at room temperature and notices that the
temperature increases for 20 minutes and then stays steady at 60 °C.
as

(i) The student uses the data to plot a graph of the variation with time of the temperature
of the water. On the axes of Fig. 49.3, sketch the shape of the graph obtained.
Mark any known values on the graph.
R

temperature
/°C
ir

Fig. 49.3

0
S

0 time
[3]

(ii) Explain why the temperature of the water does not rise above 60°C.

..................................................................................................................................

.............................................................................................................................. [1]

======= (Page 469 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


50 A teacher demonstrates convection in water to a class.

The teacher fills a large beaker with cold water, as shown in Fig. 50.1a, and leaves it to stand
for 10 minutes. He then places a purple crystal at the bottom of the beaker. The crystal starts to
dissolve and the water around the crystal turns purple.
Gentle heating is applied to the beaker directly underneath the crystal, as shown in Fig. 50.1b.

large
beaker

water

or
zo
purple
crystal

an
gentle Fig. 50.1b
Fig. 50.1a
heating

(a) (i) Suggest a reason why the teacher uses a large beaker.

M
...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(ii) Explain why the teacher leaves the beaker of water to stand for 10 minutes before placing
the crystal at the bottom.
hid

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]
as

(iii) Explain why the water is heated gently.


R

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

(b) On Fig. 50.1b, draw the initial movement of the water as it is heated gently . [2]
ir

(c) The teacher repeats the demonstration five minutes later.


Suggest why it is better to use another beaker of water than to reuse the same beaker and
water.
S

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

======= (Page 470 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


51 A student uses an electric kettle to measure the specific heat capacity of water.
Fig. 51.1 shows a kettle containing 1.0 kg of water.

thermometer

kettle

water

or
metal plate

heating element

zo
an
Fig. 51.1
2755 – 3000 W
The kettle has a label on the base, as shown in Fig. 51.2. 230 – 240 V

M
The initial temperature of the water is 19 °C. The kettle is switched on for 1.0 minute and the
final temperature of the water is 53 °C.
Fig. 51.2

(a) The relationship


hid
power × time = mass × specific heat capacity × temperature change
is used to find the specific heat capacity of water.
as

Use the relationship and the given data to find the smallest possible value for the specific
heat capacity c of water.
Give your answer to a suitable number of significant figures.
R
ir

c = ............................................ J / (kg °C) [3]


S

(b) (i) Explain why the water should be stirred before reading the thermometer.

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................ [1]

======= (Page 471 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) Explain why the thermometer should not touch the metal plate when measuring the
temperature of the water.

..................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................ [1]

(c) The student’s answer for c is larger than the accepted value.
Suggest a reason why this answer is too large.

or
..........................................................................................................................................

.................................................................................................................................... [1]

zo
52 A student calibrates a thermometer.

an
Fig. 52.1 shows the thermometer with no scale marked on the stem.

Fig. 52.1

thermometer.
M
(a) Describe how the student finds the correct positions for the 0 °C and the 100 °C points on the

0 °C: ..........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
hid
100 °C: ......................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
as

(b) Fig. 52.2 shows the thermometer with 0 °C and the 100 °C marked by the student.
The thermometer in Fig. 52.2 is at room temperature.
R

0 100
Fig. 52.2

(i) By taking measurements from Fig. 52.2, calculate a value for room temperature.
Show your working.
ir
S

room temperature = ...........................................................[2]

(ii) State one assumption made in calculating the room temperature.

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

======= (Page 472 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


53 A student investigates the effect of three different insulating materials on the cooling of hot water
in a beaker.

The following apparatus is available:

• thermometer
• stopwatch
• 250 cm3 glass beaker
• 250 cm3 measuring cylinder
• cardboard
• cotton wool

or
• cloth
• boss, clamp and stand

zo
A supply of hot water is also available.

Write a plan for the experiment.

an
You should:

M
(a) explain how to carry out the experiment; a diagram is not required, but you may draw one if it
helps to explain your plan,
hid
as
R

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
ir

...................................................................................................................................................
S

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

======= (Page 473 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) state any quantities that need to be kept constant,

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

(c) draw a table, with headings, to show how to display the results,

or
zo
an
M [1]

(d) explain how the readings can be used to reach a conclusion.


hid
...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
as

...............................................................................................................................................[1]
R
ir
S

======= (Page 474 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


54 Some students are investigating how the surrounding temperature affects the rate at which water
cools.

They are using the apparatus shown in Fig. 54.1.

test-tube
°C °C
hot water hot
water

or
beaker

warm
cold
water

zo
water
40

6
an
beaker A beaker B

50
30

M
40
20

30
10

20
0

10
10

hid

Fig. 54.1

(a) Using Fig. 54.1


as

• record the temperature θ A of the cold water in beaker


A,
R

θA = ...............................................................

• record the temperature θB of the warm water in beaker B.

θB = ...............................................................
[1]
ir
S

======= (Page 475 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) The test-tubes of hot water are placed into beakers A and B.

The students record the temperatures


θ of the water in the test-tubes every 30 s. Their
readings are shown in Table 54.1.

Complete the units and the time column in Table 54.1.

Table 54.1

or
tube in beaker A tube in beaker B
time
with cold water with warm water
t/ θ/ θ/

zo
0 80.5 81.0

an
52.5 64.5

42.0 55.0

M 36.0

32.5

30.5
50.5

48.0

46.5

29.0 45.5
[2]
hid

(c) Describe two precautions that you would take, before reading the thermometer, to ensure
that the temperature readings are as accurate as possible in the experiment.
as

1. ...............................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
R

2. ...............................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
[2]
ir

(d) Write a conclusion stating how increasing the temperature of the surrounding water affects
the rate of cooling of the water in the test-tube.
S

Justify your answer by reference to the results in Table 54.1.

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

======= (Page 476 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(e) Suggest one change to the experiment shown in Fig. 54.1 to ensure that the comparison of the
effect of surrounding temperature on cooling is a fair test.

Explain why the change is an improvement.

change ......................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

or
explanation ...............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

zo
[2]

(f) The students use a measuring cylinder to measure 200 cm3 of cold water.

an
Describe briefly how to read a measuring cylinder to obtain an accurate value for the volume
of water. You may draw a diagram.

M
hid
as
R

...................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
ir

...................................................................................................................................................
S

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

[Total: 11]

======= (Page 477 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


55 In this experiment, you will investigate how the surrounding temperature affects the rate at which
water cools.

Carry out the following instructions, referring to Fig.

55.1.

thermometer
boiling tube

or
zo
beaker

an
(a) (i) •


M Fig. 55.1

Pour 200 cm3 of cold water into the beaker.

Record the temperature θ1 of the water in the beaker.


hid
(ii) • Pour hot water into the boiling tube until it is about half full. Gently place the
thermometer into the boiling tube. Place the boiling tube into the beaker of water.

• Record,inthe first row of Table 55.1, the temperature θ of the water in the boiling
as

tube and immediately start the stopclock.

• Record,inthetable,thetemperature t=
θ of the water in the boiling tube at times
R

30 s, 60 s, 90 s, 120 s, 150 s and 180 s. Use the first and second columns. [1]

(b) (i) • Carefully empty the boiling tube and the beaker.

• Pour 150 cm3 of cold water and 50 cm3 of hot water into the beaker.
ir

• Record the temperature θ2 of the warm water in the beaker.


S

θ2 = ...............................................................

• Repeat the steps in (a)(ii), recording the temperature θ of the water in the boiling
tube in the third column of the table. [1]

======= (Page 478 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) Complete the heading and the time column in the table. [2]

Table 55.1

tube in beaker with tube in beaker


cold water with warm water
t/ θ/ θ/
(first row) 0

or
zo
an
accurate as possible in the experiment.
M
(c) Describe two precautions that you took to ensure that the temperature readings were as

1 ................................................................................................................................................
hid
...................................................................................................................................................

2 ................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
as

[2]
R

(d) Write a conclusion stating how increasing the temperature of the surrounding water affects
the rate of cooling of the water in the boiling tube.

Justify your answer by reference to your results.

...................................................................................................................................................
ir

...................................................................................................................................................
S

...................................................................................................................................................

...............................................................................................................................................[2]

======= (Page 479 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(e) Suggest one change to the apparatus or procedure to ensure that the comparison of the
effect of surrounding temperature on cooling is a fair test.

Explain why the change is an improvement.

change ......................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

or
explanation ...............................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................

zo
[2]

[Total: 11]

an
56 The class is investigating the cooling of water.

M
Fig. 56.1 shows the apparatus.

thermometer
hid
as

water
Fig. 56.1
R

beaker

(a) The thermometer in Fig. 56.2 shows the room temperature θ R at the beginning of the
experiment.
ir

Record θR.
S

–10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110


°C

Fig. 56.2

θR = ...........................................................[1]

======= (Page 480 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) • A student pours 200 cm3 of hot water into the beaker.

• She measures the temperature θ of the hot water in the beaker.

• She immediately starts a stopclock.

• After 180 s, she measures the temperature θ of the hot water.

• After 360 s, she measures the temperature θ of the hot water again.

The readings are shown in Tabl 56.1.

or
Table 56.1

zo
t/s θ / °C
0 85

an
180 74

M
360 66

(i) • Calculate the temperature fall ∆θ1 during the first 180 s.
hid
∆θ1 = ...............................................................

• Calculate the temperature fall ∆θ2 during the next 180 s.


as

∆θ2 = ........................................................... [1]


R

(ii) Suggest why ∆θ1 is different from ∆θ2 .

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]
ir

(c) Another student plans to investigate the factors affecting the difference between the values of
S

∆θ1 and ∆θ2 .

Suggest two changes that he could make to the procedure to obtain a larger value of this
difference.

1. ............................................................................................................................................

2. ............................................................................................................................................
[2]

======= (Page 481 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(d) The volume of water used in this experiment is measured using a measuring cylinder.
Fig. 56.3 shows a measuring cylinder.

A, B, C and D are four possible lines of sight that could be used to read the volume of the
water.

cm3
100

or
90

zo
80

70

an
D
60
A
B

M
C 50

40

30
water
20
hid
10
as

Fig. 56.3
R

Give two reasons why B should be used to obtain the most accurate reading.

1. ............................................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................................
ir

2. ............................................................................................................................................
S

............................................................................................................................................
[2]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 482 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


57 A student is investigating the effect of draughts (moving air) on the rate of cooling of hot water.

The following apparatus is available to the student:

an electric fan with four speed settings


a supply of hot water
thermometer
250 cm3 beaker
250 cm3 measuring cylinder
stopwatch

or
clamp, boss and stand.

zo
Plan an experiment to investigate the effect of draughts on the rate of cooling of hot water.

You should:

an
• explain briefly how you would carry out the investigation

M
state the key variables that you would control

• draw a table, or tables, with column headings, to show how you would display your
readings (you are not required to enter any readings in the table)

• explain how you would use your readings to reach a conclusion.

You may draw a diagram if it helps your explanation.


hid
as
R
ir
S

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

======= (Page 483 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

or
..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

zo
..........................................................................................................................................................

an
..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

M
..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................................[7]
hid

[Total: 7]
as

58 Some students are investigating how the use of a lid affects the rate of cooling of water in a
beaker.
R

They are using the apparatus shown in Fig. 58.1.

thermometer

beakers lid
ir
S

A B
Fig. 58.1

======= (Page 484 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


• A student pours 100 cm3 of hot water into beaker A.
• He records the temperature of the water in beaker A and immediately starts a stopclock.
• The student records the temperature θ of the water every 30 s. His readings are shown
in Table 1.1.
• The student repeats the procedure for beaker B using 75 cm3 of hot water.

(a) Complete the headings and the time column in Table 58.1. [2]

Table 58.1

or
beaker A beaker B
without a lid with a lid

zo
t/ θ/ θ/
80.0 81.0

an
77.0 79.0
74.5 77.5

M 72.5
70.5
69.0
68.0
76.0
75.0
74.0
73.5
hid
(b) Describe two precautions which should be taken to ensure that the temperature readings are
as accurate as possible in the experiment.

1 ................................................................................................................................................
as

...................................................................................................................................................
R

2 ................................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................................
[2]

(c) (i) Write a conclusion, stating how the use of the lid affects the rate of cooling of the water.
ir

Justify your answer by reference to the results.


S

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[2]

======= (Page 485 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(ii) Suggest one change to the apparatus or procedure to make the comparison a fairer test.
Explain why the change makes the test fairer.

change ..............................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

explanation ........................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

or
...........................................................................................................................................
[2]

zo
(iii) The temperature of the water in each beaker decreases.

an
Describe one other similarity in the pattern of cooling in beakers A and B.

...........................................................................................................................................

(d)
–10 0 10 20
M
.......................................................................................................................................[1]

30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
°C
hid
Fig. 58.2

(i) Record the room temperature θ R, shown on the thermometer in Fig. 58.2.
as

θR = .......................................................... [1]

(ii) Another student is carrying out the same experiment in a room with a room temperature
R

that is much higher than θR.

Suggest whether this might affect the cooling of the water in beaker A in her experiment.
Briefly explain your answer.

suggestion .........................................................................................................................
ir

explanation ........................................................................................................................
S

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................
[1]

[Total: 11]

======= (Page 486 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


59 A student investigates the effect of insulation on the rate of cooling of hot water in a
beaker.
3
He pours 250 cm of hot water into a beaker and places a thermometer in the water, as shown in
Fig. 59.1.

or
beaker

zo
water

an
Fig. 59.1

He waits for a short time. He then starts a stopwatch as he records the temperature θ of the hot
water. This is at time t = 0.

Fig. 59.2 shows the thermometer at t = 0. M 90


hid

80
as

70
R

Fig. 59.2

(a) (i) Read the thermometer and record the temperature θ .


ir

θ = .................................................. [1]
S

(ii) Explain why the student waits a short time before recording the temperature of the water
at t = 0.

...........................................................................................................................................

...........................................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

======= (Page 487 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(b) The student records the temperature of the water in the beaker after 3.0 minutes.

He then pours 250 cm3 of hot water into an identical beaker that is insulated with cotton wool,
as shown in Fig. 2.3. He repeats the procedure.

or
zo
cotton wool insulation

water

an
Fig. 59.3

His results are shown in the table in Fig. 2.4.

Mwithout insulation with insulation

time t / ......... temperature θ / ......... temperature θ / .........


hid

0 85
as

180 75 75

Fig. 59.4
R

(i) Complete the column headings in the table in Fig. 59.4. [1]

(ii) Add your value of θ in (a)(i) to the table in Fig.59.4.


ir

(iii) State whether the insulation has any significant effect on the rate of cooling in the first
3.0 minutes.
S

Justify your answer by reference to the results.

statement ..........................................................................................................................

justification ........................................................................................................................

.......................................................................................................................................[1]

======= (Page 488 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) (i) Initially, the main cause of heat loss from the beaker is evaporation.

Suggest how the student can reduce heat loss by evaporation.

...........................................................................................................................................

...................................................................................................................................... [1]

(ii) State one other modification to the apparatus in Fig. 59.3 that reduces further the loss of

or
heat.

...........................................................................................................................................

zo
.......................................................................................................................................[1]

an
(d) State one quantity that is kept constant to make a fair comparison between the rate of cooling
of the two beakers.

...............................................................................................................................................[1]

60
M
A student is investigating the relationship between the power produced by an electrical heater and
the time taken to heat a beaker of water. The power of the heater is given by the equation P = VI,
where V is the potential difference (p.d.) across the heater and I is the current in the heater.

Plan an experiment to investigate the relationship between the power produced by an electrical
heater and the time taken to heat a beaker of water.
hid

The following apparatus is available:

ammeter, voltmeter, 0–12 V variable power supply, 250 cm3 beaker, heater, thermometer,st
as

The student can also use other apparatus and materials that are usually available in a school
laboratory.
R

You should:

• complete the diagram in Fig. 60.1 to show the circuit that you would use

• explain briefly how you would carry out the investigation


ir

• state the key variables that you would control


S

• draw a table with column headings, to show how you would display your readings (you
are not required to enter any readings in the table)

• explain how you would use your results to reach a conclusion.

======= (Page 489 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


beaker

electrical heater water Fig. 60.1

or
..........................................................................................................................................................

zo
..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

an
..........................................................................................................................................................

M
..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................
hid
..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................
as

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................
R

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................
ir

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................
S

..................................................................................................................................................... [7]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 490 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


61 A student is investigating whether the type of container affects the time taken for water to be
heated from room temperature to boiling point.

The following apparatus is available:

250 cm3 copper can ,250 cm3 aluminium can , 250 cm3 glass beaker , Bunsen burner, measuring
cylinder, thermometer, tripod and gauze , stopwatch

Other apparatus normally available in the school laboratory is also available.


Plan an experiment to investigate whether the type of container affects the time taken for water to
be heated from room temperature to boiling point.

or
You should:

• explain briefly how you would carry out the investigation

zo
• state the key variables that you would control
• draw a table, or tables, with column headings to show how you would display your readings
(you are not required to enter any readings in the table)

an
• explain briefly how you would use your readings to reach a conclusion.

M
hid

..........................................................................................................................................................
as

..........................................................................................................................................................
R

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................
ir

..........................................................................................................................................................
S

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [7]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 491 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


62 A student is investigating the conduction of thermal energy by metals.
Plan an experiment to compare the rates at which different metals conduct thermal energy.
The apparatus available includes:

strips of different metals, shaped as shown in Fig. 4.1


a test-tube in a clamp stand
a beaker
a supply of cold water
a supply of hot water.

The shorter section of each strip of metal can fit inside a test-tube.

or
Write a plan for the experiment. You should: Fig. 4.1

• list any additional apparatus needed

zo
• draw a labelled diagram of how the apparatus will be arranged
• explain briefly how you will carry out the experiment

an
• explain how the metals will be compared
• state the precautions which should be taken to obtain reliable results.

M
..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................
hid
..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................
as

..........................................................................................................................................................
R

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................
ir

..........................................................................................................................................................
S

..........................................................................................................................................................

..........................................................................................................................................................

..................................................................................................................................................... [7]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 492 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Marking Scheme A B C D

MCQ
A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D

1. 26. 51. 76.

2. 27. 52. 77.

or
3. 28. 53. 78.

4. 29. 54. 79.

zo
5. 30. 55. 80.

A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D

an
6. 31. 56. 81.

7. 32. 57. 82.

8.

9.

10.

A B C D
33.

34.

35.

A B C
M
D
58.

59.

60.

A B C D
83.

84.

85.

A B C D

11. 36. 61. 86.


hid
12. 37. 62. 87.

13. 38. 63. 88.

89.
as

14. 39. 64.

15. 40. 65. 90.


R

A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D

16. 41. 66. 91.

17. 42. 67. 92.

18. 43. 68. 93.


ir

19. 44. 69. 94.

20. 45. 70. 95.


S

A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D

21. 46. 71. 96.

22. 47. 72. 97.

23. 48. 73. 98.

24. 49. 74. 99.

25. 50. 75. 100.

======= (Page 493 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


A B C D
Marking Scheme
MCQ
A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D

101. 126. 151. 176.

102. 127. 152. 177.

128. 153. 178.


103.
129. 154. 179.

or
104.
130. 155. 180.
105.

zo
A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D

106. 131. 156. 181.

an
132. 157. 182.
107.

108. 133. 158. 183.

M
134. 159. 184.
109.

110. 135. 160. 185.

A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D

136. 161. 186.


111.
137. 162. 187.
hid
112.
138. 163. 188.
113.
139. 164. 189.
114.
as

140. 165. 190.


115.

A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D
R

141. 166. 191.


116.
142. 167. 192.
117.
143. 168. 193.
118.
144. 169. 194.
ir

119.
145. 170. 195.
120.
S

A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D

146. 171. 196.


121.
147. 172. 197.
122.
148. 173. 198.
123.
149. 174. 199.
124.

125. 150. 175. 200.

======= (Page 494 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Marking Scheme
MCQ
A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D

201. 226. 251. 276.

202. 227. 252. 277.

203. 228. 253. 278.

204. 229. 254. 279.

or
205. 230. 255. 280.

A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D

zo
206. 231. 256. 281.

207. 232. 257. 282.

an
208. 233. 258. 283.

209. 324. 259. 284.

210.

211.
A B C D
235.

236.
A B M
C D
260.

261.
A B C D
285.

286.
A B C D

212. 237. 262. 287.


hid
213. 238. 263. 288.

214. 239. 264. 289.

215. 240. 265. 290.


as

A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D
R

216. 241. 266. 291.

217. 242. 267. 292.

218. 243. 268. 293.

219. 244. 269. 294.


ir

220. 245. 270. 295.


S

A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D

221. 246. 271. 296.

222. 247. 272. 297.

223. 248. 273. 298.

224. 249. 274. 299.

225. 250. 275. 300.

======= (Page 495 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Marking Scheme
MCQ
A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D

301. 326. 351. 376.

302. 327. 352. 377.

303. 328. 353. 378.

304. 329. 354. 379.

or
305. 330. 355. 380.

A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D

zo
306. 331. 356. 381.

307. 332. 357. 382.

an
308. 333. 358. 383.

309. 334. 359. 384.

310.

311.
A B C D
335.

336.
A B M
C D
360.

361.
A B C D
385.

386.
A B C D

312. 337. 362. 387.


hid
313. 338. 363. 388.

314. 339. 364. 389.

315. 340. 365. 390.


as

A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D
R

316. 341. 366. 391.

317. 342. 367. 392.

318. 343. 368. 393.

319. 344. 369. 394.


ir

320. 345. 370. 395.


S

A B C D A B C D A B C D A B C D

321. 346. 371. 396.

322. 347. 372. 397.

323. 348. 373. 398.

324. 349. 374. 399.

325. 350. 375. 400.

======= (Page 496 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Marking Scheme
Paper 2
NOTES ABOUT MARK SCHEME SYMBOLS & OTHER MATTERS

B marks are independent marks, which do not depend on other marks. For a B mark to be
scored, the point to which it refers must be seen specifically in the candidate’s

or
answer.

M marks are method marks upon which accuracy marks (A marks) later depend. If a

zo
candidate fails to score a particular M mark, then none of the dependent A marks
can be scored.

an
C marks are compensatory marks in general applicable to numerical questions. These can
be scored even if the point to which they refer are not written down by the
candidate, provided subsequent working gives evidence that they must

M
have known it.

A marks A marks are accuracy or answer marks which either depend on an M mark, or
which are one of the ways which allow a C mark to be scored. A marks are
commonly awarded for final answers to numerical questions. If a final numerical
answer, eligible for A marks, is correct, all the C marks for that question are
normally awarded. An A mark following an M mark is a dependent mark.
hid
Brackets ( ) Brackets around words or units in the mark scheme are intended to indicate
wording used to clarify the mark scheme, but the marks do not depend on seeing
the words or units in brackets, e.g. 10 (J) means that the mark is scored for 10,
regardless of the unit given.
as

Underlining Underlining indicates that this must be seen in the answer offered, or something
very similar.
R

OR / or This indicates alternative answers or words, any one of which is satisfactory for
scoring the marks.

AND Both answers or words must be given for credit to be awarded.

e.
e.e.o. This means "each error or omission".
ir

o.
o.w.t.t. This means “or words to that effect”.
S

c.a.
c. This means “correct answer only”.

======= (Page 497 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Marking Scheme
Paper 2
NOTES ABOUT MARK SCHEME SYMBOLS & OTHER MATTERS

or
Not/NOT This indicates that an incorrect answer is not to be disregarded, but cancels
another otherwise correct alternative offered by the candidate, i.e. right plus
wrong penalty applies.

zo
e.c.
e. This means "error carried forward". If a candidate has made an earlier mistake
and has carried an incorrect value forward to subsequent stages of working,

an
marks indicated by e.c.f. may be awarded, provided the subsequent working is
correct, bearing in mind the earlier mistake. This prevents a candidate from being
penalised more than once for a particular mistake, but only applies to marks
annotated e.c.f.

Significant
figures

Units
M
Answers are normally acceptable to any number of significant figures > 2. Any
exceptions to this general rule will be specified in the mark scheme.

Deduct one mark for each incorrect or missing unit from an answer that would
otherwise gain all the marks available for that answer: maximum 1 per question.
hid
Allow these only where specified in the mark scheme.
Fractions
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 498 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Marking Scheme
Theory
1 (a) line starting at 0 oC F B1

reasonably horizontal line at any temp for > half the C M1 mark
time along-

or
side
horizontal from zero time as far as dotted line (ignore C graph
anything to R. of line) A1

zo
(b) (i) water boils OR heat loss = C B1
heat supplied (NOT evaporates/

an
turns to gas) mark (i)
and (ii) C
(ii) gives water/molecules energy to together B1

M
escape OR break bonds 5
OR change state OR heat loss
from sides/surface/to air

2 (a) drops OR decreases OR cools down F B1

(b) idea of loss of molecules (from surface) OR F M1


hid
molecules evaporate

more energetic/faster molecules C A1


(SPECIAL CASE remaining molecules slower B1)
as

(c) any sensible example where cooling is noticeable C B1


e.g. (feeling cold) after swimming, sweatin
e. 4
R

refrigerators

3 (a) (increased) internal energy OR (increased) KE of C B1


molecules OR (increased) thermal/heat (energy)

(b) any mention of thermal capacity C C1


ir

smaller thermal capacity C A1


S

======= (Page 499 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


4 (a Water molecules at higher temps. have higher (av) k.e. B1
/ energy
Higher energy molecules (have greater chance to)
escape the surface B1
Higher energy molecules have energy to break liquid
“bonds” or separate liquid molecules or more
evaporation at 85°C (lowers level) B1 3

(b) Heat for evaporation = 34 500 – 600 = (33 900) C1


Sp. latent heat of evaporation = heat/mass evap. or
33 900 / 15 C1

or
2260 J/g (method and working correct, but no heat loss
used, 2/3) A1

zo
(600 added or 34 500 used can score 2 max) 3

an
5 (a (i) Thermopile / thermocouple / (blackened) thermometer /
infra red detector or use ammeter / voltmeter in supply

M
circuit B1
(ii) One of: same distance of plate to detector or use two
identical detectors or same time (after switching on) B1
(iii) Dull black better radiator / radiates more than silver / or
emits more heat / radiation B1
(iv) Infra red (i.r.) A1 4

(b) any correct example e.g. heating water or chimney M1


hid
current clear and complete A1
direction shown correctly by arrows A1 3
[7]

6
as

(a) (i) increased


F B1
R

(ii) molecules move faster/have more energy C B1


OR collisions more energetic
more frequent collisions (condone with each
C B1
other)/harder collisions
collisions with walls C B1
ir

idea of collisions causing a force C B1


(b) (i) evaporation F B1
S

(ii) energy of molecules increases/molecules move


C B1
faster
molecules escape/break bonds F C1
faster/higher energy molecules escape C A1
9

======= (Page 500 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


7 (a idea of greater speed F B1
idea of molecules further apart C B1
(b) (i) any suitable example involving expansion or contraction
e.g. thermometer, thermostat, bimetal strip, rivets, fitting steel tyres F B1
(ii) any suitable example involving expansion or contraction
e.g. expansion gaps in bridges etc, overhead cables, cracking glass C B1
4

8 (a on surface/throughout; no bubbles/bubbles; all temps./b.p.;

or
s.v.p. < at. pressure; svp = at. pressu
s. any two B2 2

(b) energy/work to separate molecules B1

zo
(against) forces of attraction between water molecules B1 2
(to break bonds C1)
The k.e./speed of the molecules does not increase B1 1

an
(c) Wt = mL or 120 x 1 = 0.05 x L C1
L = 120/0.05 C1
L = 2400 J/g A1 3

9 (a increase surface area of tank


M
blow air over surface/put in windy place
B1
B1
[8]

(b) (i) capillary tube longer or liquid with lower expansivity B1


hid

(ii) capillary tube thinner/finer or liquid with higher expansivity


or bigger bulb B1 2
as

(c) p1v1 = p2v2 or 1 x 105 x 150 = p2 x50 C1


p2 = 3 x 105 (Pa) A1 2
[6]
R

10 (a (i) (good) conductor OR equiv. NOT conductor of electricity F B1

(ii) poor conductor OR (good) insulator (allow electrical)


OR to stop your hand getting burned/prevent shock F B1
ir

(b)
b) conduction F B1
S

(ii) any 2 of conduction, convection, radiation ticked F, C B1+B1


(-1 if evaporation ticked)

(c) equal to 40W C B1

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 501 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


11 (a total mass before ice added B1

total mass after all ice melted B1 [2]


(b) (i) mass × sp ht cap × change in temp or 20 OR mcθ B1 [1]

(ii) mass (of melted ice) × sp latent ht OR ml


OR (heat gained by ice) = heat lost by water B1 [1]

(c) heat/mass or 12 800/30 C1

or
427 J/g OR 426667 J/kg any no s.f. ğ 2 A1 [2]

zo
(d) heat gained from surroundings OR no lagging B1
heat needed to cool beaker/stirrer and thermometer ) any 2 +
too much ice added or similar point ) B1 [2]

an
allow stirring gives energy, allow evaporation/condensation
(ignore “mistakes when taking readings” or similar) [Total: 8]
12 (a (i) heat for the same time

M
B1
take temps on both thermometers B1 [2]

(ii) dull black box temp > white box temp OR black is hotter etc. B1 [1]

(b) (i) large expansion/change in reading for small change in temp B1 [1]
NOT detect/respond to small temp changes
hid
(ii) temperature rise small and/or small difference between them B1 [1]

(iii) distance between each degree on scale is the same B1 [1] [Total: 6]
as

13 (a) gas )
solid ) any 1 correct [B1]
liquid ) remaining 2 both correct [B1]
R

i.e. gas, solid, liquid: 2 marks gas, liquid, solid: 1 mark liquid, solid, gas: 1 mark
liquid, gas, solid: 0 marks solid, liquid, gas: 0 marks solid, gas, liquid: 1 mark

(b) (i) liquid [B1]


ir

(ii) idea that molecules/particles gain energy OR move faster (condone ‘vibrating’) [B1]
idea of molecules/particles becoming gaseous/breaking free [B1]
S

(iii) boiling, at one temperature only AND evaporation at any temperature [B1]
boiling throughout liquid AND evaporation at surface only [B1]

(c) (i) solid [B1]

(ii) 660 (°C) allow 659 (°C) NOT –660 (°C) [B1]
[Total: 9]

======= (Page 502 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


14 (a) (i) 1 ice point OR freezing point of water OR melting point of ice NOT just ‘freezing
point’ [B1]
2 ice OR freezing water [B1]
pure or melting or ice-water mix [B1]
3 0 (°C) OR 273 K OR 273 °K [B1]

(ii) 1 steam point OR boiling point of water


NOT just ‘boiling point’ [B1]
2 steam [B1]
boiling (water) OR standard pressure [B1]
3 100 (°C) OR 373 K OR 373 °K [B1]
°C OR K OR °K used in either of the parts 3 [B1]

or
(b) thermal capacity OR heat capacity, allow specific heat capacity [B1]

zo
[Total: 10]

15 (a) SOLID higher temperature means higher energy/greater speed of

an
mols/particles/atoms B1
NOT more vibration NOT vibrate more

GAS
or separation larger
M
vibrations get bigger or movement greater/take up more space

(ave) speed/energy of mols/particles/atoms greater


(ave) separation of mols/particles/atoms greater
or mols/particles/atoms take up more space
or increased pressure causes container to get bigger
B1
B1

B1
(b) liquids: slightly more B1
hid
gases: much more B1

(c) regular/uniform expansion or appropriate range (be generous if numbers quoted)


as

or expands a lot/large expansivity


or (relatively) non-toxic
or low freezing point/melting point
R

or measures low temperatures any 1 B1


IGNORE reacts to small temp change IGNORE high boiling point [7]

16 (a (i) rapid/rapid heat transfer/gain OR rapid reading/response


NOT sensitivity/temperature transfer B1
ir

(ii) strength OR reduce chance of breaking OR to magnify the thread


ignore any mention of safety B1
S

(iii) sensitivity or equiv. (e.g. idea of large movement of thread) B1

(b) mercury OR alcohol B1

(c) 0 and 100 B1


°C on at least 1 temperature B1 [6]

======= (Page 503 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


17 (a Total penalty for use of ‘particles’ rather than ‘molecules’ is 1 mark.

(i) idea of some molecules gaining more KE B1


mols overcome attractive forces OR mols break free of surface B1

(ii) greater area B1


more mols escape (in given time) B1

(iii) increase temperature / supply more heat / make hotter )


blow air across surface, or equiv. ) any 2 B1 + B1
reduce humidity )

or
decrease pressure )

zo
(b) water evaporates from cloth / water OR faster / more energetic
molecules evaporate )
less energetic mols left behind )

an
energy to evaporate taken from milk ) any 3 B1 × 3
evaporation produces cooling )
idea of cloth always being damp by soaking up water ) [9]

18 (a (i) radiation
evaporation
convection
any 2
M
(ii) cardboard/it is a poor conductor/(good) insulator
B1, B1

air is trapped OR air is a poor conductor/(good) insulator any 2 B1, B1


reduced surface in contact with fingers
hid

(b)
b) heat/energy to raise/lower/change temperature of a body
OR heat/energy to heat up a body B1
as

by 1 °C OR by 1K OR unit temp B1

(ii) low thermal capacity M1


R

less heat needed to raise temperature OR absorbs less heat A1


[8]
19 (a) (i) to the right B1

(ii) they open B1


ir

(iii) current stops B1

(iv)
S

screw in control screw/rotate screw B1


clockwise

B1
(b) (i) 29 (minutes)
C1
(ii) E = Pt C1
2000 × his(i) × 60 A1 [8]
3.48 × 106 (J) c.a.o

======= (Page 504 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


20 (a) matt black B1

(b) (i) L down and R up, equal amounts (by eye) B1

(ii) on black side or on left (more) energy / heat absorbed OR greater


temp rise OR heats up quicker B1

on black side or on left greater expansion of air / greater pressure of air B1 [4]

21 (a) energy / heat required to change state / phase / any example of change of

or
state / phase M1

with no change in temperature / at a specified temperature A1

zo
OR energy to break bonds between molecules /atoms M1
with no change in K.E. A1

an
(b) any time or range of time between 1.6 (min) and 14.0 (min) inclusive [no UP] B1

M
(c) turns substance to gas / vapour OR causes evaporation OR escape
from liquid

energy to break bonds/separate molecules/overcome intermolecular forces


Ignore move faster / PE increases
C1

A1
hid
(d) (i) Pt / 2 × 4 / 2000 × 4 / 2 × 240 / 2000 × 240 / 8 / 8000 / 480 / 480000 C1
480 000 J OR 480 kJ A1

(ii) (θ =) 43 (°C) seen anywhere C1


as

Q = mcθ OR 480000 = m x 1760 × 43 in any form ecf. from (i) C1


6.34 kg or 6.3 kg ecf. A1 [10]
R

22 (a (i) change in length / distance moved (accept “how much it expands”)


per unit / given temp rise OR equivalent B1

(ii) large bulb OR thin / narrow bore / tube / capillary


NOT thin / narrow thermometer B1
ir

(b) (i) difference between the highest and lowest temperatures


ignore reference to fixed points B1
S

(ii) tube (sufficiently) long / not too short


OR bore wide/not too thin
OR little/not too much liquid/bulb
NOT change liquid B1
(c) (i) idea of equal size divisions/expansion for equal temperature rises
OR ∆l / ∆θ constant OR reference to l against θ graph straight line ignore 1 division = 1 °C
C
(ii) uniform bore OR alcohol/liquid expands uniformly (with temp) B1 [6]

======= (Page 505 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


23 (a (i) increases B1

(ii)ncincreases

(iii) ecdecreases

(b) to allow for expansion (of concrete)


OR to allow for contraction (of concrete) M1
OR to avoid concrete cracking

or
reference to temperature change/summer A1 [5]

zo
24 (a) (i) smaller because area smaller

an
B1

(ii) smaller because depth/height


depth/he smaller B1

(b) (i) hρg OR 12 × 1000 × 10


M
1.2 × 105 Pa OR 1.1772 × 105 Pa OR 1.176 × 105 Pa accept N/m2

(ii) candidate’s (i) + 1.0 × 105 Pa correctly evaluated with unit (correct value
2.2 × 105)
C1
A1

B1
hid
(iii) p1V1 = p2V2 in any form C1
1.1 cm3
OR 0.5 × candidate’s (ii)/105 correctly evaluated A1

(iv) value in (iii) too small OR volume larger o.w.t.t.e. B1 [8]


as
R

25 (a 0 and 100 B1

(b)
b) expands B1
ir

(ii) moves along the tube/up/to the right B1


stops at/near 100 mark/100°C/100/temp of boiling water B1
S

(c) arrow pointing to somewhere between RH end of bulb & –10 mark B1
[Total: 5]

======= (Page 506 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


26 (a) T-shirt in wind/on L dries quicker OR T-shirt out of wind/on R dries slower M1
wind removes more evaporated molecules accept quicker
NOT wind gives water molecules more KE A1 [2]

(b) T-shirt folded double/on R dries slower OR T-shirt unfolded/on L dries quicker M1
correct reference to smaller/larger surface area for molecules to evaporate
OR water trapped (in fold) OR more humid in fold A1 [2]

B1
(c) water evaporates from her hair

or
heat required for evaporation OR heat flows (from body/hair) to warm up cold B1 [2]
water OR faster molecules escape leaving water cooler/lowering KE
ignore: there is a cooling effect [Total: 6]

zo
(a (i) Glass / flask receives heat / rises in temperature B1
27
Glass / flask expands B1

an
(ii) Heat flows through glass to water OR Water receives heat / thermal energy
from / conducted by glass OR Water temperature rises OR Water molecules
move faster / gain K.E. B1

M
Water expands / Water molecules move further apart

(iii) Glass / solid expands less OR water / liquid expands more


(b) Use a bigger flask OR a narrower tube
OR Use a solid and a liquid that expand more
B1
B1
B1

[Total: 6]

28 (a (i) e.g. freezing, solidification, condensation


hid
OR example e.g. water to ice, steam to water, gas to solid B1

(ii) No change B1
as

(b) Heat/energy required to change temperature of the body B1


by 1 °C / 1 K / 1 unit / 1 deg B1
R

OR
mass (of body) × specific heat capacity (B2)

(c) (i) Q = mcθ OR in words OR 250 × 4.2 × 20 C1


= 21000 J A1
ir

(ii) 21000 J OR same as (c)(i) B1


S

(iii) Q = mL OR m = Q/L OR either in words


OR 21000 = m × 330 OR m = 21000/330 C1
= 63.6 g at least 2 s.f. A1

[Total: 9]

======= (Page 507 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


29 (a mercury/Hg OR alcohol OR named alcohol e.g. ethanol B1
(b) vacuum OR nothing OR empty OR vapour B1

(c) ice point indicated and labelled at 0 °C


steam point indicated and labelled at 100 °C
B1
(d)
d) moves to the right (or equivalent e.g. goes higher/up/rises) B1
[Total: 6]
(ii) liquid expands NOT thermometer/particles expands

or
30 (a liquid/alcohol/mercury/reading (level) rises/increases/moves along the tube/expands B1
ignore temperature increases

zo
(b) liquid expands OR liquid molecules get further apart B1

an
(c) arrow indicating 100 °C by eye B1

B1
(d) idea of large movement of thread (for small temperature change)

31 (a
M
accept it increases sensitivity o.w.t.t.e.

(i) mention of vacuum OR glass is a poor conductor


OR vacuum/gap between walls has no molecules/atoms/particles

(ii) surface/silver (of walls) is good reflector/poor absorber (of radiation)


[Total: 4]

B1

B1
surface/silver (of walls) is poor emitter (of radiation) B1
hid
(b) add a stopper/lid/bung/cover/top to reduce/prevent (loss of heat by) convection/ M1
conduction/radiation/evaporation OR to prevent steam/hot vapour leaving B1

made of insulator OR example of insulator to reduce/prevent (loss of heat by)


as

convection/radiation/evaporation OR to prevent steam/hot air leaving B1

[Total 6]
R

32 (a (i) and (ii) marked together to maximum of 3 marks


(i) molecules escape/leave the liquid/form gas or vapour B1

(ii) evaporation OR heat/(thermal) energy needed for evaporation leaves sweat cooler B1
fast(er) molecules/high(er) energy molecules escape
ir

OR slow(er) molecules left behind B1


heat flows from body to warm the sweat (so body cools) B1
S

(b)
b) (Q =) mc∆θ OR mcT OR 60 × 4000 × 0.50 C1
1.2 × 105 J / 120 kJ A1

(ii) Q = mL in any form OR (m =) Q/L OR either with numbers C1


(m = 1.2 × 105 / 2.4 × 106 =) 0.05 kg e.c.f from (b)(i) A1

[Total 7]

======= (Page 508 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


33 (a any two from:
at surface / not within liquid (if other way round must be explicit) B1
at any temperature / not at boiling point (if other way round must be explicit) B1 [2]
(evaporation) causes cooling
boiling requires a heat source
bubbles rising

(b) (i) viable heat source clearly described e.g. electrical/immersion heater B1
appropriate readings e.g. V, I, t or P & t or joulemeter readings B1 [2]
OR
combustion heater but only with some mention of amount of fuel used B1

or
correct measurement of amount of fuel used B1

(ii) viable mass measuring device clearly described B1

zo
e.
e.g. (top pan) balance/scal
appropriate readings B1 [2]
e.g. mass of water before and after / change of mass of wat
e.

an
OR
measuring cylinder B1
volume of water before and after / change of volume of water B1

34 (a M
bright specks OR spots / dots OR flashes of light

ig
moving randomly OR jerky movements OR zig zag / jiggling
[Total: 6]
B1
hid
(b) line representing a smoke particle moving with a change of direction B1

line is straight with at least 2 changes of direction B1


as

om
(c) collisions / bombardment
R

(with) air atoms / molecules / particles


ar

(d) Brownian B1

[Total: 7]
ir

35 B 74 (°C)
C any three from:
S

particles move further apart / heating causes expansionwarm air less dense OR
cold air more densehot air rises OR cold air fallsconvection (current)
D moves / goes down (tube) OR gives a lower readingcontracts / decreases in
volume / shrinks
E any indication between –10 °C and centre of bulb [Total: 7]

======= (Page 509 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


36 (a (i) wax melts (faster) on copper rod B1

wax melts less (far) / not at all / slower on plastic rod B1


comparison needed

(ii) IGNORE any statements about conduction of electricity


copper is a (good) (thermal) conductor B1

plastic is an insulator / poor conductor B1

(b) (only) faster / high (k.)e. / most energetic particles B1

or
escape / go into the air or leave the water (surface) B1

zo
(this means) average (k.) e. of water decreases/falls B1
accept internal energy / thermal energy for k.e.
[Total: 7]

an
37 (a top box ticked convection B1

second box ticked evaporation –1 e.e.o.o. B1

(b) any idea of insulation / lagging


M
condone any sensible method for keeping drink warmer B1

[Total: 3]
38 (a) (i) (liquid) has a uniform expansion / expands at a constant rate / expands
hid
evenly / expands linearly B1

(ii) any two from:


larger bulb / wider / longer bulb
as

more liquid
narrower capillary / tube
use liquid with greater expansion B2
R

(iii) thermometer must be longer B1

(b) any 2 from:


resistance / conductance of a metal / wire / conductor / thermistor
voltage / current of a thermocouple
ir

volume / pressure / expansion / contraction of a gas


colour of a metal
S

amount of radiation OR frequency OR wavelength of radiation from a metal / furnace


colour / arrangement of liquid crystals
expansion of a solid / any dimension of a solid
bending of a bimetallic strip B2

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 510 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


39 (a (a liquid evaporates) at any temperature / below the boiling point / over a range of
temperatures / below 100 oC / at different temperatures / not at a fixed temperature B1

(during evaporation) vapour forms at / escapes from the surface of the liquid B1

(without a supply of thermal energy,) evaporation continues / occurs / doesn’t stop


ed
OR causes liquid to cool / is slower / reduces

(b) (i) (Q =) mL C1
OR 0.075 × 2.25 × 106

or
1.7 × 105 J A1

zo
(ii) (E =) VIt OR 240 × 0.65 × (20 × 60) C1
OR P = IV and P = E / t OR energy / time

an
1.9 × 105 J A1

(iii) energy is transferred to the surroundings

M
OR in heating the surroundings / air / atmosphere / hot-plate
ot

[Total: 8]

40 (a (thermal) energy / heat to heat unit mass / 1 kg / 1 g B1

by unit temperature / 1 °C / 1 K B1
hid

(b)
b) SHC= Q / (m∆T) in any form or Q / (m∆T) words, symbols or numbers C1

(SHC = 8700 / 800 × 12=) 0.91 J / (g °C) or 910 J / (kg °C) A1


as

(ii) th. cap. = Q / ∆T in any form or Q / ∆T or m × SHC words, symbols or numbers C1


R

(th. cap. = 8700 / 12 or 0.906 × 800 or 906 × 0.8 =) 730 J / °C or 725 J / °C


C A1

(c) lag (cylinder) / wait after heating until temperature stable / at max. value M1

prevents / reduces heat losses or heat (energy) takes time to flow throughout block A1
ir

throughout 4(c), reward correct alternative physics which answers the question
e.g. use greater power to reduce expt time and hence energy lo
e.
S

ignore: repeats or use thermometer with low thermal capacity

[Total: 8]

======= (Page 511 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


41 (a (i) reduces (rate of evaporation) NOT zero (rate of evaporation) M1

no / fewer evaporated molecules removed by wind


OR greater humidity / vapour pressure
NOT fewer molecules in liquid / puddle blown away A1

(ii) increases (rate of evaporation) M1

molecules move faster / have more energy OR more molecules have energy

or
to escape A1

zo
(b) greater (rate of evaporation) OR rate is less in small puddle
ignore rate of disappearance of puddle B1

an
surface areas correctly compared B1

(c) description of viable experiment NOT absorption expt M1

statement of measurements to be made


M
good detail e.g. thermometers in comparable positions OR pyrometer same
position relative to different surfaces
A1

A1

[Total: 9]
hid
42 (a (i) molecules in random arrangement B1

molecules similar distance apart B1


as

(ii) molecules in random arrangement AND further apart B1


R

(b) (i) gas ringed / indicated


nd

(ii) more room for molecules OR molecules fit into gaps OR there are gaps
between molecules B1

no repulsive forces between molecules OR (repulsive) forces between


ir

molecules smaller OR pressure on walls smaller OR only small


force / pressure required B1
S

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 512 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


43 (a (m =) Pt / l OR 460 × 180 / 2.3 × 106 OR 82 800 / 2.3 × 106 C1

0.036 kg OR 36 g A1

(b) (i) any two from:


(surface) area
draught
temperature (of water / room)
humidity of air B2

or
(ii) any two from:
evaporation at any temperature / below boiling point

zo
evaporation (only) at the surface
evaporation influenced by surface area / draught / temperature / humidity (not
if given in (b)(i)) B2

an
[Total: 6]

44 (a (i) A OR left hand thermometer

M
(ii) E AND longest length and smallest range / more length per degree / liquid
moves more per degree / increases the most per degree
B1

B1

(b) any two from:


hid
narrow bore / tube
large amount of liquid / mercury / ethanol / alcohol / bulb
liquid with large expansivity OR ethanol instead of mercury B2
as

(c) 80 ( UC) OR 80 / 120 OR 18 /20


120
R

12 cm A1

[Total: 6]
ir
S

======= (Page 513 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


45 (a (i) conduction B1

(ii) 1. water expands when heated B1


density (of warm water) decreases OR reverse argument B1
warm water rises B1

2. convection B1

(b) (i) reduce heat losses OR to act as insulation B1

or
(ii) any two from: B2
• economic reason: lower costs OR cheaper OR more efficient
• environmental reason: less greenhouse gases OR maintain fuel reserves

zo
• reason to do with system: maintain temperature of water OR less energy
needed to keep water hot OR water stays hotter for longer [Total: 8]

an
46 (a (i) 160(g) B1

M
(ii) (density =) mass÷volume, in any form C1

candidate’s (a)(i) ÷ 200 C1

0.8 (g / cm3) A1

(b)
b) conduction B1
hid
(ii) warm(ed) liquid expands B1
NOT particles expand
as

density of warm(ed) liquid decreases B1


NOT particles become less dense
R

less dense liquid/warm liquid rises B1


NOT heat rises
(c) (i) evaporation OR boiling B1

(ii) any one from: max. B1


• liquid molecules gain energy/move faster
ir

• (the) most energetic molecules


ignore vibrates faster
S

molecules escape (from the liquid/into the air) B1

[Total: 11]

======= (Page 514 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


47 (a melting evaporating / boiling
oili B3
freezing / solidification condensing

note: 3 marks for all 4 correct, 2 marks for 3 correct, 1 mark for 2 correct

(b) tick in first box (particles move randomly) B1

tick in third box (particles are much further apart...) B1

tick in sixth box (particles move faster...) B1

or
(c) any three from: max. B3

zo
• nail varnish remover evaporates
• energy needed to evaporate / most energetic particles escape
• energy is transferred from student / heat flow gives sensation of cold

an
• remaining liquid colder / average KE is less [Total: 9]

48 (a

M
(i) any 2 from: max. B2
• liquid molecules not in fixed positions / can move about / move past
each other OR solid molecules have a fixed position
• liquid molecules have random arrangement OR solid molecules
arranged regularly / in patterns / layers / lattice
• liquid molecules are (slightly) further apart (than solid molecules) OR
reverse argument
hid
(ii) energy / work / thermal energy / (latent) heat required
AND
to break bonds (between molecules) / to overcome attractive forces
(between the molecules) / to increase the potential energy of the molecules B1
as

(b) (i) E = ml in any form OR ml OR 1.65 × 330 000 C1


R

= 540 000 J OR 544 500 J A1

(ii) chemical (energy in body) converted to thermal / internal (energy) B1

[Total: 6]
ir
S

======= (Page 515 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


49 (a energy/heat required to increase temperature
• of 1 kg / 1 g / unit mass (of the substance) B1
• by 1 °C / 1 K / unit temperature B1

(b) E = m c ∆θ in any form OR (c =) E ÷ m ∆θ C1


E = P t in any form OR 420 × 95 (= 39 900) C1
∆θ = [40.5 – 19.5] OR 21 C1
(c = 39 900÷42 =) 950 J/ (kg °C) A1

or
(c) any two separate points from: max. B2
• lagging / insulation (around block) OR insulate (the block)

zo
• raise temperature of block by a smaller amount OR heat for a shorter time
OR use lower power heater for same time OR higher power for same

an
temperature rise / shorter time
• polish the surface of the block OR wrap the block in shiny material OR paint
(shiny) white

M
• reduce initial temperature of block (to below room temperature) OR raise
temperature of room
• reduce draughts

[Total: 8]

50 (a) box 2: Z measures p. d. B1


hid

box 4: X and Y are different materials. B1

box 6: X and Y are electrical conductors. B1


as

(b) more sensitive OR thread moves more M1


R

more (greater volume of) expansion A1

(c) not linear OR linearity worse/less B1


ir

correctly relates movement of thread to diameter of capillary B1


S

======= (Page 516 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


51 (a same distance moved (by thread) for same temperature change B1

(b) – 10 °C B1

(c) any two from: max. B2


• longer stem
• bigger bulb OR more liquid

or
• narrower bore OR thinner thread
• liquid with greater expansivity

zo
(d) (i) falls from 100 °C with a decreasing gradient AND at a faster rate B1

an
finishes horizontal along 20 °C line B1

(ii) only bottom box ticked B1

52 (a
M
energy/heat needed to change state of substance/melt
[Total: 7]

B1

(from solid to liquid at constant temperature / melting point) per kg / per unit mass B1
hid

(b) (i) (lf=) Q ÷ m in any form: words, symbols, numbers C1

340 J / kg OR 336 J / g OR equivalent in J / kg A1


as

(ii) (c =) Q ÷ [m ∆T] in any form: words, symbols, numbers C1


4.1 J / (g °C) OR 4100 J / (kg °C)
C)
R

(iii) cold water denser AND sinks B1


convection (current) OR circulation OR warmer water rises B1

[Total: 8]
ir

53
S

======= (Page 517 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


54 (a) temperature nothing else F Bl
solid turns to liquid OR liquid turns to solid F Bl
(b) l�( 2 both ticked C Bl
(c) (i) horizontal straight line (nothing else) F Bl
(ii) B.P. correctly marked at horizontal line (condone extras)· C Bl
,v 1:-e. O>\. +e,.,11 4/Cls
_i
a.flow (to't.. ltrJSr t!.c. �

or
zo
55 a junction of two metals, other ends to meter/alternative arrangements C1
two metals named.meter labelled 2. A1 2

an
b(i) meter calibrated in degrees or read value and use calibration chart B1
'''1 (ii) change in temp. causes change in voltage/current 2. B1 2
c
''°""
higti1.temperatures B1

56 a(i) L = VILfn1- m;:2.)


(ii) = 12 X 2 X 3750 /40
_
2
M
rapidly changing temperatures (er- ia"-.) h,.,..�.1..L c,'-f'<lc<-S)
any valid physical reason e.g. distance reading needed, small site etc

�fu .c,. Vrt=(,,.w.-n� L � I Of' wt�-"'>


B1
2. B1 Mr
QT 6

2 1tc.1,Af
C1
= 2250 Jig* \n: �-
25" )I' JO�! /J<_j 2. A1 4
hid
b {Jargetintermolecular) forces in liquid / boi,J.s B1
(QreaJ energy needed to separate molecules of liquid 2. B1 2
QT 6
as

57(a)(i) conv OR radiation B1


(a)(ii) con B1
R

(b) poor emitter OR poor radiator (of thermal energy) B1


(c) (handles) become hot B1
use an insulator B1
Total: 5
ir
S

58(a)(i) three straight lines, joined end to end B1


at least two changes of direction
(a)(ii)
a)(ii) col OR bumps OR bounces off B1
(with moving) air molecules
(b) more collisions OR changes of direction B1
Total: 5

======= (Page 518 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


59(a)(i) X: bulb B1
Y: liquid (thread) B1
(a)(ii) arrow at 0 °C B1
(b) ice melts B1

any three from: B3


molecules gain energy (from surroundings)
molecules vibrate faster
break bonds between molecules

or
molecules move freely Total: 7

zo
60(a) start temp. and final temp. or change in temperature B1
mass of iron B1
time heater on B1 3

an
(b) P x t, VIt or in words B1
= m x shc x cit or words B1 2

(c) (i) heat lost to surroundings/air


(ii) add lagging/insulate
M B1
B1 2
[7]

61 (a) air molecules hit particles or vice versa B1


hid
air molecules have speed/moment/energy B1
hits uneven or from all directions B1
hits (by small molecules) can move a large particle or moves
particles small distances B1 4
as

(b) (i) most energetic/fastest molecules B1


(ii) need energy to overcome forces/break bonds/separate mols. B1
R

so work must be done/energy used as work B1 3


[7]

62 (a solid: 2, 3 and 6 ticked -1 each error ( use  +  = 0 for extras) F, C B2


gas: 1, 4 and 5 ticked -1 each error ( use  +  = 0 for extras) F, C B2
ir

(b) molecules breaking free (of surface) NOT turns into a gas F M1
mention of higher energy/faster/mols near surface C A1
S

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 519 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


64 (a) (i) nitrogen M1
(ii) copper-solid-molecules very tightly bonded together so separate little B1
water – liquid – molecules less tightly bonded/still small separation B1
nitrogen – gas – molecules “free” and not bonded so separate most B1 M3
(N.B. accept 2 bonding statements for 2 marks. 1 separation statement for 1 mark)
(b) (i) size of movement/change in length of liquid column per degree B1
(ii) change in length (of liquid column) same for all degrees B1 2

or
[5]

zo
65 (a) level in tube lower, or equivalent B1

(b) air has expanded (could be scored in (a), but not twice)

an
OR Kinetic Theory application to pressure B1

(c) any sensible comment B1

M
e.g. limited temp range, air bubbles out of tube, slow acting,
large volume of air, change in air pressure, no scale
[3]

66 (a) turn on heater and wait until water starts dripping in beaker B1
empty beaker & replace, start watch B1
stop watch & remove beaker at same time B1
record time B1
hid
find and record mass of water in beaker B1 [M4]

(b) 60 x t = 120 x 340 C1


t = 680 s A1 [2]
as

(c) (i) ice gains heat from surroundings/ice falls through funnel B1
R

(ii) lag or fit lid to funnel/place gauze in funnel bottom B1 [2]


Total [8]
67 (a) (i) random B1

(ii) hit and rebound B1 [2]


ir

(b) (i) increase or further apart B1


S

(ii) increase or move faster B1 [2]

(c) (i) random, fast in gas to vibration in solid B1

(ii) long way apart in gas to very close or touching B1 [2]


Total [6]

======= (Page 520 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


68 (a (i) conduction B1

(ii) particles/atoms/ions vibrate or electrons move and carry energy B1


pass on energy from one particle to the next B1
[3]
(b) four surfaces facing one heat source B1
suitable detector e.g. thermometer behind surface-read all 4 B1
precaution e.g. equal distance/time B1
(Can not score last two marks if experiment is totally wrong) [3]

[Total: 6]

or
69 (a thermometer B1

zo
(b) reduce heat loss/transfer B1

an
accept keeps heat in/insulates

(c) balance OR scales, condone scale / weighing machine, accept measuring cylinder B1

M
find mass of empty beaker/container/apparatus, accept measure volume of water
find mass of beaker/container/apparatus + water, accept look up density of water
subtract the two masses, accept use M = D x V
note: allow weight/weigh instead of mass, ignore if subtraction gives negative mass
B1
B1
B1

(d) bubbles (ignore “of air”)


(water) vapour accept “steam” or equivalent
hid
temperature/thermometer reading stops rising any 2 B2
level of water decreases ignore evaporation

[Total: 8]
as
R

70 (a (i) heated air / warm air rises / moves up (not sideways) B1

(ii) air (between plate and hands) is a poor conductor / does not conduct B1

(b) left hand / palm (facing matt black side gets hotter)
ir

OR hand facing matt black side (gets hotter) B1


matt black side is a better emitter / radiator (of heat than shiny side) B1
S

(c) conduction takes place B1


copper a good conductor / conduction is rapid / heat flows to equalise temperature B1

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 521 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


71 (a irregular / random / haphazard movement
B1
any mention of different directions or clearly described
B1 [2]

(b) smoke particles condone atoms, molecules etc. AND (invisible) air molecules
B1
air and smoke / dots collide
ignore other collisions
B1 [2]

or
(c) dots move in or out of focus/disappear OR appear brighter / dimmer
[Total: 5]

zo
72 (a black can / B loses heat energy quicker / cools faster
OR polished can loses heat energy slower / cools slower M1

an
black radiates / emits more OR polished radiates / emits less
ignore anything about absorption A1 [2]

(b)
b) any four from:
M
viable experiment e.g. pour in water and measure temperature
ignore methods with external thermometers (for this point only)
B4

pour (hot) water into both cans to same level / same amount
hid
place thermometers in same position relative to each can / detail relating to
stirring
thermometers not touching the metal of can
observe change of temperature
as

correct detail of timing


repeat readings [4]
R

(ii) use tiles as lids M1


reduce convection/evaporation (to room) A1

OR alternative method
put tiles under cans (M1)
reduce, ignore prevent, conduction (to bench) (A1)
ir

for both methods, ignore other modes of heat transfer, ignore place tiles
around can [2]
S

(c) black can / B M

black absorbs (radiation) better, ignore anything about emission A1 [2]

[Total: 10]

======= (Page 522 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


73 (a (i) temperature (of solid) rising OR (solid) expanding
NOT any indication of melting / turning into liquid,
accept particles gain k.e. / vibrate more B1

(ii) melting owtte B1

(iii) temperature of liquid rising OR liquid expanding


accept liquid particles gain k.e. / move faster / more
or

or
(b) ice needs (thermal) energy/heat to melt / overcome intermolecular forces M1

takes this energy from drink B1

zo
(c)
c) (temperature) increases / gets hotter M1

an
steam transfers thermal energy/heat / supplies energy (to water), accept
steam loses (latent) heat (as it condenses) A1

(ii) increases

M
steam condenses/turns into water OR gas molecules become liquid
molecules
M1

A1

[Total: 9]
hid

74 (a evaporation B1
as

(b) molecules escape (from the surface) M1


if they gain / have enough energy owtte A1
R

(c) more energetic / faster molecules escape B1


lower (average) energy (results in lower temperature)
OR energy flows from metal into water causing metal to cool B1

[Total: 6]
ir
S

======= (Page 523 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


70 (a (i) heated air / warm air rises / moves up (not sideways) B1

(ii) air (between plate and hands) is a poor conductor / does not conduct B1

(b) left hand / palm (facing matt black side gets hotter)
OR hand facing matt black side (gets hotter) B1
matt black side is a better emitter / radiator (of heat than shiny side) B1

or
(c) conduction takes place B1
copper a good conductor / conduction is rapid / heat flows to equalise temperature B1

zo
[Total: 6]

an
71 (a (i) ice M1
pure OR melting A1

(ii) boiling water OR steam M1


(b) solid

(c) any two from:


resistance of thermistor
M B1

pressure / volume / expansion of a gas


volume / length / expansion of a solid / metal
hid
e.m.f. of a thermocoup
e.
colour of a surface / liquid crystal B2
melting point of waxes
density of liquid (in Galileo thermometer) [Total: 6]
as

72 (a 21 (°C) [1]
R

(b) table: s, °C, °C [1]


(c) no significant effect, justified by some reference to results
[1]

wording that communicates the idea that the temperatures are the same within
ir

the limits of experimental accuracy OR almost the same rate


S

(d) lid/cover/smaller cross-sectional area [1]

[1]
(e) any one from:
room temperature (or equivalent environmental condition)
initial water temperature [1]
volume of water
same/dry insulation [Total: 6]

======= (Page 524 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


73 (a 19 (°C) cao [1]

(b) table:
cm3, °C [1]
NOT C°, centigrade

correct V values 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 [1]

or
(c) lid / insulation / polystyrene cup / minimal time delay [1]

zo
(d) R1 = 2.(00) R2 = 1.4(3) [1]
note: do not give the mark if using incorrect stopwatch reading e.g. 35.5 rather than 35.05

an
cm3 / s [1]

(e) rate / flow is not constant

(f) any two from:


room temperature / air conditioning
initial / hot water temperature
M [1]

volume / quantity / amount of hot water [2]


hid
cold water temperature
intervals / time between adding volumes of water
ignore draughts / humidity / pressure [Total: 9]
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 525 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


74 (a θ for A 76 (°C) and for B 79 (°C) [1]

(b) units all correct [1]

t values correct 0, 30, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180 [1]

(c) statement matching temperature changes with justification referring to results and
involving correct comparative change in temperature [1]

or
justification has specific mention of temperature change in the same time owtte [1]

zo
(d) appropriate source of inaccuracy associated with procedure e.g. any one from:
• water levels not the same
• thermometer scales not read at 90°

an
• initial temperatures different
• not able to stir water [1]
• not waiting for temperature to stabilise initially / waiting time not long enough

M
(e) any two factors relating to apparatus from:
• keep thermometer at same depth
• same size/thickness/material of test-tube / same test-tube
• same water levels/volume/quantity/amount of water [2]
• same thickness/surface area of surface material
hid
[Total: 8]

75 (a) three lines required: B1


• line from solid to bottom pattern
as

• line from liquid to middle pattern


• line from gas to top pattern
R

(b) (i) any two from: B2


• energy needed to turn liquid into a gas
• remaining perfume / liquid / particles have lower energy
• energy transfers from arm to perfume (cooling arm)
ir

(ii) particles move / evaporate faster (when hotter) B1


collisions (with stopper) harder / more often B1
S

pressure greater (inside than outside) OR


force on stopper (from perfume) greater than friction + stopper weight B1

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 526 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


76 (a (i) ice M1
pure OR melting A1

(ii) boiling water OR steam M1

(b) solid B1

(c) any two from:


resistance of thermistor

or
pressure / volume / expansion of a gas
volume / length / expansion of a solid / metal
e.m.f. of a thermocoup
e.

zo
colour of a surface / liquid crystal
melting point of waxes
density of liquid (in Galileo thermometer) B2

an
[Total: 6]
77 (a) 100 (°C) B1

M
0 (°C) B1

(b) thermometer (bulb) placed in ice C1


melting ice OR ice and water mixture A1

(c) expansion B1
hid

[Total: 5]
as

78 (a mass of block m B1
initial temperature θ1 and final temperature θ2 B1
time of heating t B1
R

voltage / p.d. V AND current I B1

(b) (c = ) VIt ÷[m (θ2 – θ1)]


OR Pt ÷ [m (θ2 – θ1)] OR E ÷ [m (θ2 – θ1)] as appropriate to symbols defined in (a)
numerator correct B1
ir

denominator correct B1
S

(c) (more) thermal energy / heat lost (to surroundings) so temperature rise is less
OR more thermal energy / heat input required for same temperature rise B1

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 527 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


79 (a diagram shows (molecules) randomly positioned M1
diagram shows most (molecules) touching/very closely spaced A1

(b) (i) (temperature) decreases B1

(ii) more energetic/faster molecules escape from surface/overcome forces of


attraction B1

or
(iii) E = ml in any form OR ml C1
2900 J A1

zo
(iv) any two from:
• cover/decrease surface area
• reduce temperature

an
• reduce draught owtte
• increase humidity of air B2

80 (a
2.5 × 105 Pa
M
pV = constant OR p1V1 = p2V2 OR p1V1 / V2 or 1.0 × 105 × 100 ÷ 40
[Total: 8]

C1
A1
(b) (i) (the particles move) randomly B1
hid
(the particles move) slowly OR through small distances OR disappear OR
zigzag OR directions change OR erratic OR straight lines between collisions B1

(ii) air molecules / particles collide with smoke particles (at high speed) B1
as

fast(er) air molecules OR move randomly OR many collisions B1


(c) diagram showing:
molecules touching each other B1
R

molecules positioned in an ordered structure B1

[Total: 8]
81 (a) strip bent upwards B1
ir

(b) (i) two fixed points marked B1


ice or steam point stated B1
S

positions divided by difference in temperature OR the more it bends the higher the
temperature B1

(ii) plausible suggestion, e.g. inaccurate, too large, difficult to calibrate B1

[Total: 5]

======= (Page 528 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


82 (a) (i) at least two arrows pointing in correct direction B1

(ii) convection B1

(b) hot water expands / water molecules further apart B1


hot water less dense B1
hot water rises B1
cool water falls / takes place of hot water B1

or
[Total: 6]

83 (a) c = Q / (m∆θ) B1

zo
(b) (i) d = m / V in any form OR (m =) Vd OR 0.0036 × 1000 C1
3.6 kg A1

an
(ii) (E =) Pt OR 8500 × 60 OR 510 000 J OR 5.1 × 105 J C1
∆θ = Q / mc OR ∆θ = Pt / mc in any form OR 5.1 × 105 / (3.6 × 4200) C1
= 34 (oC) A1

= 34 (oC) M
OR ∆θ = P / (mass per second × c)
= 8500 / [(0.0036 / 60) × 4200

outflow temp = 15 + 33.73 = 49 C o


(C1)
(C1)
(A1)
B1
[Total: 7]
84 (a any two of motion of smoke particles:
hid
random / haphazard / unpredictable movement;
sudden changes of direction / zig-zag motion;
appear / disappear from view OR go out of / come into focus; B2
as

any two of conclusions about air molecules:


collide with smoke particles OR smoke particles collide with / moved by air molecules;
air molecules fast(er);
R

air molecules small(er) / light(er);


move randomly; B2

(b) (i) 1 (the piston) moves to the right / out(wards) / is pushed away B1
2 (the pressure of the gas) remains constant B1
ir

(ii) (pressure of the gas) increases B1


more frequent collisions (of gas molecules) with piston / walls / container
S

OR (gas molecules) collide with piston / walls / container with great(er) force B1

[Total: 8]

======= (Page 529 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


85 (a in all parts accept by implication reference to X
e. in (i) accept “it covers a greater range of temperatur
e.g.

(i) X covers greater range of temperature OR (goes to) higher temperature OR greater
range expressed numerically B1

(ii) liquid in X expands uniformly (with temperature rise) B1

(iii) (for the same temperature rise,) the liquid in X expands more B1

or
(b) (i) two junctions correctly connected to each other and to meter OR one junction between
wires and other junction at connection to meter M1

zo
temperature difference between junctions A1
two wires correctly labelled as made of different materials, accept labels metal A &
B1
metal B NOT 3 different metals labelled

an
B1
(ii) junction (in liquid) has low mass / small heat capacity / small size B1
temperature of junction reacts quickly / quickly reaches temperature of
liquid / heat or cools faster [Total: 8]

86

(b)
M
(a) suitable particles and fluid, and labelled, in suitable container
e.g. pollen and water (surface), smoke in air
microscope AND, if smoke used, illumination
movement of particles NOT atoms or molecules
reasonable description of movement
M1
A1
B1
B1
OR any mention / clear description of movement in different directions
hid
accept if diagram drawn B1
B1
(c) collisions between molecules and particles
random movement of molecules OR causes (random) motion of particles [Total: 6]
as

87
R

(a any two from:


volume (of a liquid / gas); resistance (of a metal);
voltage (of a thermocouple); other appropriate examples; B2

(b) (i) 1 place bulb in ice and water mixture AND mark liquid level B1
2 place bulb in steam from boiling water AND mark liquid level B1
ir

pure ice OR pure water mentioned in 1 OR at normal atmospheric pressure mentioned


in 2 B1
S

(ii) 1 liquid expands uniformly (as temperature rises) OR capillary / tube has uniform
diameter / cross-sectional (area) B1
2 glass expands much less than the liquid or (also) expands linearly B1

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 530 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


88 (a) o
C B1

(b) (i) ICE marked at 0 B1

(ii) STEAM marked at 100 B1

(c) expansion/volume/pressure OF a gas )


expansion/length OF a solid )

or
resistance OF a resistor/thermistor/wire )
bending OF a bimetal strip ) any 2 B1+B1
e.m.f/voltage OF a thermocouple )

zo
colour OF a hot surface )
colour change OF certain chemicals )

an
[Total: 5]

89 (a) (i) random B1

M
high speed (between collisions) B1

(ii) hit walls B1


many hits/unit area OR hit hard OR large force OR high energy
OR many hits/s OR hit very often B1
(b) particles vibrate (more) OR electrons gain energy B1
particle to particle transfer OR flow of free electrons B1
hid
C1
A1
(c) 75 × 3200 OR ml
240 000 J OR 240 kJ OR 2.4 × 105J [Total: 8]
as

90 (a) typical random path drawn, at least 3 abrupt changes of direction B1


R

(b) air molecules hit dust particles in all directions/move it in all directions B1
just as likely to be up as down B1
(allow marks scored on diagram)
ir

(c) random movements smaller OR slower movement


OR less energy OR movement decreases B1 [4]
S

======= (Page 531 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


91 (a) (i) funnel no longer giving heat to ice OR ice at M.P./constant temp
OR heater reached max temp B1

(ii) inside of large pieces could be well below freezing point )


OR smaller air gaps if pieces smaller ) any 1 B1
OR better contact between heater and ice )
OR to ensure heat from heater only goes to the ice )
OR larger surface area )
Ignore ice melts faster
(b) mass of beaker NOT mass of ice NOT mass of water B1

or
mass of beaker + water B1
(apply  +  = 0 for extras other than power & time)

zo
(c) (mass of ice melted by heater = 16.3 – 2.1) = 14.2 g C1
ml in any form, words, symbols or numbers C1

an
Wt or Pt in any form, words, symbols or numbers accept VIt C1
338 J/g OR 338 000 J/kg c.a.o A1 [8]

(ii) first and last both ticked


middle ticked
M
92 (a) (i) 1. cooling OR energy/heat lost seen anywhere in (i)
2. solidifying or temperature constant
3. cooling
B1
B1
B1

B1
B1
[3]

[2]

(iii) solid accept ice/frozen B1 [1]


hid
(b) rising curve of some sort C1
idea of mirror image of Fig. 6.1 A1 [2]
as

[Total: 8]
93 (a) same B1
greater at B B1
R

greater at B B1 [3]

(b) box 1 ticked ) B1


) use  +  =0 for extras
box 3 ticked ) B1 [2]
ir

[Total: 5]
S

======= (Page 532 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


94 (a) EITHER OR
copper constantan
copper constantan
constantan copper B1

(b) galvanometer OR millivoltmeter OR milliammeter OR digital ammeter


OR digital voltmeter B1

(c) rapid response )

or
small area )
can measure high / low temperatures )
small thermal capacity (idea of) ) any 1 B1

zo
remote reading )
large range )
data logging / continuous monitoring possible )

an
takes temperature of a surface )
N.B. (very) sensitive not accepted

M
[3]

95 (a) conduction B1

(b) (i) convection B1


hid
(ii) hot water expands OR hot water less dense B1
hot water rises (ignore anything about cold water falling) B1

(c) convection cannot occur B1


as

water is a poor conductor B1

[Total: 6]
R

96 (a) (i) internal energy B1

(ii) thermal capacity B1

(iii) boiling point B1


ir
S

(b) increases temperature rises OR mercury/alcohol/liquid expands B1 + B1


changes rod/brass expands B1 + B1

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 533 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


97 (a) heat/energy to raise/change temperature M1
of 1 kg/1g/unit mass through 1°C/1K A1
(mention of change of state scores zero) B1
C1
(b) Q = mcθ (for θ accept t, T, ∆θ, ∆t, or ∆T) A1
23800 = 0.93 × c × (41.3 – 13.1) B1
907.5 or 907 or 908 or 910 J/(kg °C) or J/(kg K) at least 2 sig. figs B1
(for unit in (b) and (c)(i) condone no brackets and extra solidus)
B1
(c) (i) 1212.9 or 1200 or 1210 or 1213 or 1214 J/(kg °C) or J/(kg K)
B1 + B1

or
(ii) more energy lost (to surroundings)
(average) temperature is higher/initial temperature higher/no cooling
time allowed/temperature rise is lower/time of heating may be longer/

zo
rate of heating may be lower

(d) insulate block/provide lid/cover with shiny foil )

an
start & finish same amount below & above room temperature ) any 2
get heater up to temperature before inserting )
put oil in gap between heater & block ) [Total: 10]

98 (a (i) good conductor (of heat)


(ignore electricity)
M
(ii) black is good absorber/bad reflector
(ignore emitter)
B1

B1

(iii) reduce heat lost/conducted away (from pipes/sheet) B1


hid
NOT prevents heat loss o.w.t.t.e.

(iv) air heated OR glass reduces/prevents convection


OR greenhouse effect OR reference to far and near I.R.
OR glass prevents warm air being blown away OR traps air B1
as

Ignore traps heat


(b) 38 – 16 OR 22 C1
R

mcθ OR 250 × 4200 × his 22 C1


2.31 × 107 (J) e.c.f from previous line C1
9.24 × 107 J OR e.c.f from previous line × 4 correctly evaluated A1
No unit penalty if J seen anywhere in (b) clearly applied to an energy
[Total: 8]
99 (a) (i) bombardment/collide by air molecules/particles/atoms B1
ir

(ii) lighter/very small/smaller than smoke particles/too small to be seen)


fast-moving/high kinetic energy ) any 2
S

random movement/movement in all directions ) B1+B1


(b)
b) increases (builds up) B1

(ii) air molecules/particles/atoms bombard/hit walls B1


molecules faster/higher energy when temperature raised
(ignore vibrate faster) B1
greater force (per unit area) OR more collisions (per second) B1

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 534 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


100 (a) (i) conduction B1
(ii) molecules at hot end vibrate more/have high/more energy B1
OR knocked by molecules/free electrons at hot end have more energy B1
energy/vibration transferred to neighbours/shared B1
OR (energetic) electrons move along rod B1
(b) copper is a better conductor OR iron is a poorer conductor
B1

or
(ignore electrical)
(c) iron conducts heat slowly OR poor conduction by iron sideways from flame above B1
gauze: flame retains its energy OR gas hot enough to burn

zo
B1
copper conducts heat rapidly OR good conduction by copper sideways from flame
above gauze: gas not incandescent above gauze OR gas not hot enough to burn
[Total: 8]

an
101 (a heat/energy to raise/change temperature M1

M
A1
B1
(b) (i) darker colours absorb more OR lighter/shiny colours absorb less B1
C1
(ii) 1. 182 A1
2. (mass of 1m2 =) volume × density OR D = M/V OR (1 ×) 0.01 × 7800 B1
78 kg C1
hid
3. Q = mcθ A1
182 = 78 × 450 × θ (e.c.f. from 1,2)
0.00519 °C/s OR 5.19 × 10-3 °C/s (e.c.f. from 1,2) [Total: 9]
as

102 (a) dark specks OR bright specks NOT molecules/particles B1


moving C1
R

randomly/zigzag OR dancing about A1


(b) Brownian motion/movement B1
(c) invisible/too small to see/very small B1
moving fast/high kinetic energy B1
moving randomly/all directions B1 [7]
ir

103 (a) temperature at which B1


S

change between solid and liquid (or v.v.) B1

(b) stays constant (if (b) left blank, can score from (a), if stated there) B1

(c) one section horizontal M1


at –10°C A1
curve, decreasing gradient, down to L end of horiz section from 50 at t = 0 A1
curve from R end of horiz section to –18, but no lower A1 [7]

======= (Page 535 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


104 (a) (i) decreases B1

(ii) thermistor B1

(b) (i) 1. put X in ice M1


pure OR melting A1
2. put X in steam/boiling water M1
pure OR standard pressure A1

or
record ammeter reading mentioned somewhere in (b)(i) B1

(ii) idea of not very accurate/ not linear M1

zo
unless more calibration points (between 0°C and 100°C)/other logic A1 [9]

an
105 (a) (i) liquid B1
(ii) gas/vapour B1
B1
(iii) liquid
(b) condensation
(c) decreases OR
form

106 (a) (i) most: gas


M
given to the jug/surroundings OR changes to another
B1

B1 [5]

least: solid both required B1


hid
(ii) because change of pressure (also) causes volume change (in a gas) B1
NOT ‘gas can be compressed’
(b) (i) two from:
expands uniformly (over required range)
as

remains liquid over required range


expands more than glass / has high expansivity / expansion
has (reasonably) low specific heat capacity.
R

has low freezing point / lower freezing point than mercury max B2

(ii) make (capillary) tube narrower (and longer) / thinner / smaller diameter B1
make bulb larger (and tube longer) B1
allow ‘bore’ for tube ignore ‘smaller’ ignore narrow thermometer
ir

(c) allows fast(er) flow of heat to / from alcohol


OR allows fast response (to temperature change)
OR because glass is a poor conductor / good insulator (so needs to be thin for
S

fast response)
OR heat transfer more efficient / faster
OR glass takes up less heat B1 [7]
ignore reference to sensitivity ignore ‘easier’

======= (Page 536 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


107 (a) (i) radiation
ad
(ii) no molecules or medium (to vibrate, conduct, convect) / vacuum B1
(b) hot air rises B1
(hot) air expands / density decreases B1
(c) fiberglass or air is a bad conductor/ insulator / lags / reduces heat flow
fiberglass traps air or prevents convection B1
(ignore radiation statements) B1
T
Total 05

108 (a) rise in temperature / hot / heated B1


road / bridge / rail / metal expands or gap reduces B1

or
no buckling / deformation / breaking / cracking / twisting / tilting B1
(b) any other problem + solution
e. concrete cracks – leave a gap, telephone wires sag – put them high / tig
e.g.

zo
hot water cracks glass – use thin glass / car engines seize up – cool them
water freezes in pipes – lag them or use antifreeze / tyres burst – let air out
pipes bend – use flexible joints / dashboard deforms – car in shade
wrong readings on measuring cylinder – use correct temp. B1

an
Total [4]

109 (a

M
(i) molecules move faster or more kinetic energy (when hotter)
(more) molecules have (enough) energy/speed and escape/leave surface/
break bonds/overcome forces of attraction

(ii) large(r) area or wind or drier/dry atmosphere/draught or lower atmospheric


pressure
re
B1

B1
hid
(b) 40 seen or (E=) mL algeb C1
92000 J A1 [5]

110
as

(a mention of lower and upper fixed points or 0(ºC) and 100(ºC) or ice point/steam
point B1
(marks made on) thermometer with ice/water mixture
R

and (steam above) boiling water (at atmospheric pressure) B1


divided into 100 (equal) parts (accept 10 parts marked 10,20 etc.) B1

(b)
b) ( 120ºC or –10ºC to 110ºC B1

(ii) each degree/scale marking/10ºC/division is an equal distance/0.9–


ir

1.1mm/cm/expansion
or appropriate graph a straight line B1
S

(c) 10ºC and 20ºC marks clearly further up thermometer and roughly equal spacing B1 [6]

======= (Page 537 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


111 (a (i) molecules/atoms/particles escape/leave or liquid molecules change to gas/
vapour B1
fastest/high energy molecules evaporate/energy needed to break bonds/latent heat B1

(ii) hot air less dense or cold air more dense or air expands or body heat conducted
into air B1

(b) trapped air


air is a bad conductor/good insulator
convection current reduced or (air) flow reduced

or
(shiny) heat/IR/radiation reflected or shiny less radiation/heat emitted
evaporation reduced/air more humid, etc. ANY 3 lines 1 each B3

zo
[Total: 6]

112 (a from liquid to gas (accept liquid to vapour) B1

an
nitrogen change starts at 1 min or stops at 4 min or lasts 3 min (all times ±0.2 min) B1
oxygen boils/liquid to gas starts at 4.8 min or stops at 5.6 min or lasts 0.8 min B1

(b) mcT algebraic (or words) formula


9 (°C) seen
M
any 1 correct calculation 3060 or 14400 (J)
17000 J (17460 J)
B1
C1
C1
A1

[Total: 7]
hid
113 (a (i) conduction B1

(ii) molecules hit each other or molecules pass vibration on


or free electrons move (through metal) and hit molecules B1
as

(b) (i) downwards at or near X B1


R

(ii) hot water less dense or cold water more dense B1


hot water rises (not heat rises) or cold water falls B1
convection current mentioned or water flows to replace hot water that rises
or rising and falling described or water cools at surface B1 [6]
ir

114 (a (E =) P.t in any algebraic form or 85 × 120 or 85 × 2 or 170 C1


10200 J or 2.8 × 10–3 kW h A
S

0.
(b) (H =) mL seen in any algebraic form or (a)/31 or (a)/0.031
330 or 329 J/g or 3.29 × 105 J/kg ecf (a) A1

(c) heat/time needed to warm ice to 0°C/melting point/freezing point B1 [5]

======= (Page 538 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


115 (a) solid more regular/ordered etc. or less space/separation between molecules or vv
or solid molecules fixed and liquid molecules move throughout B1

(b) (i) solids: strong(er) forces/bonds or energy not enough to break molecules free
or vv B1

(ii) fast(er)/high(er kinetic) energy molecules escape/evaporate B1


molecules left are slower/less kinetic energy (on average) B1

or
(iii) (hotter) molecules move faster/higher energy B1
more molecules have energy/speed to break bonds/overcome forces B1 [6]

zo
116 (a radiation or infra-red or electromagnetic waves B1

an
travels through space/vacuum or does not require medium/molecules/particles
or medium required for conduction and/or convection or for other methods B1 [2]

(b) conduction occurs

or electrons given energy


M
or atoms/particles/molecules vibrate

heat/energy/vibration passed on from one particle to another


or electrons move to other parts/diffuse/hit atoms
B1

B1 [2]

(Q =) mcT algebraic or numerical in any form (e.g. 1.2 × 106 = m × 400 × 20)
hid
(c) C1
150 kg A1 [2]

[Total: 6]
as

117 (a) (E/Q =) mc∆T in any algebraic or numerical form e.g. 4200 × 16, 2100 × 5 C1
67 200 or 10 500 or 77 700 seen or (E/Q =) ml or mL algebraic seen C1
R

4.2 × 105 J A1

(b) (i) break bonds // separate molecules // give molecules more P.E. B1

(ii) (different) change in distance // molecules not so far apart // incomplete


ir

bond breaking // doesn’t push atmosphere back // less work against B1 [5]
atmosphere
S

======= (Page 539 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


118 (a (i) molecules have more kinetic energy/speed/velocity B1
hit sides hard(er)/with more force // (initially) hit sides (more) often/frequently
// create large(r) pressure (initially) B1

(ii) (larger) forces between liquid molecules/(stronger) bonds B1

(b) (i) P1V1 = P2V2 numerical or algebraic C1


6(.0) cm3

or
A1

(ii) temperature is constant // no gas enters/leaves // mass constant B1 [6]

zo
119 (a)

an
a) temperat when solid melts;
temperature when solid changes to liquid B1

vibrate faster/move further apart


M
(b) (i) temperature increases; molecules move faster/have more kinetic energy/

(ii) change of state; solid changes to liquid


latent heat provided; break bonds; molecules move apart/break free;
reduce bond strength; idea of more disorder
B1

B1

B1
hid
(c) liquids expand more than solids B1 [5]
as

120 (a) large(r) temperature difference (between bedroom and outside)


OR outside is hot(ter than main room) B1
R

(b) (i) 3 300 000 J(/hour) B1

(ii) (E =) P × t in any form; 300 × 60 × 60 C1


1.08 × 106 J; 1.1 × 106 J
ir

OR 0.3 kWh A1
S

(c) cold air sinks B1

(cold air has a) high(er) density or contracts B1

hot air rises


OR hot air has a low(er) density
OR (hot) air comes in to replace cold air B1 [7]

======= (Page 540 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


121 (a (i) 120 °C or –10 to 110 °C B

(ii) same distance/length (on scale) for a temperature rise (along scale) or
regular intervals/equal divisions (ign. numbers equally spaced) B1

(iii) diagram with any two markings further apart and none less B1

(b) resistance (of metal); e.m.f./voltage/current/p.d. (of thermocouple); pressure of


gas;

or
colour; quantity of radiation (ign. radiation) etc. B1 [4]

122 (a) (i) (amount of) energy/work

zo
M1
(by a device of power) 1 kW in 1 hr A1

an
(ii) 80/1000 or 0.08 seen (e.g. 0.08 × 24 × 25) C1
168 or 24 × 7 (hours) seen (e.g. 0.08 × 24 × 7 × 25) C1
336 c or 340 c (accept $3.36 or any other e.g. £, R) A1 [5]

(b) (i) mcT algebraic or numerical


M
conversion of mass to g seen, e.g. 1500 used or shc used as 4200
1.6 × 105 J or 1.58 × 105 J or 157 500 J (allow 157(.5) J to score 2/3)

(ii) (m=) E/L in any form numerical or algebraic e.g. 157 500/3.3 × 105
C1
C1
A1

C1
0.48 or 0.477 kg e.c.f. (i) A1
hid

(iii) 1. no fixed position/clusters/arranged randomly/close together/closely


packed B1
as

move throughout/at random/slide past each other/not in an organised way B1

2. regular/orderly arrangement/crystal lattice or fixed position or close


R

together
(ign. evenly spaced) B1
vibrate B1

(iv) nothing/no change and increases


nc [10]

[Total: 15]
ir
S

======= (Page 541 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


123 (a (air) molecules hit walls / liquid (surface) B1

(air) molecules move fast(er) /great(er) kinetic energy B1

(air) molecules hit more often/more frequently/greater rate / harder / more force B1 [3]
or (liquid) molecules evaporate

(b)
b) (flask) in (pure) melting ice (and water) B1

(flask) in (pure) boiling water / above boiling water (at one atmosphere) B1

or
(ii) thin(ner) tube
or large(r) flask

zo
or more air/less liquid
or use liquid that expands more (1 mark for each) B2

an
(iii) divisions not equally spaced or scale not uniform/not proportional C1

different distance (along scale) for same temperature rise A1 [6]

(c)
c)

9(.0) × 10–3 kg; 0.009(0) kg


g
M
or different change in temperature for same distance (along scale)

(M=) d × V in any form or 1200 × 5 × 10–5 × 0.15 C1

(ii) 0.09(0) N ecf (i) B1


hid

(iii) (P=) hdg in any form C1


or (P=) F/A in any form
as

1800 Pa A1 [5]
R

(d) liquids expand less (than air) B1 [1]


or great(er) forces between liquid molecules

[Total: 15]
ir
S

======= (Page 542 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


124 (a current and voltage ./ p.d / e.m.f. in correct order [B1]

(b) (c=) E / mT in symbols or numbers e.g. 17 000 = 0.85 × c × 22 [C1]


910 J / (kg °C) [A1]

(c) (i) (hot air) rises or convection mentioned [B1]


(hot) air less dense [B1]

or
(ii) lag or cover with insulating material or warmer room or start with colder
block [B1]

zo
[6]
125 (a) (i) (conduction occurs) through or in metal / pan or from water to metal / pan
or molecules vibrate or molecules collide

an
or (free) electrons (in metal) move [B1]

vibration / energy / heat passed from molecule to molecule clear

M
or energy passed on by electrons colliding (with atoms/molecules or electrons) [B1]

(ii) hot air or air over water rises or hot water rises [B1]
hot air or hot water expands or hot air or water less dense [B1]

(b)
b) black objects radiate heat more (than white) [B1]
hid
(ii) (both) graphs higher (after start)
or temperature falls less (in same time) / slower
or takes longer to cool [B1]
as

less evaporation occurs or less convection [B1]


R

(c)
c) heat / energy to change the temperature by 1° C / unit temp [C1]

heat / energy to change the temperature of 1 kg / unit mass by 1° C / unit temp [A1]

(ii) long time to warm / boil water / cook


or scalds / burns when touched
or more energy needed (to warm water) [B1]
ir

(iii)
ii 34(° C) or 94–60 seen [C1]
S

(m=) Q / c∆T algebraic or numerical with any clear Q or ∆T [C1]


0.5(042) kg
g [A
2. 0.50 × 4200 × 54 [C1]
110 000 or 114(353) J [A1

[15]

======= (Page 543 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


126 (a) (liquid) molecules not arranged (so) regularly B1
(liquid) molecules not vibrating / moving in same direction B1
or do not have same speed

(b) (i) molecules / liquid escape (from surface) / break bonds B1

sc
(ii) fast moving / more energetic molecules evaporate / escape
leaving slow molecules or molecules with less kinetic energy (on average) B1

or
(c) (i) hot air rises B1

zo
(ii) (steam) condenses or changes to liquid (on thermometer) B1
or heat (conducted) from hot to cold
gives out latent heat (to thermometer) B1

an
or explanation involving bonds being made

(iii) 1 (E = )Pt or 200 × 120 C1

3
24 000 J

(E =) mcT or 100 × 4.2 × 20


8400 J

(E =) mL or 5 × 2250
M A1

C1
A1

C1
11 250 J A1
hid
4 4350 J or 1 – (2+3) B1

127 (a) (i) (efficiency =) useful energy ÷ input energy C1


as

or 95 000/120 000 (×100)


0.79(17) or 79(.17)% A1
R

(ii) (P=) energy/time or 90 000 / 60 C1


1500 W A1

(b) electric kettle and B1


• more energy / heat per minute output / into water / supplied
ir

• more power output


transfers heat / energy faster / at a faster rate
S

(c) steam molecules have more potential energy; further apart; smaller force / bonds
between molecules; have latent heat; more random arrangement B1

======= (Page 544 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


128 (a (H=) mcT or 330 × 4.2 × 13 C1
18 000 J or 18 020 J or 18 018 J A1

(b) ice takes in / needs heat / energy B1


• for latent heat
• to melt / turn to water (at 0 °C) / change state
• to break bonds / for molecules to gain P.E.

water (in jug initially at 0 °C) warms up B1


or ice (and melted water in jug)

or
• stays at 0 °C / stays cold / stays at constant temp.
• gives larger temperature difference (between liquid and melting ice in jug)

zo
(c) metal is a good conductor (of heat) B1
or metal / can has lower heat capacity
allow opposite statements for plastic, e.g. plastic is an insulator (of heat),

an
penalise wrong statements and Physics, e.g. liquid evaporates from can, metals
conduct temperature / convect better

129

M
(a greatest air; least copper
B1

(b) (i) 1 difference between smallest and largest temperature B1


or from 0 to 100 °C

(i)
i small/moderate distance between (thermometer) marks B1
or for a given temperature change there is a small expansion of liquid / distance
hid
(along scale) / change in thermometric property
or cannot measure small temperature difference / change

(ii) • use liquid that expands more B1


• smaller bore / thinner tube
as

• more mercury (in bulb) or use larger bulb


R

130 (a) (i) temperature B1


when solid turns to liquid B1

(ii) molecules escape (surface) C1


fastest molecules / most energetic molecules A1
escape / break bonds
ir

leaving behind slower molecules / colder molecules B1


or temperature falls
S

(b)
b) at the surface / top of liquid B1

(ii) less heat / energy enters (liquid nitrogen) / transfers


or less nitrogen evaporates / boils
oi
reduces / stops conduction and convection B1
explanation of no conduction or convection, e.g. no molecules / no medium B1

======= (Page 545 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) (i) nitrogen gas or nitrogen vapour B1

(ii) 1 (Q=) mcT numerical or algebraic C1


216 ( °C ) seen C1
4200 J A1

(ii) 2 (m=) Q / L numerical or algebraic C1


21 g A1

or
131 (a steam B1
or (water) vapour
or water in gaseous form

zo
(b) (E =) mL numerical or algebraic C1

an
or 52 000–6000 or 46 000 (J) seen

M
(52 000–6000) / 20 or 46 000 / 20 C1
2300 J / g or 2.3 × 106 J / kg
g

(c) fast moving / energetic molecules escape / evaporate / break bonds / become gas B1
leaving slow(er) molecules / less energetic molecules B1
or reducing average (kinetic) energy (of molecules or liquid)
hid

132(a) 0ºC or 273K 1

(b)
as

use of proportionality clear in calculation e.g. 18/24x100 or 91.7


or 78.6 75(ºC) 2

(c)
R

2.4 x 100 = 240 (J) 1

(d) SFTJTUBODF UIFSNPDPVQMF FNGPSWPMUBHFQSFTTVSFPGHBTDPMPVSFUD 1


ir
S

======= (Page 546 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


133 (a) (i) molecules (of copper) vibrate (allow start to vibrate) B1

pass on energy/heat/vibration from molecule to molecule


(accept to alcohol molecule) B1

(accept particles/atoms for molecules allow 1/2 for electron conduction


description)

(ii) boiling takes in energy and condensation gives out energy B1

or
(iii) movement of alcohol/vapour fast

(ignore convection)

zo
or pressure difference large

an
or molecules move fast (with partial evacuation) B1

(b)
b) amount of energy/heat to change state/evaporate/boil

M
(condone boil and condense)

unit mass/1 kg/1 g (without change in temperature)

(any change in temperature mentioned 0/2)


M1

A1

(ii) mL or 25 x 840 C1
hid
21 000 J A1

(iii) mc ∆T or (∆T =) 21 000/4.2 x 500 C1


as

10 ºC A1
R

(c)
c) black and white/shiny objects whose temperature can be sensed in some way
e.
e.g. (metal) plates + cork, thermometers, foil on back of hand, people und
umbrellas) B1
method of producing radiation (e.g. Sun, heater, candle, bulb accept drawn on
diagram) B1

correct observation from a physical measurement (ignore feels hotter) B1


ir

(ii) method of obtaining hot black and white surfaces of approximately same
S

temperature

(same temperature may not be stated) B1

method of detecting radiation e.g. thermopile, thermotransistor, back of hand,

blackened thermometer, thermometer shows black cools faster B1 15

======= (Page 547 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


134 (i) 360 x 216 C1
77 800 (no sig fig penalty) A1

(ii) 77 800 x 0.00012 C1


9.33 J ecf (i) A1

(iii) E = mc∆T in any form, algebraic or numerical B1


9.33/(50 x 4.2) C1
0.044 ºC ecf (ii) A1

or
(b)
b) E=Pt in any form, algebraic or numerical C1
72 J A1

zo
(ii) 0.13 (accept 13%) no s.f. penalty A1

an
(c)
c) (pure) melting ice for 0° C B1

(pure) boiling water/steam above boiling water (at 1 atmosphere)

M
for 100° C B1

(ii) each division on thermometer is too small described in some way


e.g. does not expand far up tube (not bore too thin, not
enough mercury) B1

(iii) change use more mercury or use smaller bore M1


reason more expansion or further distance up
hid
tube (for same expansion) A1
as

135 (a) time or observe when wax melts/falls or states first to melt/fall B1
first to do so or less wax left (after given time) (transfers heat best) B1
(b) black or black cools quickly M1
R

better emitter (of heat) A1 OR better radiator/black radiates white doesn’t A1


radiation/infra-red A1 of heat/infra-red A1 5
Accept in terms of white teapot (NOT better emitter and
absorber/conductor)

136
ir

(a (i) geothermal B1

(ii) will not run out or infinite or being replaced


a not can be used again/recycled) B1
S

(b)
b) (E =) mcT or 1000 x 4200 x 80 or whole equation rearranged C1
3.36x 108 J A1

(ii) (E=) mL or 100 x 2.3 x 106 or whole equation rearranged C1


2.3x108 J A1 [6]

======= (Page 548 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


137 (a (i) 100 – 22 or 78
8
(Q =)mc∆T or 35 × 4200 × 78 C1
1.1/1.1466/1.15 × 107 J A1

(ii) (t =)E/P or P = E/t or 1.15 × 107/2600 C1


4.4/4.41/4.42 × 103 s A1

(iii) heat escapes/lost (to kitchen) or heat to heat the boiler/heater


or not all heat ends up in water or heat to cause evaporation
or used as latent heat (not heat wasted) B1 [6]

or
(b) (i) hot/warm water expands not molecules expand) B1
density (of hot/warm water) decreases B1

zo
hot/warm water rises B1
convection current/circulation or cold water sinks B1
mixes water (max 4) B1

an
(ii) metal/steel is (good) conductor/poor insulator or plastic is poor conductor/
insulator B1
more heat transferred through steel/less through plastic or heat transferred more

(c) (i) evaporation

(ii) any two points


M
quickly through steel/less quickly through plastic

OR condensation
on
B1 [6]

only occurs at surface boiling needs heat/


hid
occurs at any temperature condensation releases heat B1
produces cooling boiling: liquid to gas/
no bubbles B2 condensation: gas to liquid B1 [3]
as

[Total: 15]

138 (i) (P =) VI or 12 × 35
R

(a C1
420 W or J/s
/s [2]

(ii) (Q =) Pt or VIt or 12 × 35 × 2 or 420/ecf (i) × 2 C1


12 × 35 × 120 or 420/ecf (i) × 120 C1
5.0(4) × 104 J A1 [3]
ir

(b) (i) (m =) Q/l f or 5.04 × 104/330 C1


S

150/153/152.7272) g or 152 g from 5.0 × 104 J A1 [2]

(ii) heat lost to glass/air/wires/water/surroundings


(i.e. specified heat loss) B1
ice below 0°C B1 [2]

======= (Page 549 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


139 (a (i) (V =) 64 or 6.4 × 10–5 or 43 or 0.043 C1
(m =) ρV or 920 × 6.4 × 10–5 or 920 × 0.043 C1
0.059 kg or 59 g or 0.05888 kgg

(ii) 0.59 N or 0.5888 N B1

(b) (Q =) ml or 0.059 × 3.4 × 105 C1


2.0(0) × 104 / 2.0(1) × 104 / 2.006 × 104 J A [6]

or
140 (a (i) one junction in flame and three wires and fixed point/ice bath or two wires B1
two different metals and voltmeter connected B1

zo
(ii) voltmeter reading/voltage at fixed points (e.g. V0 and V100) B
compare Vflame with Vfixed points (to obtain T) graph/equation/words B1

an
(b) any one of:
rapidly varying temperature small (heat capacity)
remote measurement user not near thermometer
direct input to computer B1

141 (a) (i) force × distance M electrical output B1

force × perpendicular distance (from the axis)

(ii) 8200 × 0.05


B2

C1
A1

C1
[6]

410 N m A
hid
(iii) (perpendicular) distance reduced/force not perpendicular/only a component
of the force is perpendicular B1
as

(b) (i) (P =) F/A or 8200/0.0067


20
1.2(23881) × 106 C1
1.3(23881) × 106 Pa
R

(ii) friction
ri
exerts opposing force or between piston and cylinder A1

(c) pressure decreases or F decreases (no contradiction) B1


ir
S

(d) any four lines:


molecules collide with/hit walls
molecules move faster/kinetic energy increases
molecules collide harder (with walls)
molecules collide more frequently (with walls)
greater force/impulse/momentum change (on walls) B4 [15]

======= (Page 550 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


142 (a) temperature where: liquid and solid may exist together or solid turns to liquid B1
(b) (i) (E =) ml C1
0.0019 × 2.2 × 104 or 1.9 × 2.2 × 104 or 41 800 or 42 000 C1
42 (41.8) J A
(ii) ½mv 2 or ½ × 0.0019 × v 2 or ½ × 1.9 × v 2 C1
(v 2 =) 44 000 or 44 C1
210 (209.761 etc.) m / s A1
(iii) any two of:
heat lost to wall
heat to raise bullet to m.p.

or
air resistance/air friction reduces energy/speed/velocity or work done
against air resistance/air friction (in air/as bullet travels) B2
(c) any three of:

zo
molecules become further apart
molecules become randomly positioned/less ordered
molecules moving throughout liquid/in clusters/were fixed/free to move/

an
slide over each other
bonds broken/overcome/weaker or forces reduced B3
(d) twice the energy needed OR ml = ½mv 2 M1
(bullets have) twice the KE

they melt

143 (a) 16 × 7.5 or 120 or 96–17 or 79


(Q = )mc∆T or 120 × 2300 × 79
M m cancels or mass irrelevant or w.t.t.e.
or calculation M1
A1

C1
C1
[15]

2.2(2.1804) × 107 J A1 [3]


hid

(b)
b) ( 2.2 × 107/7 or 2.2 × 107/ (7 × 60) or 2.2 × 107/ (7 × 3600) C1
3.1 × 106 J / h or 5.2 × 104 J / min or 870 J / s or W A1
as

(ii) (heater/bricks) hot(ter) (not room cooler) B1


great(er) temperature difference (between heater and room) B1 [4]
R

(c) air (next to heater) gets hot or conduction through metal/casing B1


expands or radiation or IR (radiation) B1
less dense B1
rises B1
circulation or convection current or arrows on Fig. 10.2 B1 [5]
ir
S

(d) double glazing/cavity walls/ceiling


tiles/carpet/curtains/loft insulation etc. or shiny foil B1
traps air radiation reflected M1
air is poor conductor/convection IR radiation/
prevented back into room A1 [3]

[Total: 15]

======= (Page 551 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


144 (a space is a vacuum/empty B1
these methods need matter/medium/molecules
or do not occur in vacuum B1

(b) any three of:

day: white is a poor absorber/good reflector

day: less heat absorbed/less heating (of house)

or
night: white is a poor emitter/radiator

night: less heat emitted/heat loss (from house)

zo
anywhere: of IR/radiation/radiant heat B3 [5]

an
145 (a (energy transmitted) by electromagnetic/infra-red (wave)/can travel
through a vacuum B1
infra-red or visible < λ < microwaves or λ just longer than visible
(i.e. infra-red scores 2/2)

(b) (i) air is a poor conductor


M
(ii) convection occurs (primarily) upwards/hot air rises (not heat rises)
B1

B1

B1 [4]
hid

146 (a (thin-walled) bulb and capillary tube B1


mercury/liquid in bulb and constriction/U-bend B1
as

(b) mercury/liquid contracts B1


mercury/liquid/thread breaks (at the constriction)/constriction stops the mercury
R

falling back
B1 [4

147 (a) 56 °C (not ° or C°) B1

(b) (Q =) ml or 110 × 210


ir

C1
2.3(1) × 104 J A1
S

(c) (i) (wax) is solidifying or freezing B1

(ii) (molecules) form structure/come closer/lose PE


or bonds made/stronger (no e.c.f. from (c)(i)) M1
KE. of molecules const. or replace/release/produce energy/heat
(transferred to environment/latent heat emitted)
(no e.c.f. from (c)(i)) A1 [6]

======= (Page 552 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


148 (a) (i) heated / hot water expands or density of heated / hot water decreases B1
(heated / hot water) rises B1
convection (current) / circulation set up or (heated / hot water) rises and cold
water sinks B1

(ii) convection transfers heat upwards or less dense / heated / hot water (already)
at top B1 [4]

(b) (i) (Q = ) VIt or 230 × 9.6 × 3.5 or 230 × 9.6 × 3.5 × 60 or 7728 C1

or
4.6(368) × 105 J A

(ii) (∆T = ) Q / mc or 4.6(3680) × 105 / 1.6 × 4200 C1

zo
69 (°C) C1
91 °C A1

an
(iii) evaporation or thermal energy / heat in plastic
casing / element / surroundings (i.e. air or environment) B1 [6]

M
(c) (i) poor conductor (heat or electricity) or less heat lost / cooler to touch or less
risk of shock

(ii) poor emitter and less heat lost / of radiation / IR (not poor absorber)
B1

B1 [2]

(d)
d) ( temperature where liquid and vapour/gas coexist or where liquid (not
hid
substance) boils
(at atmospheric pressure)(allow becomes vapour/gas) B1

(ii) (work done) against / overcoming forces between molecules or molecules


gain P.E. (ignore K.E. increases) B1
as

changes to P.E. / molecules separate B1 [3]

[Total: 15]
R

149 (a downward curve of correct curvature from marked 90 °C B1


horizontal line at marked 58 °C
C
C
downward (asymptotic) curve of correct curvature to marked 23 °C
ir

(b) H marked halfway (by eye) along an intermediate horizontal line B1


S

(c) (Q =) mL or 45 × 220 C1
9900 J A1 [6]

======= (Page 553 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


150 (a (the molecules) move faster or have more kinetic energy or accelerate
ignore vibrate faster B1

(b) (i) faster / energetic molecules escape B1


average speed decreases or slower molecules remain B1

temperature depends on average KE or heat taken from runner B1


OR
liquid becomes gas / vapour
latent heat needed or bonds broken

or
heat taken from runner

(ii) water vapour blown away or surrounding air less humid B1 [5]

zo
151 (a temperature at which a liquid becomes a gas B1

an
(b) (i) molecules close together / touching or closer than in gas B1
randomly arranged or irregular structure B1

M
(ii) to separate / increase the distance between molecules
work done against (intermolecular) forces or supply p.e. or break bonds

152 (a) they / molecules move / collide faster or gain kinetic energy B1
B1
B1 [5]

they / molecules collide with walls more often or harder B1


hid

(b) pressure decreases B1


larger volume (of gas) or they / molecules move further between collisions B1
fewer collisions per unit time / reduced collision frequency (of molecules with
as

wall) or collide less often or pressure decreases to atmospheric pressure B1 [5]


153 (a) conduct in metal or convection (in liquid) mentioned by name
R

conduction explained as heat / energy passing from molecule to molecule


or movement / diffusion / collision of (free) electrons

convection explained by rising of hot liquid or correct density changes

(b) air is a bad conductor or less area in contact / all of cup does not touch plate
ir

(c) whie and shiny


S

less radiation emitted / less emission

======= (Page 554 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


154 (a)(i) not being replaced or will run out

(a)(ii) only oil in 1st column

only wind and hydroelectric in 2nd column

geothermal in 3rd column

(a)(iii) less greenhouse gases / global warming / acid rain /


or toxic gases / oil spills and how they affect a named organism / ecosystem
(a)(iv)
waste / radioactive waste causes (storage) problems or explosion / melt down / leak

or
emits radioactivity
(b)(i) generator (and transformer)

zo
b)(ii (b)(ii) (energy)

(b)(iii) 1 24 000 kg

an
2 formula (E) = mL or (E = ) mcT seen

24 000 × 2.3 × 106 or 5.5(2) × 1010 (J) 24 000 × 4200 × 90 or 9.0(72) × 109 (J) 6.4 × 1010 J

(b)(iv

155(a)
current

(c= ) E / mT or 17000 / (22 × 850)


M
less energy / heat loss (in resistance or cables) or thinner wires can be used

0.91 J / (g °C)
hid
(b) 765 – 774 J / °C

(c) molecules colliding against molecules or movement / diffusion / collision of (free) electrons
as

156(a) irregular arrangement of at least 8 molecules with at least one molecule touching other
R

(b) solid – vibrate (about fixed positions)

liquid – change position / slide (over each other) or move / translate throughout (liquid)
or move in clusters
ir

gas – random movement


or move in all directions
S

or high speed / kinetic energy or have range of speeds or move throughout container
or move in a straight line (between collisions)
or move freely

(c / weak force between molecules in gases


or molecules not held together in gases
speed / K.E of gas molecules fast(er) than solids

======= (Page 555 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


157(a) conduct in metal or convection (in liquid) mentioned by name

conduction explained as heat / energy passing from molecule to molecule


or movement / diffusion / collision of (free) electrons

convection explained by rising of hot liquid or correct density changes

(b) air is a bad conductor or less area in contact / all of cup does not touch plate

(c) wh and shiny

less radiation emitted / less emission

or
zo
158(a) (c= ) E / mT or 17000 / (22 × 850)

an
0.91 J / (g °C)

(b) 765 – 774 J / °C

(c)

(e)
M
molecules colliding against molecules
or movement / diffusion / collision of (free) electrons

polluting gases / saves fossil fuels / does not need wind to operate owtte

waste products difficult to deal with / last long time


hid
(f) w OR wave / tidal OR solar OR wood OR biofuel OR HEP OR geothermal OR
hydroelectric
as

159 Any five, in any order, from


R

water heats up

molecules gain kinetic energy / move faster / move further apart

water expands OR water volume increases


ir

density (of water) decreases

warm water rises OR cool water falls


S

convection (current)

======= (Page 556 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


160(a) evaporation / boiling solidification / freezing melting

(b) faster movement / gain kinetic energy larger separation of molecules owtte

(c) all boxes ticked

(d) bimetal strips train rails buckling

161(a) Density of bulb A greater than the density of the water (and sinks)

or
Density of other bulbs less than the density of water (and float)

(b)(i) Glass is a poor conductor of heat OR glass conducts heat at a slow rate

zo
OR water has a high (specific) heat capacity

(b)(ii) The water expands OR separation of water molecules increases

an
The water becomes less dense
Bulb B now has a greater density than the water (and sinks) OR Weight of bulb B more

(c)
(c
than buoyancy forces

o
C – 26 oC M
hid
162(a)(
)(a)(i of:
Evaporation takes place at any temperature
Evaporation takes place at the surface
Evaporation takes thermal energy / heat from liquid OR Evaporation lowers
temperature of liquid No bubbles (rise to surface during evaporation)
as

Evaporation lowers temperature of liquid


R

(a)(ii) condensation / change from gas to liquid


OR freezing or solidification / change from liquid to solid
OR melting / change from solid to liquid
OR sublimation / change from solid to gas
ir

(b)(i) Point A: liquid cooling / temperature of liquid falling

Point B: (liquid) freezing / changing (from liquid) to solid


S

Point C: solid cooling / temperature of solid falling

(b)(ii) Specific heat capacity of liquid greater than specific heat capacity of solid

======= (Page 557 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


163(a)
(a) Vis / light and infra-red

(b) Any 4 of:


Level of water in left-hand tube falls and level of water in right-hand rises

Matt black bulb is a good absorber OR is better absorber than shiny bulb
Shiny bulb is a good reflector OR is better reflector than matt black bulb
Temperature rises more in left-hand tube OR less in right-hand tube
Pressure rises more in left-hand tube OR less in right-hand tube

or
Air expands more in left-hand hand tube OR less in right-hand tube

zo
164(a) more regular/uniform arrangement/fixed position owtte

an
separation between atoms decreases/move closer/tightly packed

slower moving atoms/atoms vibrate (more slowly)

(b)

165(a)
M
(water) molecules gain energy (from surroundings)

molecules escape from a liquid (surface)

radiation
evaporation

(a)(ii) thermometer near door or B is at higher temperature


hid

any 2 from:

darker colours are better absorbers (of thermal energy)


as

darker colours are better emitters (of thermal energy)


white/lighter colours are better reflectors (of thermal energy)
white/lighter colours are poorer absorbers (of thermal energy)
R

white/lighter colours are poorer emitters (of thermal energy)

(b) any 3 from:

cold air is denser (than warm air)


cold air will fall
ir

the cold air is warmed and expands


less dense/warm air rises or replaces the cold air
(forming a) convection (current)
S

======= (Page 558 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


166(a)(i) 60 W

(a)(ii) Radiation and either conduction or convection

(b)(i) Radiation mentioned

Higher reading or rises faster on thermometer A

Black (surface) is a good/better emitter (than polished surface)


OR polished (surface) is a poor/bad/worse emitter (than black
surface)

or
(b)(ii) (Compared with black bulb thermometer) readings rise more slowly OR readings are low(er)

Shiny (bulb) surfaces are good/better reflectors (of radiation)

zo
OR Shiny (bulb) surfaces are poor/bad/worse absorbers (of radiation)

(c) Firefighter does not get too hot/burned (from radiation)

an
167(a) impulse/change of momentum (of molecules) during collision

(b) M
{force (to change momentum) of molecules OR molecules hitting walls} (causes pressure)

more (frequent) collisions with walls

greater (total ) force (caused by molecules) OR


reduced area OR grater (rate) change of momentum (of molecules)
hid
(c) p1V1 = p2V2 in any form OR ( p2 =) p1V1 / V2

( p2 = 500 × 1.1 × 105 / 200 =) 2.8 × 105 Pa


as

168(a)(i) E = mc(∆)T in any form or (E=) mc(∆)T (E= 0.6 × 4200 × 80 =) 200 000 (J)
R

E = VIt in any form or (t= )E / VI (t= 201 600 / (12 × 240) =) 70 s

(a)(ii) no (thermal) energy losses

(b) put (hot) water in bottle AND place thermometers/measure temperatures each side of (centre
of) bottle put thermometers near bottle
ir

good detail e.g.


• thermometers equal distances from bottle
S

• thermometer bulbs same height


• record temperatures regularly
thermometer near black has higher reading/rises faster/larger temperature difference
or reverse argument

======= (Page 559 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


169(a) white kit cooler OR black kit warmer
white poor absorber/good reflector of (IR)radiation/heat/thermal energy OR v.v. for black

(b)(i) any two pairs from:


more/less wind; dries quicker/slower temperature increases/decreases/sunnier/cloudier;
dries quicker/slower stops/starts raining; dries quicker/slower
less/more humid; dries quicker/slower

(b)(ii) molecules with most (kinetic) energy (escape) OR water cools

escape liquid/break intermolecular bonds / molecules enter air / evaporate / become vapour

or
170(a) insulator

zo
(b) Any five from:
conduction / slow or limited transfer of thermal energy --- molecules move slower / lose

an
kinetic energy -- convection stated -- as (drink cools) volume decreases -- density (of
cooler drink) increases -- cooler water falls -- evaporation (of hot water) -- more energetic
molecules escape / less energetic molecules remain

171(a)
(b)
Tyre B

M
larger / bigger surface area less pressure (on ground) / weight distributed
molecules gain kinetic energy / move faster more (frequent) / harder collisions (with tyre)
Increased / greater pressure (on tyre)

172(a)(i) mercury
hid
(a)(ii) arrow between 0 o C and start of capillary tube

(a)(iii) 0 (o C) AND 100 (o C)


as

(b) emitter conductor convection radiation


R

173(a)(i) any one of these six:


• evaporation: at surface OR no bubbles form) pair 1
• boiling: throughout liquid OR bubbles form )

• evaporation: at any temperature OR no heat needed) pair 2


• boiling: at specific temperature OR heat needed )
ir

• evaporation: affected by draught / surface area) pair 3


• boiling: not affected by draught / surface area ) any one pair of points
S

(a)(ii) (it / rate) increases AND {more molecules have enough energy to escape OR break bonds}

(b)(i) remains constant

(b)(ii) E = m l in any form OR (E =) m l

P = energy / t in any form OR (P =) energy / t (P = 0.095 × 2.3 × 106 / (12 × 60) =) 300 W

======= (Page 560 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


174(a) any three of these five:
• any sensible mention of the sun (as source of energy)
• (thermal / heat / IR / electromagnetic) radiation
• white (or clearly implied) surfaces absorb less or don’t absorb
• white (or clearly implied) surfaces reflect more
• to keep house cooler OR to reduce thermal energy / heat transferred to house

(b) decreases

or
175(a) molecules of solid arranged in lattice / in organised pattern / without gaps / orderly /
fixed structure

zo
(b)(i) glass heated first or at first liquid not heated / does not expand / takes time (to heat
up) or glass poor conductor glass expands

an
capacity / volume of flask increases

(b)(ii) liquid (starts to) warms up

176(a)
M
liquid expands more than the solid / glass

(quantity of internal) energy that raises temperature

per degree Celsius / per unit temperature change


hid
(b)(i) 560 / 562 / 561.6 J

(b)(ii) kinetic energy / potential energy / total energy (of atoms / molecules / particles)

kinetic added to potential energy (of atoms / molecules / particles)


as

(c) line from 100 °C and falling


R

falls at decreasing rate

levels off at labelled / approximate 22 °C

177(a) any two of:


ir

irregular arrangement (of molecules)


intermolecular forces weak(er) / not held as firmly together
S

intermolecular distances greater / more spaced out


move in clusters through the liquid (not just vibrations) or positions
not fixed or can slide past each other

(b)(i) work done or forces overcome atoms pulled apart or bonds broken
(b)(ii) (Q = )ml or 0.84 × 64 or 0.84 × 64 000 54 kJ or 54 000 J

======= (Page 561 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


178(a) use of boiling water

thermometer in boiling water or in steam above boiling water

mercury level at 100 °C mark or use of pure / distilled water or at a pressure of one atmosphere

(b) (range is) decreased / smaller / reduced

ethanol (thread) reaches the end at a lower temperature

or
179(a)(i) (I =) P / V or 2.8 / 230 or 2800 / 230 0.012 or 12 12 A

(a)(ii) 12 A < integral number of amperes < 20 A

zo
(b)(i) (Q =) m∆Tc or 6.3 × (49 – 23) × 4200 or 6.3 × 26 × 4200 6.9 × 105 J
(b)(ii) more thermal energy is lost (per unit time)

an
180(a)(i) regular arrangement of atoms in LH box regular arrangement of atoms in LH box

(a)(ii)

(b) melting below arrow on left M


few atoms with no pattern in RH box

condensing / condensation below arrow on right

(c) evaporate / evaporation seen anywhere in explanation


hid

Any two from:


atoms (at the surface) gain KE
fastest molecules / molecules with most energy
as

(are able to) escape from surface


R

181(a) insulator(s)

(b) aluminium AND copper

(c) (one end of both rods) placed in same (type of) heat source
means of detecting raised temperature e.g. wax covered rods OR pins attached to rods with wax
outcome explained e.g. wax melted further / first on better conductor
ir
S

182(a)(i) solid AND gas / vapour

(a)(ii) melting AND condensing

(b) 3rd box ticked: The particles are a similar distance apart as those in a solid.

5th bottom box ticked: The particles move randomly.

======= (Page 562 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


183(a) Any three from:
Temperature (of liquid / water)
Surface area (of liquid / water)
Draught / wind / movement of air (over surface)
Temperature of surroundings
Humidity (of surrounding air)
(b) Any two from:
More energetic / faster molecules escape
Less energetic / slower molecules remain OR remaining

or
water is colder
Thermal energy / heat flows from body / skin to colder water
(and person feels colder)

zo
OR (for one mark each)

(Evaporation requires) latent heat of vaporisation Thermal

an
energy / heat flows from body / skin

184(a)(i) 2 different metals labelled

(a)(ii)

(b)(i) Any two of: M


2 junctions between different metals
Correctly connected meter

Suitable for high temp measurement OR has wide range Has low value of
thermal capacity OR absorbs only a small quantity of thermal energy / heat
Measures temperature at a point OR small size Responds quickly
Can be used for remote sensing
hid
(b)(ii) More sensitive
Thread moves further (for same expansion)
More sensitive
Greater expansion / more liquid (from bulb)
as
R

185(a) power supply and (top-pan) balance / scales and stopwatch / timer / joulemeter

measure mass (of block) and initial and final temperature

reading from joulemeter or measure time (of heating) and (E =) Pt / VIt or c = Pt / m∆T

c = Pt / m∆T or c = E / m∆T
ir

(b)(i) energy required to increase the temperature per °C / per unit temperature increase
S

(b)(ii) (C =) m c or 85 × 460

3.9 × 104 J / °C

======= (Page 563 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


186(a) (kinetic energy =) ½mv2 and m is the mass of the object

(b)(i) (∆Q =) mc∆T or 0.60 × 560 × 25

8.4 × 103 J

(b)(ii) v2 = 2∆Q / m or 8.4 × 103 = ½ × 0.60 × v2 or (v2 =) 2.8 × 104 (m2 / s2)

167 m / s

or
(b)(iii) some internal / thermal energy lost (to ground / air) or work done to shatter rock
or rock bounces or energy used to compress ground or rock melts

zo
(a) all the water is heated or the water is mixed up or water heated uniformly or

an
distributes heat (better)
heated water rises or cold water sinks or convection transfers thermal energy (upwards)

M
(b)(i) molecules move / vibrate faster / more kinetic energy

molecules push each other apart or molecules move apart or space between molecules
increases or vibrate with greater amplitude

(b)(ii) rises and liquids expand more (than solids)


hid
188(a)(i) radiation or infrared (radiation / waves) or light

(a)(ii) it / a black surface is a good absorber / poor reflector of radiation

more energy / power output or more electricity produced


as

(b)(i) (P =) VIt or 24 × 15 × 3600 or 24 × 15 × 60 or 22 000 (J)


R

1.3 × 106 J

(b)(ii) (∆Q =) mc∆T or 29 (°C) or 45 – 16 (°C)

51 × 4200 × 29 or 51 × 4200 × (45 – 16) 6.2 × 106 J


ir

18 (a)(ii) large bulb / quantity of mercury greater increase in volume


S

or
narrow bore greater distance / difference (for a given increase in volume)
(b) traps the liquid above the constriction (so that the reading is maintained)
(c) they / molecules gain kinetic energy / move faster

move apart or push each other apart mercury expands (up the tube)

======= (Page 564 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


Marking Scheme
ATP
1 1
(a) (i) polystyrene

or
(ii) Least steep curve (or numbers suitably quoted) 1

(b) Three from:

zo
Thickness of insulator
Room temp.
Starting temp.

an
Mass/vol./amount of water
Using same can 3

M
TOTAL 5

2 (a) 22 1

(b) (i) 14 (ecf) 1


(ii) 64 1
units all correct 1
hid

(c) So that heat is not lost (wtte) 1

TOTAL 5
as

3 (a 21oC (ignore unit) (20.9 acceptable) [1]


R

(b)
b) ( t in oC and V in cm3 [1]
(ii) θ axis labelled, with unit [1]
scale 10oC to 1 cm
or 0 - 100 in 25 sq steps or 20 - 80 in 10 sq steps [1]
correct plots to ½ sq (-1 each error) [2]
well judged best fit line [1]
ir

(c) heat lost to surroundings or by evaporation [1] [total: 8]


S

4 (a (i) 24(oC) [1]

(ii) 6(oC); 4(oC) (ecf) [1]

(b) Heat lost to surroundings [1]


round flame/to gauze/tripod [1]

(c) Variable resistor [1]

TOTAL 5

======= (Page 565 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


5 (a) θ1 = 23 [1]
unit oC correctly written [1]

(b) 19 (°C) ecf [1]


34 (°C) ecf [1]

(c) (i) heat loss (to surroundings) [1]

(ii) any two from:

or
insulation / mat / foil
lid
speedier transfer

zo
repeats
wait to record max temperature
stirring

an
include beaker in calculation [2]

[Total: 7]

6 Graph:
Temperature axis labelled θ/°C
°C M
Suitable scales (plots occupy at least ½ grid)
Plots correct to nearest ½ square (–1 each error)
Lines well judged curves
[1]
[2]
[1]
Lines thin [1]
hid
(b) Statement:
larger surface area increases rate of cooling [1]
Justification:
Correct reference to gradients of lines or readings [1]
as

[Total: 8]
R

7 (a 87 (oC) [1]
(b) s, oC, oC [1]

(c)
c ecf allowed [1]
ir

justified by reference to readings (up to 90s) with comparison of drops in temperatures (with
numbers) given (ecf allowed) [1]
S

(d) Any two from:


starting temperature
room temperature
carry out at same time
same thermometer (words to that effect)
same position of thermometers
same time intervals [2]

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 566 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


8 (a) table:
t in s, θ in °C (either in words or mixture of symbols and words)
(NOT degrees/centigrade) [1]
times 30, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180 [1]

(b) both temperature falls correct (ignore unit or lack of unit) 26, 30 [1]

(c) justification matches statement (expect B)


and by reference to readings (need a comparison – not ‘heat’ or ‘it’)

or
B & temp fall [1]
in same time [1]

zo
(d) any two from:
same starting temperature

an
stir/same thermometer position
same interval time
constant room temperature/carry out at same time
same volume/amount/mass of water
avoid draughts or wtte

M
(NOT reference to container, insulation, precaution)
(extra answers: –1 if incorrect, ignore if neutral)
[2]

[Total: 7]
hid
9 (a (i) T1 correct 18 [1]

(ii) T2 correct 4 [1]


as

unit oC (either position and not contradicted) [1]


R

(b) graph:
y-axis labelled [1]
plots occupying at least half of grid on suitable scale [1]
all plots correct to ½ square [1]
well judged single, smooth curve line, not ‘point-to-point’ [1]
thin line [1]
ir

(c) (i) T2 < T1 (wtte) [1]


S

(ii) decreasing gradient (wtte) [1]

[Total: 10]

======= (Page 567 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


10 (a 23 (ºC) [1]

(b) s, ºC, ºC, words or symbols [1]


30, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180 [1]

(c) Uninsulated (owtte) OR no significant difference [1]


Justified by reference to temperature differences and time [1]

or
(d) Any two from:

zo
initial temperature/starting temperature/temperature of hot water
(constant) room temperature/ correct named reference to environmental condition
tube size/same test-tube

an
thickness of glass
volume/amount/level of water
thickness of cotton wool
depth (of immersion) of thermometer
(rate of) stirring

M
(e) Any two suitable insulators (that can be wrapped around tube)
[2]

[2]

[Total: 9]
hid

11. (a 23 (ºC) [1]


as

(b) t in s, θ in ºC [1]

T1= 14
R

[1]
T2 = 1 [1]

(c) Graph:
Axes the right way round, both labelled with quantity, ignore unit [1]
Use of the scale temperature 50 – 80 and time 0 – 200 or 0 – 250, using the whole grid [1]
ir

All seven plots correct to ½ small square [1]


Good line judgement [1]
S

Thin line [1]

(d) Greater rate of cooling in first 30 s (owtte) ecf possible [1]


Decreasing slope of graph (owtte) ecf possible [1]

[Total: 11]

======= (Page 568 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


12 (a θR = 22(°C) [1]
(b) Table:
mm, °C [1]
Correct d values 100, 80, 60, 40, 20, 10 [1]
(c) Temperature difference = 3(°C), higher
(d) Draughts [1]
Room temperature/humidity
(e) One from:
Relevant avoidance of parallax explained, in using rule or thermometer [1]

or
Waiting time between readings [1]
Wait for steady thermometer reading
Allow lamp to cool/warm up [1]

zo
Repeats and average
[Total: 7]

an
13 (a 78 oC c.a.o. unit needed [1]

M
(b)(c) both thermometer readings correct 69, 61 [1]
correct differences 9, 17 allow e.c.f. [1]

(d) order matches results (expect D, B, C, A) allow e.c.f. [1]

(e) any two from:


hid
room temperature (or other environmental condition)
initial (hot) water / starting temperature (accept initial temperature)
volume / mass / amount / level of (hot) water
same type / thickness / material / size / volume of beaker
as

time delays during operations [2]


R

(f) same time of cooling for each experiment [1]

[Total: 7]
ir

14 (a) θR = 23(°C) [1]


(b) table:
S

[1]
d values 11.9, 11.3, 10.8, 10.4, 10.2, 10.0, 9.9
all d values to nearest mm [1]
o [1]
s, C, cm or mm
(c) (i) does not go through the origin [1]
(ii) d not measured from 0 oC mark (o.w.t.t.e.) [1]
(d) any l divided by any number of divisions [1]
l value between 89 and 119 [1]
x = 0.98 mm to 1.00 mm (with unit) [1] [Total: 9]

======= (Page 569 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


15 (a θC = 19 (oC) [1]

(b) s, oC, symbols or words [1]

(c) 12 cm3 (unit needed) [1]

(d) 40–50 (cm3), (expect 42 cm3 e.c.f. (c)) [1


estimate given to nearest 1 cm3 only and sensible method [1]

or
(e) two from:

zo
room / surrounding temperature / other environmental condition
initial hot water temperature
initial cold water temperature

an
volume / mass / amount of hot water
time delay on adding cold water / same time for cooling [2]

[Total: 7]
16 (a 24 (°C)

M
(b) units all correct (symbols or words)
times 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 (allow seconds if compatible with heading)
[1]

[1]
[1]
hid
(c) thermometer near bottom/no significant difference
and justification matching statement (words or figures) with mention/implication of
temperature change [1]
in same time [1]
as

(d) appropriate precaution:


R

e.g. stir before reading / keep thermometer at same dep


e. [1]
matching explanation:
e.g. ensure temperature is the same throughout / temperature different at different depths [1]

(e) appropriate precautions relating to comparison


ir

any two of:


same size/thickness/surface area of beaker
same volume of water
S

same initial temperature (of water)


same room temperature / appropriate environmental condition [2]

[Total: 9]

======= (Page 570 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


17 (a θH = 92 (°C) [1]

(b) (i) table: s, °C, °C [1]

(ii) decreases [1]

justified by reference to results, giving numbers referring to temperature drops [1]

(c) any two from:

or
• room temperature / air conditioning / draughts / environmental conditions
• starting temperature (of thermometer) / temperature of (hot) water
• density of packing / amount of cotton wool / dryness of cotton wool [max 2]

zo
[Total: 6]

an
18 (a (i) 88 (°C) [1]

(ii) s, °C [1]

M
(b) axes correctly labelled with quantity and unit

suitable scales on both axes, occupying more than half the grid

all plots correct to ½ small square


[1]

[1]

[1]

good line judgement, not through all points [1]


hid

thin, continuous line and neat plots (penalise large ‘blobs’) [1]
as

(c) (i) statement to match candidate’s graph line (expect curve) [1]

(ii) statement to match candidate’s graph line (expect (rate) decreases) [1]
R

(d) description or diagram to show one from:


• perpendicular line of sight
• reading to bottom of meniscus [1]
ir

[Total: 10]
S

======= (Page 571 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


19 (a)(b 87 and 89, both correct answer only [1]

(c) units correct in symbols or words, s, UC, UC [1]

t values correct 0, 30, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180 [1]

(d) appropriate pattern which fully matches results


e.g. rate of temperature drop greater at start than at e
e.

or
NOT stated pattern which partly matches results [1]

zo
(e) statement matching temperature changes
(expect ‘Yes’ but accept ‘No’ or ‘no significant difference’ if ecf) [1]

an
justification referring to results and involving comparative change in temperature
with specific mention of in the same time [1]

(f) any two from:

M
• room temperature / external temperature (but not outside temperature) /
environmental factor such as draughts / sunshine
• initial water temperature / start temperature
• same amount of stirring / wait same time before reading
• keep thermometer at same depth
• same size/thickness / material / surface area of beaker
hid
• same volumes of water [2]

[Total: 8]
as

20 (a) (i) heat loss during the experiment (third box) 1


(ii) insulation, repeats, stirring, use dig thermometer, lid (any 2) 1
1
R

b 38°C 1
c value 66 1
w 1
TOTAL6
ir
S

======= (Page 572 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


21 (a) (i) 84 1

(ii) 50 1
o
both units correct C and cm3 (or ml) 1

(b) (i) 75 1

(ii) 15 (ecf) 1

(iii) source of error e.g. thickness of string/extension of string/diagonal


windings/identified parallax 1

or
(iv) improvement e.g. thinner string/inextensible string/parallel windings/
no gaps between windings/repeats and averages 1

zo
(c) (i) 2.1 (cm) 1

(ii) 31.5 or 32 cm 2 (2/3 sf and unit required) 1

an
(d) time 1
TOTAL 11

M
another temperature 1

22 (a θ in oC, t in s 1

(b) & (c) θ axis labelled 1


scale starts at 40 oC and 2 cm to 10 oC
plots correct to ½ sq (–1 each error) 2
hid
well judged best fit curves 1
lines not too thick 1

(d) Two from:


as

e.g. use a l
e.
insulate the bottom of the beaker
use a container that is a good conductor (metal) 2
R

TOTAL 9

23 (a) 28oC value [1]


unit [1]

(b) B [1]
ir

smaller temp drop [1]


(OR neither, insignificant difference)
S

(c) any suitable insulator [1]

(d) Any 3 from


initial temp
volume of water
size/shape of beaker [3]
room temp/draughts/simultaneous timings
material of beaker [Total: 8]
beakers on same surface

======= (Page 573 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


24 (a 87 (oC) [1]

(b)
b) s, oC, oC [1]

(ii)(iii) B and greater temperature difference


OR numbers quoted, must see 21 and 8 or 24 and 5 [1]

(iv) A 23(oC) and B 40(oC)) [

(v) 20 – 26 (oC) [1]

or
zo
(c) EITHER viewing thermometer at right angles
OR reference to being ready on time [1]

an
(d) any two from:
room temperature
water / starting temperature

25 (a A = 87(°C) and B = 88(°C)


M
distance of thermometer bulb from water surface
relevant reference to draughts / fans / air conditioning [Total: 8] [2]

[1]

(b) units correct (symbols or words) [1]


hid
times correct (0, 30, 60, 90, 120, 150, 180) [1]

(c) statement matching temperature changes (accept ‘no significant difference’ if justified)
and justification matching statement (comparison of temperature changes) [1]
as

including specific mention of temperature change in same time [1]


R

(d) appropriate condition relating to comparison


i.i.e. any one fro
same size/thickness of beaker
same volume of water
same initial temperature
same room temperature / appropriate environmental condition
ir

same time for cooling [1]


S

(e) any sensible alteration e.g.


put lid on/cover top of A
extra experiment without insulation or lid / take lid off B [1]
matching explanation e.g.
most thermal energy loss by convection or o.w.t.t.e.
have only changed one factor or o.w.t.t.e. [1]

[Total: 8]

======= (Page 574 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


26 (a 78 oC c.a.o. unit needed [1]

(b)(c) both thermometer readings correct 69, 61 [1]


correct differences 9, 17 allow e.c.f. [1]
(d) order matches results (expect D, B, C, A) allow e.c.f. [1]
(e) any two from:
room temperature (or other environmental condition)
initial (hot) water / starting temperature (accept initial temperature) [2]
volume / mass / amount / level of (hot) water

or
same type / thickness / material / size / volume of beaker
time delays during operations [1]
(f) same time of cooling for each experiment

zo
[Total: 7]

27 (a) 21 (°C)

an
[1]
(b) table: s, °C, °C [1]
(c) no significant effect, justified by some reference to results [1]

M
wording that communicates the idea that the temperatures are the same within
the limits of experimental accuracy OR almost the same rate
(d) lid/cover/smaller cross-sectional area
(e) any one from:
[1]

[1]

room temperature (or equivalent environmental condition)


initial water temperature [1]
hid
volume of water
same/dry insulation [Total: 6]

(a) 19 (°C) cao


as

28 [1]
(b) table:
cm3, °C
R

NOT C°, centigrade


correct V values 10, 20, 30, 40, 50 [1]
(c) lid / insulation / polystyrene cup / minimal time delay
(d) R1 = 2.(00) R2 = 1.4(3) [1]
note: do not give the mark if using incorrect stopwatch reading e.g. 35.5 rather [1]
than 35.05
ir

cm3 / s [1]
(e) rate / flow is not constant [1]
S

(f) any two from: [1]


room temperature / air conditioning
initial / hot water temperature
volume / quantity / amount of hot water
cold water temperature [2]
intervals / time between adding volumes of water
ignore draughts / humidity / pressure [Total: 9]

======= (Page 575 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


29 (a θC = 22 °C [1]

(b) view thermometer at right angles OR stirring OR wait for reading to stop rising OR
thermometer (bulb) not touching sides / bottom of beaker owtte [1]

(c) θA = 52.5 (°C) OR e.c.f. [1]

(d) any two from:


• heat loss to surroundings / beaker OR heat loss / drop in temperature by evaporation

or
• delays in taking readings
• reference to uncertainty in volume measurements [2]

zo
(e) (i) 78 (cm3) [1]

an
(ii) EITHER:
Student 1 (80) – read to top of meniscus OR scale not read at right angles
OR Student 2 (79) – divisions are every 2(cm3) not 1(cm3)

30 (a θ1 = 82 (°C)
M
OR Student 2 (79) – scale not read at right angles [1]

[Total: 7]

[1]
hid
(b)
b) s, °C, °C [1]

(ii) 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60 [1]


as

(c)(i)(ii) ∆θ1 = 39 (°C) AND ∆θ2 = 8 (°C) [1]


R

(iii) temperature θ2 at time t = 0 less than θ1 [1]

(d) view thermometer at right angles [1]

(e) any one from:


ir

• room temperature / other environmental factor


• volume / mass / quantity / amount of hot water
S

• initial temperature of the hot water


• initial temperature of the cold water
• initial temperature of the water [1]

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 576 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


31 (a 22(.0) AND 88(.0) [1]

(b) units correct and consistent (symbols or words) [1]

(c) conclusion which matches the temperature changes [1]

(d) any two from: [2]


• volume / level of hot water

or
• initial temperature of hot water
• initial temperature of cold water
• same type of boiling tube

zo
• room temperature / draughts / appropriate environmental condition

an
(e) any two improvements relating to apparatus: [2]
• lid on beaker
• insulation on beaker
• lid / cotton wool in boiling tube
• thinner / metal walls on tube
M
• all cold water in boiling tube below hot water level
• greater contact area of tube
• use of water bath

explanation matching first improvement, including: [1]


hid
• reduces loss of thermal energy from beaker
• reduces loss of thermal energy from boiling tube
• better thermal conduction
• not affected by variation in hot water temperature
as

[Total: 8]

32 (a) 24
R

[1]
(b) s, °C
23, 1 (-1 each error)
[1]
(c) (i) reason consistent with results [2]
(ii) Three from:
ir

room temp/draughts etc


volume [1]
beaker
S

liquid [3]
amount of stirring
surface area
(d) lid [1]

[Total: 9]

======= (Page 577 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


33 (a) 91 (oC) [1]
(b) t in s, both θ in C
o [1]
(c) statement B and justified by reference to readings [1]
(d) any two from:
same starting temperature/temperature of hot water [2]
constant room temperature/keep away from draughts/out of direct sunlight
same time intervals [Total: 5]

or
34 (a) θ 26r [1]
(b) (i) s and °C in both tables
[1]
(ii) at least 300s and given to nearest 10s or in mins

zo
[1]
(c) Table 2.2 (heating) justified by two temperature differences compared, must see 14
and 44/56 OR 74 to 60 and 25 to 69/81 [1]

an
(d) any two from:
same starting temperature
constant room temperature/avoid draughts/same place [2]

35
same mass/amount/volume of water

(a t in s, θ in oC seen in BOTH
M
same time intervals same thermometer (wtte)
same beaker lid always used [Total: 6]

(symbols or words (sec allowed but NOT degrees/centigrade) [1]


hid

(b) 19 (oC) [1]


as

(c) rate of heating greater (wtte) (can be included as part of justification) [1]
comparison given of changes in temperature with correct numbers [1]
R

(d) any two from:


same (starting) temperature (wtte)
constant room temperature/draughts (wtte)/environment/place
carry out in same time intervals/duration/allow ‘time’ alone
same thermometer (wtte)
ir

[2]
NOT volume of water/location of thermometer/beaker/‘temperature’ alone
if > 2 responses, -1 for each additional incorrect (ignore ‘neutrals’) [Total: 6]
S

======= (Page 578 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


36 (a) Any method based on rule reading at 25°C – rule reading at top of
thermometer bulb.
NB / required. Mark text or diagram or Fig 3.1 B1
Rule as close as possible to thermometer (on diagram < 1 cm) /
uses fiducial aid B1
With the eye/line of sight perpendicular to the rule/end
rule/en of mercury thread

b) ( I0 = 5.6 – 5.8 (cm), I100 = 22.6 – 22.8 (cm) ignore unit


(b) B1
(ii) ∆I / 100, clear, correct arithmetic ecf, 2 or 3 dcp, ignore unit, accept any
correct ∆I / ∆θ from graph. B1
(iii) linearly, or (I – I0) ∝ θ accept/line has a constant/uniform m, note that…

or
“directly proportional” automatically looses the mark. B1

zo
Total [6]

37 (a to give a sufficient temperature rise/heat up the lead [1]

an
(b) to avoid breaking the thermometer [1]

fewer inversions needed (for same height)/larger ∆θ for the

M
(c) advantage
same number of inversions
more accurate/thermal energy/potential energy

disadvantage difficult to invert quickly/lead shot more likely to slide/longer time


taken/tube or bung may be damaged/more heat loss [2]

(d) (i) 345 (no unit required, ignore incorrect unit) [1]
hid
(ii) height fallen by shot smaller than measured length of tube/some energy lost
to tube or bung/error in specified reading [1]
as

Total: 6
38 (a) quantities: temperature and time NOT temperature change

units: oC and seconds (s) or minutes (min not m)


R

[2]

(b) (i) y-axis labelled temperature or temperature change, x-axis labelled time
(allow symbols for quantities)

(ii) correct curve shape for y-axis label


ir

(iii) for y = temperature, values 90o and 20o marked on temperature axis,
S

and line starts at 90 o, ends at 20 o


OR for y = temperature change, value 70 o marked on temperature change axis,
and line from 0 to 70 o
unit required on axes labels or on values on axes
ignore curve shape [3]

======= (Page 579 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(c) temperature continuously changing / only one temperature at each time [1]

(d) any two clear practical details e.g.


at least 1/3 thermometer immersed
avoid parallax when reading thermometer (any explanation must be correct)
use of two people
heat above 90o and start stopwatch as temp reaches 90o
read from top of mercury meniscus
mercury column in line with scale

or
stir water
large number of readings taken
stopwatch close to thermometer

zo
external factors constant [2]

[Total: 8]

an
39 (a 23 °C unit required
allow 23.0 °C
not C°

(b) (i) B (1)


M [1]

reads to 100 °C/110 °C/boiling point of water (1)


hid
ignore wide range of temperature

comparison with A; e.g. more sensitive/more divisions ignore just longer than A
OR scale reads to 1 °C/each division 1 °C (1) [3]
as

(ii) any two good points, e.g.


1/3 length immersed
thermometer not touching container/in centre of water
R

ignore thermometer hung from string


water stirred (with stirrer, NOT thermometer unless A chosen in (b)(i)
reading taken with eye level with meniscus/avoid parallax error [2]
ignore incorrect parallax explanations

NOT wait for meniscus/reading to become steady unless clearly initial rise
ir

repeat readings
S

(c) not breakable/not placed in mouth/more hygienic/safer [1]


allow children moving about/fidgeting
ignore easier to use/more accurate/no parallax error

[Total: 7]

======= (Page 580 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


40 (a 152 202 252 303 B1 [1]

(b) axes, correct way round, labelled quantity and unit B1


y: 2 cm ≡ 50 g x: 2 cm ≡ 50 s or 80 s
scales: more than ½ page, sensible B1
points plotted accurately B1
best fit straight line neatly drawn B1 [4]

or
(c) directly proportional / doubling x doubles y B1 [1]

zo
(d) 0.84 ± 0.02 ignore unit B1 [1]

an
(e) 2400 ± 50 e.
e.c.f. 2020/( B1 [1]

(f) 1460 – 860 or 600 seen


715 ± 15 s e.c.f. 600/(d)
M
(g) high temperature / kettle hot / may burn you
C1
A1

B1
[2]

changes reading on balance / measurement B1 [2]


hid

(h) L increases plus


as more water to be boiled away / less mass is boiled off / m decreases
gradient of graph is reduced B1 [1]
as

[Total: 13]
R
ir
S

======= (Page 581 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


41 (a to obtain uniform temperature/heat spread (uniformly) throughout oil B1 [1]

(b) temperature increase is slow/temperature change small/heats up slowly/


oil doesn’t become too hot/prevent overheating
oil has low specific heat capacity/heats up quickly/oil has high boiling point/
higher boiling point than water/above 110 °C/may break thermometer B1 [1]

(c) (i) axes: correct way round, labelled quantity and unit

or
B1
scales: more than ½ page, sensible 2 cm ≡ 2 s and 2 cm ≡ 10 °C B1

zo
points plotted accurately to within ½ small square; dots Y ½ small square B1
reasonable attempt at smooth curve of best fit neatly drawn B1 [4]

an
(ii) if line on graph not extrapolated to 80 °C 13.3 s ± 0.2 s unit required
if reasonable extrapolation, correct value read from graph unit required B1 [1]

(iii) 110 °C/100 °C unit require B1 [1]

(e)
M
(d) temperature of oil will have changed/decreased B1 [1]


hid
using two people to take the measurements B1

pouring the oil quickly after taking its temperature  B1 [2]


as

[Total: 11]

42
R

(a (same) volume/level/mass of water B1


any ONE from:
• initial temperature (of water)
• size/shape/material of test tube
• identical thermometers
• same external conditions, e.g. room temperature / draught / position in room /
ir

humidity B1 [2]
S

(b) time or t / minutes (min) B1


temperature or T or θ / °C B1 [2]

(c) both axes labelled AND correct shape for one curve (not to x-axis) ax
A and B similar shape with A initially cooling faster than B, one labelled B1 [2]

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 582 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


43 (a wax melts and pea falls off B1 [1]

(b) Any TWO from:


thickness of rod
length of rod/distance to pea
mass of wax/mass of pea/length of rod in water B2 [2]

(c) pea falls off first B1 [1]

or
(d) credit sensible suggestion, e.g. B1 [1]

zo
peas closer to heat, falls off more quickly/quicker results
can time peas falling off [Total: 5]
can plot graph (distance against time)

an
44 (a (i) thermometer drawn with bulb in centre of liquid B1 [1]

(ii) supported in the centre of the water/not touching beaker/no need to hold it/
holds scale facing you

M
(iii) line of sight/view/eye (level) perpendicular to scale
allow answers on Fig. 1.1
B1

B1
[1]

[1]

(b)
b) only timing every 2 minutes/time measured in minutes/reading to nearest second
temperature changes slowly/long time to cool
hid
that precision not required/clock accurate enough/does not need 0.01/0.1s B1 [1]

(ii) can see/read/notice thermometer and timer together


can measure temperature and time more accurately or quickly B1 [1]
as

(c)
c) axes: correct way round, labelled quantity and unit B1
y: 2 cm ≡ 10°C x: 2 cm ≡ 2 minutes
R

scales: more than ½ page, sensible B1

points plotted accurately B1

best fit curved line neatly drawn B1 [4]


ir

(ii) cannot fall below/only falls to room temperature/temperature of surroundings B1 [1]


S

(iii) 1.2 to 1.4 minutes ecf graph B1 [1]

(d) time decreases/temperature falls/cools more quickly B1

heat lost (more) quickly (from larger area) B1 [2]


evaporates (more) quickly (from larger area)
[Total: 13]

======= (Page 583 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


45 (a 22(.0) oC unit required B1 [1]

(b)
b) ( all the oil is heated/
all oil below water surface/
uniform heating of oil B1 [1]

(ii) temperature rises B1


then falls B1 [2]

or
(iii) avoid parallax error/good explanation
reads top of meniscus
aligns scale with liquid column B1 [1]

zo
(c) smooth concave curve B1

an
asymptotes to above zero B1 [2]

[Total: 7]

46 (a) 0, unit not required,

M
ice melts at 0oC (or reverse) accept statement even if subsequent reason
is wrong/good comment re ice-water mix
B1

B1
[2]

(b) (i) Diagram showing….liquid level in test tube just within the thickness of
ice B1
hid
B1
(ii) 1. All liquid would be at 0oC/cooling more effective B1
2. Large enough to give accuracy/small enough not to take too long [3]
to cool/thermometer 1/3rd immersion
as

B1 {6}
o [1]
(c) 14 C (unit required)
R

47 (a) brass/metal is a good conductor/heats up quickly/has high melting point/


does not melt/does not rust [1]

(b) temperature of water


initial and final temperatures/temperature rise of the water [2]
ir

(c) any two from: cube may not all be at the same temperature/in the flame
time taken/heat lost by cube during transfer
S

some water may boil/spit out of beaker


beaker is also heated
human error in specified measurement
other sensible suggestion [2]

(d) valid comment linked to response in (d) [1]

[Total 6]

======= (Page 584 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


48 (a) time or observe when wax melts/falls or states first to melt/fall B1
first to do so or less wax left (after given time) (transfers heat best) B1
(b) black or black cools quickly M1
better emitter (of heat) A1 OR better radiator/black radiates white doesn’t A1
radiation/infra-red A1 of heat/infra-red A1 5
Accept in terms of white teapot (NOT better emitter and
absorber/conductor)

49 (a) wall clock + only need to measure to nearest second / accurate enough /
time measured is large
stopwatch + easier to hold / closer to apparatus B1

or
ignore easier to use / read / reaction errors
NOT stopwatch as it is more accurate

zo
(b) quantities time or t and temperature or θ or T B1
allow temperature change but no ecf to graph (c)(i)

an
units minutes or min (NOT m or s) and °C correct (NOT K) B1
allow T or t for either temperature or time, but not same for both
(c) (i) shape of curve correct B1

NOT just two straight lines


M
allow two straight lines joined by small curve

line starts from t = 0 and θ above 0 (room temp)


(approx) horizontal from (approx) t = 20 min at θ = 60°C
20 min and 60°C must be labelled
B1
B1
B1
(ii) heat gained from heater = heat lost to surroundings / reaches equilibrium
[Total: 7]
hid
heater not powerful enough

50 (a (i) movement of water/purple colour/crystal clear(er)/takes longer/more visible


as

(to class) B1 [1]

(ii) water stops moving B1 [1]


R

(iii) water moves slowly ora e.g. all happens too quickly B1 [1]

(b) arrow(s) up start from/above crystal B1


arrow(s) to left near bottom of water / arrow(s) down on right B1 [2]
ir

(c) water/beaker already warm / water already coloured B1 [1]


S

[Total: 6]

======= (Page 585 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


51 (a 2755 used correctly or 34 seen C1
4861.8… (any number of sf)
81 or 81.0 or 5290 or 5300 C1
4860 / 4900 unit not required A1 [3]

(b) (i) uniform temperature / heat distribution B1 [1]

(ii) base kettle hotter than water B1 [1]

or
(c) heat losses to kettle / surroundings / to evaporate water
power too large/
B1 [1]

zo
time too large/
mass too small/
temperature difference too small [Total: 6]

an
52 (a place bulb in (pure) melting ice B1
place bulb above boiling water / in steam B1 [2]

(b)
b)

M
2.85 ± 0.1 and 12.1 ± 0.1 seen OR 1, 3.8 and 13 OR 2, 4.8 and 14 (all ± 0.1)
answer in correct range without unit
answers in range 22.5 to 24.6 °C with unit

(ii) liquid expands uniformly / uniform bore


C1
A1

B1 [3]

[Total: 5]
hid

53(a) (hot) water in beaker, take temperature (at regular intervals) as it cools / take temperature after a
fixed time / measure the time for a fixed temperature drop
as

repeat with different insulators


R

(b) any one of

constant room temperature


same starting / initial temperatures
same beaker
same volume / mass / amount of hot water
ir

same times (of cooling)


same temperature drop
same thickness of insulator
S

(c) / 3 sets of insulator, (change in) temperature / °C, time / s or minutes

(d) compare temperature drops in equal times – largest drop is the poorest insulator (or reverse
argument) / compare times for equal temperature drops – longest time is the best insulator (or
reverse argument) / plot graphs to compare temperature drops in equal times / compare gradients
– steepest graph is the poorest insulator (or reverse argument)

======= (Page 586 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


54(a) θ A = 18 and θ B = 37 (oC)
(b) units all correct (symbols or words)
t values all present (30, 60, 90, 120, 150 and 180)
(c) any 2 appropriate precautions:
stir before reading,
keep thermometer at same level,
set eye to same level as / perpendicular / right angles to scale,
wait until reading stops rising (at start ),
position clock so that thermometer and clock can be easily seen

or
(d)
(d) conclus matching
correct mention of comparative temperature change over 180 s

zo
(e) any suitable improvement to apparatus or procedure relating to comparison, e.g.:
• measure water into test-tube / beaker,

an
• use same volume of water in test-tube / beaker,
use same starting temperatures in tubes,
• ensure all water in tube below level of water in beaker,

M
• use insulation / lid on beaker

matching explanation, e.g.:


• ensure same amount of water being used each time,
• cooling rates different / owtte at different volumes / temps,
• all water in tube has same surrounding temperature,
• keeps water in beaker at (more) constant temperature
hid
(f) reading taken perpendicular to scale at bottom of meniscus

55(a)(i) θ 1 reasonable value


as

(a)(ii) θ decreasing and to at least 1 °C


R

(b)(i) θ 2 > θ 1, θ for beaker B decreasing, more slowly than in (a)

(b)(ii) units all correct (symbols or words)

t values all present (30, 60, 90, 120, 150 & 180)
ir

(c) any 2 appropriate precautions:


stir before reading,
keep thermometer at same level,
S

set eye to same level as / perpendicular / right angles to scale,


wait until reading stops rising (at start ),
position clock so that thermometer and clock can be easily seen
(d)
(d) conclus matching results

correct mention of comparative temperature change over 180 s

======= (Page 587 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


(e) any suitable improvement to apparatus or procedure relating to comparison, e.g.:
• measure water into test-tube / beaker,
• use same volume of water in test-tube / beaker,
• use same starting temperatures in tubes,
• ensure all water in tube below level of water in beaker,
• use insulation / lid on beaker

matching explanation, e.g.:


• ensure same amount of water being used each time,
• cooling rates different / owtte at different volumes / temps,

or
• all water in tube has same surrounding temperature,
• keeps water in beaker at (more) constant temperature

zo
56(a) 23 with unit °C

(b)(i) 11 AND 8

an
(b)(ii) Starting temperature closer to room temperature in the second case (or
further from room temperature in the first case)
(c) Two from:

M
Increase draught (over surface of water) Increase temperature of hot water
Increase surface area of water Longer time intervals
Decrease room temperature Decrease volume of water
Use metal can instead of glass beaker Stirring
(d) Any 2 from:
Uses bottom of meniscus Perpendicular (to reading) That is where the scale
hid
markings are, owtte

57 method to include:

MP1 measurements of temperature of hot water over a period of time/measurement of


as

temperature at start and end of a specified cooling time /measurement of time for a
specified temperature drop
R

MP2 repeat using variety of fan speeds (blowing air over water surface)
MP3 two from:
MP4 room temperature initial/starting temperature of hot water volume/mass/amount
of (hot) water distance of beaker to fan for each speed setting time of cooling
(for a fixed temperature drop) temperature drop (for a fixed time)
same beaker size/material
ir

MP5 table with columns for fan speed, time and temperature with units in the table
headings (not the body of the table) for time and temperature, but fan speed units
S

not required

MP6 compare readings to find out which fan speed


produces the greatest temperature drop / takes least time

or plot a graph of temperature against time

MP7 in the same time / for same temperature drop

or steepest gradient gives the fastest rate of cooling

======= (Page 588 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


58(a) units ALL correct (symbols or words)

t values all present (0, 30, 60, 90, 120, 150 and 180)

(b) two appropriate precautions, e.g.:


avoidance of parallax(only if explained),
wait until reading stops rising at start,
ensure thermometer not touching beaker

(c)(i) conclusion matching results

or
correct mention of comparative temperature change over 180 s

(c)(ii) any suitable improvement relating to comparison:

zo
e.g. same volume of water,
same initial temperature,
insulate sides,

an
use plastic beaker,
stand on mat,
use a thicker / more insulated lid,

matching explanation:
e.g. lid only factor changed,
M
cooling more rapid for higher temperatures,
cooling different for different volumes,
thermal energy only escapes from surface,
less transfer of thermal energy by sides,
effect of lid more marked
hid
(c)(iii) any appropriate similarity: e.g. both cool more rapidly at the start

(d)(i) 23 (°C)
as

(d)(ii) any suitable suggestion with a valid explanation


greater temperature at end as cannot fall below room temperature,
lower rate of cooling as temperature difference between water and room is smaller
R

59(a)(i) 88 (°C) c.a.o.

(a)(ii) to allow thermometer to read the maximum temperature of the hot water / to give the
thermometer time to respond / to wait until the temperature on thermometer stops rising / so
that temperature of thermometer equals temperature of the water / to allow thermometer to
ir

reach thermal equilibrium


(b)(i) s, °C, °C
S

(b)(iii) significant change and temperature drops are not close / similar / there is a 3 °C difference or
not significant change and temperature drops are close / similar / there is only a 3 °C difference

(c)(i) use a lid / cover the beaker

(c)(ii) lag the bottom of the beaker / use thicker lagging

(d) any one from: same volume of (hot) water / same (size) beaker / room temperature / same
time (of cooling)

======= (Page 589 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


60 MP1 Workable, correct circuit diagram with power source and correct symbols for
ammeter and voltmeter.
Method to include:

MP2 Measuring V and I

MP3 Repeating with at least two other values of V or power, and / or I

MP4 Measuring time to raise water temperature by a specific amount or to a specific value

MP5 Any ONE from:


Same starting temperature

or
Same finishing temperature
Same temperature difference
Same room temperature

zo
Same volume / mass / amount of water

MP6 Table with clear columns for time, V and I, with appropriate units and P(or VI)

an
MP7 Conclusion: Plot a graph of power against time.

61 method:

MP1 measure room / starting temperatureM


MP2 measure time to raise water temperature to boiling point

MP3 repeat with the other two containers


hid
control variables:

MP4 any two from:


same starting temperature / same room temperature
as

same volume / mass / amount of water

MP5 keep Bunsen burner flame constant / keep the distance from the flame to the bottom of
R

the beaker constant

table:

MP6 table to show container and heating time


ir

conclusion:
S

MP7 comparison of heating times and suitable comment made

======= (Page 590 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


62 MP1 Apparatus
thermometer AND stopwatch / (stop)clock / timer

MP2 Diagram
workable arrangement

MP3 Method
hot water in beaker and cold water in test-tube AND measure (start and) end temperatures
in test-tube AND over measured time

MP4 Method
repeat for different metals

or
MP5 Comparison
calculation of (rate of) temperature rise / heating curves for different metals

zo
MP6 and MP7 Precautions
Any two from:

an
same start temperatures (of hot / cold water);
same duration of experiment;
same volume of cold water (being heated);

use of insulation;
stir (cold) water;
M
repeat experiment and take average (of calculated values);

heat to keep water in beaker at constant temperature.


hid
as
R
ir
S

======= (Page 591 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )


or
zo
an
M
hid

Best of Luck
as

Please post your valuable feedback at


http://education.ant-pk.com/feedback/
R

Rashid Manzoor
MSc - Physics
ir

0333 2 10 10 54
S

Website: http://education.ant-pk.com

http://pride-academy.com

https://www.facebook.com/sir.rashid.manzoor

https://twitter.com/RashidManzoor12

https://www.youtube.com/rashidmanzoor-prideacademy

======= (Page 592 of 592 - Sir Rashid Manzoor - 03332101054 )

You might also like